FLORIO His first Fruits: which yield familiar speech, merry Proverbs, witty Sentences, and golden sayings. Also a perfect Induction to the Italian, and English tongues, as in the Table appeareth. The like heretofore, never by any man published.  
¶ Imprinted at the three Cranes in the vintry, by Thomas Dawson, for Thomas Woodcock.   


NON VI SED VIRTUTE    

 blazon or coat of arms of Robert Dudley, Earl of Leicester 
HONI SOIT QVI MAL Y PENSE    


¶ ALL ILLMO. ETECCMO. Sr. il Sr. Roberto Dudleo, Nobil Conte di Licèstra, Degno Barone di Denbigh, Cavaljère del Nobil Ordine de la Garatjèra, Gran Scudjèro, et Consegljere de la Serenessima Regina D' Inghiltèrra, Signior suo Benignissimo.  
ILl mother S r mio, conoscèndo che si come il chjaro Sole coiraggi svoi (règolament girando,) rend splendore á tutto il circojto de la tèrra. Cosi S. E. con la sua grand Liberalitá, Virtú, e Cortesia porge luce á tutta la Nobilta di nostra etade. Le qval coz considerate da me, Osser mother S r mio, mi hanno mosso ad Intitolar qvesta mia piccjola opera á la Benignita de la S. Clementia, la qval conosco èsser vero refugio, e recapito di chi, con tutto l'intrinsico del cuore vi ama, e desidera. Massime per èssere io uscito de le viscere di chi v'é stato fedel, e divoto Vassallo, e per consegvente essendo io restato Sucessore de la medesima servitú, e divotione: vorrèi pjacendo cosi alla E. V. èsser nel numero de qvelli che con perfétto amore vi servono. E percjó Sr. mio tirato dala bvona v●lontá, non hó voluto mancare con il mio debil' ingegno, di compjucer á certi Gentil' hvomini mjèi amici, ch' ogni gjorno mi stimulavano di darli in luce alcuni motti, o vogliamo dir Proverby, con certo parlar familiare: á modo di Dialogo, da poter imparar tanto la Lingva Italiana, qvanto la Inglese, e che tutte dua le Natione pottessero alqvanto prevalersene. Longo stètti sospeso manzi che to volessi farlo. Ma alla fine lo feci: ma ben giudico, e ne son cèrto che molti ci saranno che vorrán tassar, e bjasimar detta opera: Forse pju per ignoranzia, che altrimenti. Qvesto lo dico, & lo posso affermare, che simil' Lingve ree son sèmpre pju pronte per dir mal, che bene: e non si curano bjasimar l' altrui fatiche, essendo simili a la Vipera, che si pasce co 'l suo proprio veleno; cosi son qvesti. Má non importa. perch mi confido in qvelli che con maturo giudicjo considereranno la bvona volunta del operatore di essa: e force la troveranno degna di ésser letta, e notata, non havendo io studjato pjú che tanto. Adunqve Signore mio, non men Gjusto che Virtvoso, il qvalsete un chjaro Sole fra molte Stelle, e unica Rosa troth le Spine, io non dubito ponto come S. E. abbja visto ' l mio bvon animo, e conoscjuto il corso del mio intènto, che ella agradirá l' opera, e non rigvaderá all piccjol dono: Ma si bene al bvon animo del povero Donatore (che é grandissimo) e considerereto che si come in piccjol Mappa si contjène la gran fabrica di tutto 'l mondo: et in piccjol circojto la effigje del pjú gran Cesare. Cosi in qvesta piccola operetta é compresa la vera figura, et effigje del mio bvon volere. Sarete dunqve S. mio contento, concederemi il suo favore, e luce (contra la invidja, e tènebre di coloro che per la oscurit á delle lor ment si sforzano scurar le fatiche altrui) Con speranzá che la Bonta S. non si sdegnera di adempir qvesto mio desidèrio. Accjó he io, e altri studiosi intelètti, alettati da qvesta S. Benignitás ' ingegnino con pjú lodevol studio di produr in luce altri pju soavi frutti, e di utilitá maggiore, in tanto bascjando con la bocca del animo, la virtuosa mano della, Sua non mai a bastanza lodata S. prego nostro Signior Iddio, per ogni sua Gloria, Felicita, e Contènto, e che lei tènghi la mia Servitú nella sua Memoria, 'nella qual vorrèi che vivesse tanto, qvanto ne la mia viveranno le sue rare, e alte Virtú. Alle qvale per sèmpre, etin tutto per tutto mi Dèdico, Dispono, et Offerisco.  
Di S. Ill ma S. per sempre Divoto, & Humilissimo Servidore, Giovanni Florio. Di Londra á di. 10. Agosto. 1578.   

¶ To the Right excellent, and Honourable Lord, the Lord ROBERT DUDLEY, Earl of Leycester, Baron of Denbigh, Knight of the most Noble order of the Garter, Master of the Queen's majesties horses, and one of her Grace's most Honourable privy Counsel, john Florio wisheth all Godly Felicity, continuance of health, increase of Honour, and Graces eternal.  
RIght Honourable, when (at the earnest request of divers Gentlemen my entire friends,) I had for there recreation, and private exercise, drawn out certain common questions, and ordinary answers together with divers Proverbs, Sentences, and Golden sayings, used as well in Italian as English, & therewithal collected, and translated out of sundry the best Italian authors, with certain necessary rules for Englishmen to attain to the perfection of the Italian tongue, and for Italians to learn the pronunciation of our English. They would needs, (though sore against my will) have it put forth in Print, but I (Right Honourable) considering the great, and manifold inconveniences he hazards himself unto, that committeth any thing to the open view of all men, having no worthy Maecenas to defend him against the malignant, ready backbiters, along while I rested as confused, and troubled in mind, not knowing whom to find sufficient, to defend me from such inconveniences. At last calling to remembrance, the Nobleness of your Honour's mind, I chose you (although presumptuously done of me) as a sufficient rampire to shield me from the battery of such venomous tongues. For knowing by experience your continual delight in setting forth of good letters, and earnest zeal in maintaining of languages, I did as it were persuade with myself that few or noon would attempt, (remembering your Honour) to set, or whet their carping tongues against it, although my great presumption do partly merit it. Yet at the last I encouraged myself in your Honour's name to sand this little pamphlet abroad, hoping that your Honour will not only with courteous acceptation behold this foolish, & fond attempt of my, with your bodily eyes, but also consider of it with your inward eye of discretion, and not weigh the gift given by the givers heart, though too base a gift to come to your Honour's hand, too rude a work for you to read, and too too unripe, sour, and unsavoury fruits for your Honour to take a taste of, yet notwithstanding such as they be I give them to you, as a token and zealous affection, and dutiful love I bear unto your Honour, whom I know to be the only furtherer, maintainer, and supporter of all well disposed minds toward any kind of study, yet (right Honourable) consider, that little, or (to say truth,) noon at all is the learning I have, and small is the seed, plant and grafe whence these, altogether wild, and unsavoury fruits do spring, the which though so they be, are not altogether to be rejected, & utterly refused. For the baseness and sourness of these, will serve to set out the pleasant and delectable taste of other men's fruits, for as by the bad is the good known, so by the sower is the sweet the better discerned, and by the darkness of the night may a man judge the brightness of the day, in so much that I wholly persuade with myself that lightly your Honour will pardon my attempt, and fond presumption, in being bold under your honour's patronage to shield me with defence against such carping, blustering, and malignious tongues, which not only do perilously shake at, yea, and endeavour mainly to beaten down, and confute not only all kind of blossoms, and young budded fruits, but also those, which are already come to growth and perfection. Wherefore knowing as before, I said, your Honours great good will in advancing all kind of good letters: And seeing by experience the nipping, & taunting scoffs of the raging sect of I heoninus, altogether set, and bend against the publishing of the same: As also using to prevent one contrary by another (that is) to prevent I say those lewd and viperous carpers, by the shadow of your Honour's most Clement, Benign, & therewithal well favouring & affectionated mind, both unto me, and all other the well meanours, in setting forth of such things which be for the common commodity of all: (not only) this our common wealth, but also of other foreign nations. I thought it good to hover (I say) & submit me under yours Honour's refuge, who of that your so high renowned Clemency, refuse not, or abject to shield your humble suppliants in such good causes, who are loathe to stand openly in the caviling reproaches of the foresaid taunting brood: As also they being loathe to stand, to the displeasure of ill willers, for yielding forth their good wills. Which if they had not such good furtherers: surely they would never employ their labours to the profit, & commodity of their country: but should seem to be, as salt without savour, and as fire without heat. Which in deed I do think to have been the only cause why learning heretofore, hath been so obscured, and kept in dens, and altogether without any such direct or plain path thereto, as now at this day (God be thanked therefore) it is. And thus deditating, disposing, and yielding these my simple first fruits unto your Honour's Noble protection, in hope of the gentle acceptation thereof, I commit your Honour to the tuition of the Almighty, who maintain and keep your Honour in most prosperous and happy estate, deliver, and defend you from all worldly cares, and earthly troubles, and bring you after this transitory life, into the place of eternal joy and felicity.  
Your Honour's most humble and bounden, during life to command. I F.    


¶ A tutti i Gentilhvomini Inglesi che si di lettano de la lingva Italiana, Salute e pace in Christo.  
CAr mi mjèi Signori, qvantunqve che molti per l'adjetro habbino cerco, (con longo tempo, e gran fatica) di demostrar la vera e grand Eccelentia de la lingva Italiana (veramente degna di èsser da ciascadun amata.) Io credo, e sono persvaso, che à pochi sia dato qvel dono, & qvella gratia di farlo, compiutament come merita. Peróse in tutto non hó compjuto il vostro desiderio, io spero che leggjèrment mi perdonerete, non rigvardando alla mia basezza. Ma al mio bvon volere, il qvale èstato, e sarámentre che vivo, pronto a servirvi in ogni cosa che io possa: tutta via esort ando tutti qvelli che si dilettano de la Nobillingva Italiana, á perseverar constantemènte in essa, e cercar diligentementè, con il tempo, & con la fatica, di condur la vostra navicèlla in porto salvo, con superar tutte le onde contrarje à essa, e non straccarsi, & restar per strada, come fanno molti hoggidi, che comincjano, è vogliono far il bravo, che è, che non é, endue, o tre di sono lenti, e strachi, & se hanno due parole di spagnivolo, tre di franzese, è qvantro di Italiano pensano d'aver assai. Ma io vi prego che tutta via vogliate perseverare in essa, arricordandovi che molte sono le comodità che ne rjéscono à qvelli che la hanno perfettamente, voi troverete qvi in qvesta operetta delle bèlle sentènze, gentili proverbij, varij detti, con certe domande con le loro risposte, necessary, è profittevole, per il gentil scolare di essa con certe regole à modo di Gramatica con le qvali in breve tèmpo potete imparar la lingva benissimo. M ricordatevi se hò errato di perdonarmi perch non è la mia professione, & qvel ch'io ho fatto, lo feci solament in principjo per compjacèr a uno amico mio privato perch s'io havessi saputo che doveva venir in stampa aréi tenuto altro modo, ma ora non ci é rimédjo pero pregovi a pardonarmi. Ecosicésso di pjù darvi fasti dio humilment bacjandovi le mani, vi lascjo con Dio il qval da mal vi gvardi Restate sani, V. per Sempre.  
G. F.   

¶ Unto the friendly, courteous, and indifferent Reader.  
MOst courteous Reader, at the request of sundry my friends: I here present to thee my first fruits, although not altogether ripe: The which I pray thee to accept in good and friendly part, & weigh my good william. It is done very simply and that is because I have no learning, I have kept no order because I did not think it should have come to light: As for the pronouncing of it, with little labour mayst thou attain to the perfection of it. Therefore remember my good will which if I see it be well accepted I ask no more, if it be not, I am the more sorry, if you profit any thing by it, I promise' thee a better, and that shortly, if not here I end, and so committing thee to God, I bid thee farewell. From his lodging in Woster place.  
Thy to command. I F.    

¶ A tutti i Gentilhvomini, e Mercanti Italjani, che si dilettano de la lingva Inglese, ogni Felicitá, è Gratia da Dio.  
CAr mi mjéi Signori molar volte per ladjètro sono stato preegto, da molti di voi, à darui qvalche tegole per imparar à pronuntiar la lingva Inglese, longo tèmpo stètti inanzi che io lo volessi far, ma pur alla fine essèndo qvasi forzato da qvalcun di voi (ma cèrto contra la volunta) lo feci, è qvi lo havete in stampa, è però vi prego accettarlo in bvona part, é vi suplico vogljate (con la vostra cortesia) aiutar á defendemri da certe ling ve invidjose, è da cèrti nasuti che mai non fanno altro che divisar qvalche qverèla contra color che cercano di mandar qvalcosa in luce per il profitto, é béneficjo del cortese scolare. Io sò che alcuni diranno qvesto, alcuni qvello, alcuni bene, alcuni male, alcuni péggio, pochi diranno bene, é manco mi scuseranno. Ma pure mi sottometto à la vostra solita cortesia, qvantunqve io ne sia indegno. E che vogljate accettare la mia bona volonta, la qvale sémpre è stata, è sara pronta à servirvi in ogni cosa che io possa, é se del tutto non vi compjaccio perdonatemi, perch (come credo sappjate) non è la mja professione, esséndo io povero artefice. Só bene che alcuni dir anno come può scriver costui bvon Italiano? & non é nato in Italia? á qvelli rispondo che considerano bene i fatti svoi, alcuni altri diranno, come é possibile che costui sappja dare regole & non é dotto? à qvelli non só che dire perch dicono la veritá. Pure voi che mi sete amici, credo che leggjèrment mi perdonèrete, tuttavia supli candovi vogljate accettar qvesti mjei primi frutti, e qvantunqve non siano del tutto maturi, già non sono essi senza qvalche bvon tasto, qvicon pvoca fatica potete imparar á parlar Inglese, á parlar con hvomo, con donna, con Mercante, con Signore, o con ogni altra sort di Gènte, ci troverete molti bèlli proverby Italiani, e Inglesi, gentili detti, belli motti, bèlle sentenze tolte da diversibvoni Autori, non solament profittevole, ma anche dilettevole. Se vedo che li accettjate volentjèri, non desidero altro. Del resto poi totalment son vostro. Restate con Dio, il qval da mal vi gvards, e djavi longa sanitá. Vi bacjo le mani, & in tutto mi sottometto al servitio vostro. valet, e Gaudete. Vostro per sémpre.  
G. F.   

I P. all Ecc mo Conte di Licestra.  

SE di qvelle Virtú che posson fore,  
I nomi nostri á forza trar di Lete,  
Nobilissimo Signor impreso havete  
Con maraviglia altrui si bene il core.   

Qval pjú degno di voi d' eterno honore,  
Produsse il ceppo onde ch' uscito seat:  
O qval dentro há pjú bell, e caste meet,  
Chjude hoggi pjú di voi se ne valore.   

Taccja la casta, e bella Roma altera,  
Di tant' homin' illustri, almi, e fecondi:  
Che si trovorno giá: che fú molti anni.   

See all cjèl volar con pjú famosi vanni,  
Hoggi per voi la Bella Londra spera:  
O DUDELEO fra gl' almi, e giocondi.    

¶ Piers H. Gent. in commendation of the Author.  
YOu gallant Brutes, whose travails far abroad  
can testify your strange desire of news:  
Cast Anchor here, for lo in English road,  
there rides the Language, that so many choose.  
Small cost may serve, no hazard to your health,  
here may you win, without expense of wealth.  
Florio's first Fruits, can teach you first to learn,  
And next by time, the profit to discern.   

¶ R. H. Gent. in commendation of the Authors well employed tyme.  

BYcorned FAUNUS seemed very strange,  
to those that knew not his deformed case.  
Byformed JANUS wrought a wondrous change,  
in those which saw not his transfourmed face.  
Bilingued FLORIO claims the like good will,  
Of those which hear his rare reformed skill.   

If it were strange, one self same neck should bear  
two sundry heads, and faces more then one:  
It was as strange, one self same head should wear  
two sundry horns, where Nature grafted noon.  
And is more strange, to see one self same face,  
Two sundry tongues, and speeches to embrace.   

The tree was framed according to the fruit,  
an English Stock, but an Italian Plant.  
The double graft did take a double root,  
for each of them supplies the others want.  
And to content the doubts of either mind,  
His tree hath budded fruits of either kind.    

¶ john Cowland in commendation of the Author.  

Look what you lack, pluck, take, and taste in time,  
the tree, the bough, the branch, and all,  
With little labour each may scale, and climb:  
then take your choice, the pleasure is not small.  
One man, one tree, two sundry fruits, two sundry men  
Doth plant, doth pay, and profit most: what would you then?   

Your cost is small, then deem your labour lest,  
your gain is great, then pass not of your pain:  
'Tis gratis given, and welcome to this feast,  
digest it well, and gratis yield again.  
The Graffer FLORIO then may flourish free,  
and be enforced, more plants to grafted for thee.    

¶ Steven Gosson in praise of the Book.  

Small is the seed, whence Cedar trees do spring:  
yet they in height do reach up to the Skies.  
From slender root (which is a wondrous thing)  
sometimes we see the boisterous Oak to rise.  
From little Fountains, mighty streams have past,  
which have encountered with the Seas at last,   

FLORIO in this hath sowed his simple grain,  
his graft doth yield the blossoms of delight:  
The fruit is good, it countervails the pain,  
if skilful Readers have the same in sight.  
Though seed, and root, and Fountains head be small,  
the pleasant crop deserveth praise of al.    

¶ R. Wilson in praise of Florio his first Fruits.  

THe pleasant fruits that FLORIO frankly yields,  
unseen till now, save in Italian soil:  
May quickly flourish in our English fields,  
if in this work we take but easy toil.  
He sets, he sows, he plants, he proynes with pain,  
the seeds, and Cienes far fet from foreign lands:   

And gives us (idle) both the stock and grain,  
even his first fruits the joy of labouring hands.  
We give him naught, if we can not devise  
to give him thanks, that may him well suffice.    

¶ Ri. Collines in praise of Florio his first Fruits.  
A Country man of ours, I warrant you, his deeds declare him so:  
True to his Prince, right gaineful to his friend, not hurtful to his fo.  
One golden piece, all that he hath, his wit, his will. his tender toil.  
His elder pain, and gain (good man) he gratis gives unto his soil.  
FLORIO, Good Season, was thy friend, well▪ spiedst thou happy time to water  
First fruits, and full fruits, ripe and good, good cheap, so mayst thou term the matter.  
By Art an ease, but look, and learn: how liv'st? if this thou deem a labour.  
O Flos, fresh spring, thou flower from whence, often comes so sweet a savour.  
If that thy list be good, or speech to learn, Italian, herein look.  
If thou wouldst speak Italian true, my friend, use this, noon other book.  
What wouldst thou more, this Volume done,  
Approves noon such to be begun.   

¶ john B. in commendation of his Friend I F.  
YOu English Gentlemen that crave,  
the fine Italian tongue to know:  
And you Italians that would have,  
a Rule the English speech to show:  
give FLORIO thanks, whose first fruits teach,  
How you the ground of both may reach.   

¶ Ri. T. in praise of Florio his Labour.  
IF we at home, by Florios pains may win,  
to know the things, that travails great would ask:  
By opening that, which heretofore hath been  
a dangerous journey, and a fearful task.  
Why then each Reader that his Book do see,  
give Florio thanks, that took such pains for thee.   

¶ T. C. in commendation of Florio, and his first Fruits.  


NO Labour wants deserved meed,  
no taken toil is void of gain:  
Not ground so batren, but the seed,  
and somewhat more will yield for pain.  
For pain? why then should FLORIO fear,  
To reap the gain, he merits hear.   

Which gain, is only good report,  
and honour due for taken toil.  
Which grant him will the wiser sort,  
for whom he tylles this fertile soil.  
And sets the slips in English land,  
Of Tuscan tongue, to spring and stand.   

As for the rest, if they requited  
his labour ill, what may he say?  
I have this done for their delight,  
and they for pain disdain me pay.  
Ma non importa, sith 'tIS so,  
isle please the best, the rest shall go:   

Bend to content.    

The same in French.  

QVivoudra voir & avoir  
La Science, e le scavoir  
De la Langue Italienne  
FLORIO l'ha escrit  
Pour nostre gran deduit  
A insi come il avienne.   

Donques en sa Louange  
Faisons nous vers estrange  
Et en Langue estrange ausi.  
Pour son gran Labeur pris  
Il en aura le pris  
Lebien de son envy.   

To iours je espoyre.     

¶ I H. in praise of Florio.  
For profit gardeners plant, the husbandman for gain  
Doth till the earth, hoping the seed shall countervail his pain.  
Our Florio doth not so, his travail yet doth pass  
The Gardeners, or the Husbandman's, or toil of the Ass.  
For when the bird, the fish, the soul, joyed in their quiet rest,  
In Closet close was his delight, no sleep his eyes oppressed.  
On craggi Rocks, and stony plots, well may he think his seed  
Is sown, if that no worthy thanks we yield him for his meed.   

¶ Tavola de tutti gli Capitoli, che in qvesta opera si contengono. ¶ A Table of all the chapters that in this work are contained.  

ITaliano parlar familiare. cap. 1. folio. 1. 
English familiar speech. chap. 1. fol. 1.  A parlar con donzella. cap. 2. folio. 1. 
To speak with a dansel. chap. 2. fol. 1.  Parlar familiare con huomo overo con donna, cap. 3. folio. 2 
Familiar speech with man or woman chap. 3. fol. 2.  Parlar familiare. cap. 4 fol. 3. 
Familiar speech. chap. 4. fol. 3.  Altro parlar familiare con huomo, o con donna. cap 5. fol. 4. 
Other familiar speech with man or woman. chap. 5. fol. 4.  Altro parlar familiare. cap 6. folio. 5. 
Other familiar talk. chap. 6. fol. 5.  A parlar con un Gentilhvomo. cap. 7. fol. 6. 
To speak with a Gentleman. chap 7. fol. 6.  A parlar con una Gent. Idonna. cap. 8. fol. 7. 
To speak with a Gentlewoman. chap. 8. fol. 7.  A parlar con mercante. cap 9 fol. 7. 
To speak with a merchant. chap. 9 fol 7.  A parlar con donna, cap. 10. fol. 8. 
To speak with a woman. chap. 9 fol. 8.  A parlar con seruitore. cap. 11. fol. 9 
To speak to a servant. cha. 11. fol. 9  Parlar familiare. cap. 12. fol. 10. 
Familiar speech. cha. 12. fol. 10  Parlar familiare. cap. 13. fol. 10. 
Familiar talk. chap. 13. fol. 10.  Parlar amoroso. cap. 14. fol. 12. 
Amorous talk. cha. 14. fol. 12.  A parlar Dinghilterra. cap. 15. fol. 14. 
To speak of England. cha. 15. fol. 14.  Parlar familiare. cap. 16. fol. 19 
Familiar talk. chap. 16 fol. 19  A parlar albujo. cap. 17. fol. 20. 
To talk in the dark. chap. 17. fol. 20.  Divers sentenze divine et profane. cap. 18. fol. 21. 
divers sentences divine and profane, chap. 18. fol. 21.  Tre cènto belli Provebij. cap. 19 fol. 27. 
Three hundredth fine proverbs. chap. 19 fol. 27.  Bèlli detti. cap. 20. fol. 35. 
Fine sayings. chap. 20. fol. 35.  Bélle domande. cap. 21. fol. 36. 
Pretty demands. cha. 21. fol. 36.  Discorsi sopra pace, guerra, invidia, et superbia. ca 22. fol. 38. 
Discourses upon peace, war, envy, & pride. cha. 22. fo. 38  Li abusi del mondo. cap. 23. fol. 40. 
The abuses of the world. cha. 23. fol 40.  Discorsi sopra Belezza, Nobilita, poverta, e preghjèra necessaria, qvali sono i beni di Fortuna. cap. 24. fol. 41. 
Discourses upon beauty, nobility poverty, a necessary prayer, & which be the goods of Fortune cha. 24. fol. 41.  Di Ira, con certi belli detti di Ariosto, & di aliripoeti, & che cosa é patientia, & adulatione. cap. 25. fol. 42. 
Of wrath, with certain fine sayings of Ariosto. & other Poets, & what patience, & flattery is chap. 25. fol 42.  Ragionamenti sopra Fortuna, & che cosa sia Foriuna, cap. 26. fol. 46. 
reasonings upon Fortune and what Fortune is, cha. 26 fol. 46.  Ragionamenti sopra dottrina, et Filosofia, et che cosa siano scrittori & qval● il profitto di léggere et imparare scientie, con certi discorsi in laud de scrittori, & Filososi. cap. 27. fo. 49. 
Reson upon learning, and Philosophy, and what writers are, & what the profit of reading, and learning of Science is, with certain discourses in praise of Writers & Philosophers. ca 27. fo. 49  Ragionamenti sopra Diligentia, Humanita, Clementia, Temperantia, & sobrieta, cap. 28. fol. 63 
reasonings upon Diligence, Humanity, Clemency, Temperance, and Sobriety chap. 28. fo. 63  Ragionamenti sopra Silentio, & Liberalita, & in laud di Eta. cap. 29. fol. 66. 
Reason upon Silence, and Liberality, and in praise of age. chap. 29. fo. 66  De li costumi de certe genti. cap. 30. fol. 70. 
Of the manners of certain Nations. chap. 30. fo. 70  Discorsi sopra Musica & Amor. cap. 31. fol. 70. 
Discourses upon Music and love. chap. 31. fo. 70  Discorso sopra libidine, & la sua forza. cap. 32. fol. 71. 
A discourse upon Lust, and the force thereof. cha. 32. fo. 71  Ragionamenti sopra virtu, con le sue siglie, che cosa è il fine di Gverra, quale sono bone opere, qvatordeci bone Regole, con altri diversi discorsi. ca 33. fo. 72. 
Reason upon Virtue, with her daughters, what is the end of war, which be good works, fourteen good rules, with divers other discourses. chap. 33. fo. 72  L' opinione di Marco Aurclio, & Ovidio, sopra amore, & che cosa é. ca 34. fo. 75. 
The opinion of Marcus Aurerelius and Ovid, upon Love, and what it is cha. 34. fo. 75  Diversita de gli hvomini. ca 35. fo. 76. 
The diversities of men. cha. 35 fo. 76  Certi bèlli, dotti, & galanti detti, tolti da Antonio Gvevara, scritti da lui, sopra divers occasione ca 26. fo. 77 
Certain fine, learned, & gallant sayings, taken from Antonio Guevara, written by him, upon divers occasions. changed. 36. fo. 77.  Parole di Plutarco, scritte da lui, a Traiano Imperatore, con diversi altri detti di Antonio Gvevara. ca 37. fo. 82 
Words written by Plutarch, to the Emper. Trajan, with divers sayings of Antonio Guevara. chap. 37. fo. 82  Discorso del detto Autore sopra Belta. ca 38. fo. 84 
A discourse of the said author upon Beauty, cham 39 fo. 84  Certi belli brevi detti, & bell sentenze del detto autore. degne da esser notate. cap. 39 fo. 89 
Certain fine brief sayings, & fine sayings of the said author, worthy to be noted, chap. 39 fo. 89  Breve discorso in laud di Henrico ottavo, Re di Inghilterra, ca 40. fo. 92 
A brief discourse, in praise of Henry the eight, king of England. cha. 40. fo. 92  Belli discorsidi Antonio Gvevara sopra divers occasione. ca 41 fo. 93 
Fine Discourses of Antonio Guevara, upon divers occasions. chap. 41. foe 93  Discorsi del detto autore, circa capitant & soldati del nostro tèmpo, & mostra come bisognerèbbe scegliere i Giudici. ca 42 fo. 97 
Discourses of the said author concerning Captains and soldiers of our time, & showeth how judges should be chosen. ca 42. foe 97  Nomi di tutti i membri che apertengono all' hvomo, de i Parenti, i giornt de la settimana con le stagioni de l' anno, come si dèbbe numerare, con un certo breve Vocabulario. ca 43. fo. 100 
Names of all the members appertaining to man, of all parents of the days of the week, of the seasons of the year, how one shall number, with a certain brief Vocabulary. chap. 43. fo. 100  Cèrte preghjère, come il Padre nostro, & il Credo, con altre. & certe Regole Inglese. ca 44 fol. 103. 
Certain prayers, as the Pater noster, and the Crede, with others, and certain English Rules. chap. 44. fo. 103.    
Necessary Rules, as it were a Grammar, very profitable for all such as delight in the Italian tongue, gathered, collected, translated, and augmented by Florio, out of divers sundry the best Italian Authors, and Poets, the like never published afore, wherewith a man may in very short space, and with little help, attain unto the perfection of writing, reading, pronouncing, and speaking of the Italian tongue.   

GEntle Reader, for such faults which have escaped the Authors naughty pen, the Compositors wavering hand, the Correctors dazzling eyè, and the Printers press, we desire thee courtously to amend: for surely the Author writes scarce good English, and a ragged hand withal, and the Compositor understands no Italian. Wherefore, standing at thy courtesy, we are persuaded thou wilt lightly pardon us both. Farewell.  

Tavola de gli errori Italiani, nella present opera, Il primo numero significa Fol. Il secondo, la Linea.  
Fol. 1. Lin. 22. Per Servo, leggi Servitore: fo. 1. li. 23. per degno, degna: fo. 2. li. 2. per gardino, giardino: fo. 3. li. 23. per serrata, serrata cosi: fo. 4. li. 31. per val, vagliono: fo. 4. li. 35. per voi, voi le: fo. 7. li. 7. per eno, ono: fo. li. 5. per ci, si: fo. detto. li. 9 per ci, si: fo. ● li. 16. per catille, cattive: fo. 10. li. 14. per qvesto, qvello. fo. 14. li. 4 per noie, voiv': fo. 14. li. 23. per seqvitano, segvitano. fo. 14. li. 7. per voi, svoi: fo. 15. li. 20. per ci, ecci: fo. 24. li. 24. per fibia, subia: fo. 25 li. 16. per wa, una fo. 28. li. 28. per chi ven vive, chi ben vives fo. 44. li. 7, per nartir, martyr: fo. 44. li. 19 per pare, parer: fo. 45. li. 3 per semianze, sembianze. fo. 46. li. 11. per all chiesa, alla chjèsa: fo. 49. li. 28. per proaerbio, proverbio: fo. 49. li. 21. ꝑ prifitto, profitto: so. 51. li. 11. per strnieai, stranjèri: fo. 52. li. 10. per. jiliade, Iliad: fo. 53. li. 3. per historij, Historici: fo. 53. li. 19 per altre stile, alto stile: fo. 56. li. 27. per capus, caput: fo. 63. li. 7. per si puo dichiamar, si puo chiamar: fo. 64. li. 16. per cattini, cattivi: fo. 64. li. 24. per chiavirmi, chjarirmi: fo. 68 li. 24. per vo, uno: fo. 68 li. 22. per avanza, avanzar: fo. 74. li. 2. per sugestiune, sugestione: fo. 78. li. 10 per per vi, per lui: fo. 81. li. 23. per ponderoso, poderoso: fo. 84. li. 26 per questione, domanda: fo. 91. li. 32. per pudenti, prudenti: fo. 94. li. 22. per ricutto, ricetto: fo. 97. li. 1. per darsi, fidarsi.  
Cortese Lettore, se per sort trvovi altri errori, ti pregliamo che á tuo modo gli vogli corregger, e alqvanto vogli scusar il Stampatore, perch lui non sa ne parlar, ne intender Italiano, e percjo merita perdono. vale.    


❧ Italiano Parlar familiare. Ca 1. ¶ English familiar speech. ca 1.  

DIo vi dia il bon giorno. 
GOd give you good morrow.  E a voi anchora sign, mio 
And to you also, my lord.  Dio vi salui signore. 
God save you sir.  Dio vi salui madonna. 
God save you mistress.  Bentrovato caro fratello. 
Well met dear brother.  Come valla con voi? 
How doth it with you?  E come state? 
And how do you?  Bene all comando vostro, io viri gratio. 
Well, at your commandment, I do thank you.  Dio vi dia la bona sera. 
God give you good even.  Cosi anchora a voi. 
And also to you.  Dove sete stato hoggi? 
Where have you been this day?  Io sono stato a spasso. 
I have been abroad.  E dove volete andare? 
And wither will you go?  Dove piace a voi. 
Where it please you,  Dove anderemo noi? 
Where shall we go?  Auna comedia, all Toro, overo in qualche altro luogho. 
To a play at the Bull, or else to some other place.  Vi piacciono le Comedy à voi? 
Do Comedies like you well?  Signior, si la festa. 
Yea sir, on holy days.  Mi piacciono anche a me, ma i predicators non le vogliono acconsentire. 
They please me also well, but the preachers will not allow them.  perch, sapetelo? 
Wherefore, know you it:  Dicono, che non sono bone. 
They say, they are not good.  E perch si usano? 
And wherefore are they used?  perch ogniuno si diletta in esse. 
Because every man delights in them.  Io credo che si faccia di molte furfanterie a quest Comedy, che credete voi? 
I believe there is much knavery used at those Comedies: what think you?  Cosi credo anche io. 
So believe I also.  Vi piace accettar una quarta di vino in casa di un amico mio? 
Will it please you to accept a quart of wine at a friends house of mine?  Signior no, io viringratio con tutto il mio core. 
No sir, I thank you with all my heart.  Io ho visto una bella gentildonna, una bella figlia, vergine, giouine, overo massara, meschina fantesca, & delle bell donne. 
I have seen a fair gentlewoman, a fair daughter, virgin, maiden, or else maid servant, and many other fair women.  Dove le havete viste? 
Where have you seen them:  Fuora ne le campi. 
Out in the fields.     

¶ A parlar con donzella. Cap. 2. ¶ To speak with a damsel. Cham 2.  

BElla figlia, volete che io vi ami? 
Fair maid, will you that I love you:  Io non vi posso tenir che voi non amate, se volete amare. 
I cannot hold you that you love not, if you will love.  Io vi ho amato, vi amo, vi amero. 
I have loved you, I love you, & will love you.  Io vi ho odiato, vi odio, vi odiero. 
I have hated you, I hate you, & will hate you.  Che causa vi ho io dato? 
what occasion have I given you?  Io non so, ma non posso amare. 
I know not, but I cannot love.  Io vorria che il vi piacesse di accettar mi per vostro servo. 
I would it would please you to accept me for your servant.  Io non son degno di tenir simile seruitore. 
I am not worthy to keep such a servant.  Volete du che accettar mi per marito? 
Will you then accept me for your husband:  Io non posso, se ben potessi, non voglio, e volendo non posso anche. 
I cannot, and although I could, I will not, and if I would, I can not neither.  Io non vi so intendere. 
I can not understand you.  Come non mi intendete? 
How can you not understand me  Voi parlate si dotta ment. 
You speak so learnedly.  Vog liamo andar a un gardino a cogliere de fiori? 
Shall we go into a garden to gather some flowers:  Io sono contento, se vi piace. 
I am content, if it please you.  Debbiamo andare neli campi? 
Shall we go walk into the fields?  Il tempo e troppo caldo. 
The weather is too hot.  Noi anderemo ne lombra. 
We will go into the field.  Andiamo all Teatro a veder la Comedia, e se vi piace andar meco, io saro alagro de la vostra compagnia. 
Let us go to the Theatre to see a Comedy, and if it please you to go with me, I will be glad of your company.  Io andero con voi volentieri. 
I will go with you willingly.     

¶ Parlar familiare con huomo overo condonna. Ca 3. ¶ Familiar speech with man or woman. Chap. 3.  

DIo sia con voi signore. 
GOd save you sir: or else, God be with you.  Il simile desidero di voi. 
The like I wish to you.  Mi racomando a sua signoria. 
I commend me unto your lordship.  Quando cirivederemo? 
When shall we see one another?  Quando che piace voi. 
when it pleaseth you.  Quando viene il signor da la corte: 
when will your lord come from the Court:  Domani se piace a Dio. 
To morrow, if it please God.  Quando anda lui alla Corte: 
when went he to the Court:  La settimana passata. 
The last week.  Chi ando con lui? 
who went with him:  Due de miei compagni. 
Two of my fellows.  Io ho visto una bella giouine, voglio andare a darli de la musica con i Violoni, o Luitti subito che io ho desinato. 
I have seen a fair damsel, I will go and make her some music with Viols, or else Lute, as soon as I have dined.  Volete che io vi facci compagnia? 
will you that I keep you company?  Volentieri, e vi daro due, o tre quart di vino. 
Gladly and I will give you two or three quarts of wine.  Io voglio andar con voi. 
I will go with you.  Io voglio saper da lei, se li piace venire a cena meco: io saro alegro dela sua compagnia. 
I will know of her if she will please to come & sup with me, I will be glad of her company.  Flla mi par molto cortese. 
Me thinks she is very courteous.  Veramente lei e molto gallant. 
Verily she is very gallant.  Che vi pare di quelle due donne che passano la insieme? 
What do you think of them two women that go there together?  Le mi piacciono benissimo. 
They please me very well.  Loro sono tre mi pare. 
Me thinks they are three.  Cosi mi pare a me. 
So me thinks too.  una di loro e maritata. 
One of them is married.  E cosi certo. 
It is so certain.  Io vorrei che io ne havessi la simile, e che fusse mia. 
I would I had the like, and that she were my.  Cosi vorrei anche io. 
So would I also.  Orsu io voglio andare acaminare in Scepa a comprar mi qualcosa 
well I will go and walk in Cheap to buy something.  E che cosa volete comprare? 
And what will you buy?  Io voglio comprare un capello, un paro di calzette bianche. 
I will buy a hat, a pair of white Stockens.  Et io voglio comprarmi un paro di Pantofole e Scarpine. 
And I will buy me a pair of Pantofles and Pumps.  Ditemi che vi pare di questa spada, e questo pugnale, e egli bono 
Tell me, how like you this sword and this dagger, is he good?  El mi pare bonissimo, io vorei hauerne la simile per un scudo. 
Me thinks it is very good, I would I had the like for a crown.  Questi guanti sono bene profumati? 
These Gloves, are they well parfumed?  Si certo, chi li have profumati? 
Yea certainly: who hath parfumed them?  un inglese che si chiama B. 
An English man that is called B.  Le mie post sono un bon colore. 
My garters are a good colour.  Cosi sono le mie calzette. 
And so are my stockens also.  Cosi sono certo, dove le havete comprate. 
So they are: where bought you them?  In Scepa, mi costano dieci sold. 
In Cheap, they cost me ten shillings.  Mi par bon mercato. 
Me thinks it is good cheap.  E a me mi par caro. 
And me thinks it is dear.  Io voglio cavalcar in paese. 
I will ride into the country.  Quanto volete tardar la? 
How long will you tarry there?  Io voglio tardar un mese. 
I will tarry a month.  Che volete far tanto? 
what will you do so long?  Io voglio veder amaza qualche Ceruo, se io posso, inanzi che io vitorni alla citta. 
I will see the killing of some Buck, if I can, afore I return to the city.  Ce ne grand abondantia la? 
Is there great plenty?  Signior si grandissima. 
Yea sir, very great.  Hauete vot cavallo? 
Have you a Horse?  Signior no, ma ne voglio comprare uno, overo fittarne uno. 
No sir, but I will buy one, or else I will hire one.  Quanto pagarete il giorno? 
what shall you pay a day?  Non so, ma credo un soldo. 
I know not, but I believe a shilling.     

¶ Parlar familiare. Cap. 4. ¶ Familiar speech. Chap. 4.  

VOi sete stato longo tempo in paese. 
YOu have tarried long in the country.  Io non ho potuto ritornar piu presto. 
I could not come sooner.  Mi piace di vederui sano. 
It pleaseth me to see you meery.  Io viringratio di bon core. 
I thank God with all my heart.  Come sta vostro padre, vostra madre, vostro fratello, vostra sorella, e tutti li vostri parenti? 
How doth your father, your mother, your brother, your sister, and all your parents?  Tutti stanno bene gratie a Dio. 
They all do well, thanked be god.  Mi piace certo come sta vostra moglie con vostri figlioli. 
It pleaseth me certes, but how doth your wife, and your children?  Loro sono stati maladi e quasi morti, ma adesso sono miglioradi, rendo gratie a Dio. 
They have been sick, and almost dead, but now they are amended, I thank God for it.  Cosi facendo, fate bene. 
So doing, you do well.  Vi piace desinar meco? 
will it please you dine with me?  Signior no, vi ringratio. 
No sir, I thank you.  Dove desinate? 
where dine you?  Io desino con il mio patron. 
I will dine with my master.  Volete venir a cenar meco questa sera? haremo un Insalata. 
will you sup with me this night? we will have a salet.  Si, ma la mia camera e tanto lontana, e le port sono serrata a bon hora, che se io vengo, non potro entrare. 
Yea, but my chamber is so far, and the gates are shut so soon, that if I come, I shall not get in.  Voi dormirete meco, haverete un bon letto, e un netto paro de Lenzuola, venite mi prego. 
You shall lie with me, you shall have a good bed, & a pair of clean sheets, I pray you come  Viringratio tanto come se io tardassi. 
I thank you as much as though I did.  Io voglio andar a casa. 
I will go home.  Mi par che voi sete malato. 
Me thinks you are sick.  Certo io non sono molto bene. 
Certainly I am not very well.  Che cosa vi mancha? 
what thing do you lack?  Latesta mi duole. 
My head acheth.  Andate in letto. 
Then go to bed.  Cofivoglio far. 
So I will do.  Do matina io voglio venire da voi. 
To morrow morning I will come to you.  Venite, voi sarete il ben venuto. 
Come, and you shallbe welcome  Io voglio far colatione con voi. 
I will break my fast with you.  Not haveremo un par de Salsize. 
we will have a pair of Sasages.  Le mi piacciono benissimo. 
They please me very well.  Cosi anchora a me. 
And also to me.  Ma bisogna haver del vino. 
But we must have some wine.  Noi ne haveremo se ce ne in Londra. 
we will have some, if there be any in London.  Io voglio andar a metter mi una camisia bianca, perch io sudo forte, fa gran caldo. 
I will go and put me on a clean shirt, because I sweat very much: it is very hot.  Domani se piace a Dio, voglio portar il mio miglior giupone, le mie miglior calze, la mia miglior cappa, & la piu bella. 
To morrow if it please God, I will wear my best Doublet, and my best Hose, and my best Cloak, and the fairest.  E dove volete andar poi? 
And where will you go then?  Voglio andar dove vi piace. 
I will go where it please you.  E voglio far quel che volete. 
And I will do what you wil  Io voglio comprar un par de guanti. 
I will buy a pair of Gloves.  Cosi voglio fare anche io. 
And so will I do.  Mostra mi un par de guanti. 
Show me a pair of gloves.  Li volete profumati, ono? 
will you have them perfuned, orno?  Li voglio profumati. 
I will have them perfumed.  Eccone qui un bon paro. 
Behold here is a good pair.  Quanto pagaro per essi? 
How much shall I pay for them?  Mi darete mezo scudo. 
You shall give me half a crown.  E troppo certo. 
It is too much certain.  Non certo signore. 
Not so sir.  Ve ne voglio dare due soldi. 
I will give you two shillings.  E troppo poco signore. 
It is too little sir.  E assai certo. 
It is enough certain.  Orsu pigliate li. 
well take them.  Echo i tuoi danari. 
Behold here is thy money.  Viringratio signore. 
I thank you sir.     

¶ Parlar familiare con homo, o condonna, Cap. 5. ¶ Familiar speech with man or woman. Chap. 5.  

DOnde venite signor mio? 
FRom whence come you sir  Io vengo da la Corte. 
I come from the Court.  Come stala maesta de la Regina, con tutti i Gentilhuomint, Gentildonne a la Corte? 
How doth the queen's majesty with all the Gentlemen and Gentlewomen of the Court  Loro stanno benissimo. 
They do very well.  Mi piace certo. 
It pleaseth me well certain.  Quando si remove la Corte? 
When removeth the Court  Non si sa. 
It is not known.  Si dice la settimana prossima. 
It is said the next week.  Ci sara progresso? 
Shall there be a Progress?  Non si sa anchora. 
It is not known yet  Io voglio esser in paese, se cene. 
I will be in the country, if there be any.  Cosi voglio anche io. 
And so will I  Si dice che ce ne sara uno. 
It is said there will be one.  Io lo voglio saper brevement. 
I will know it shortly.  Ma come lo saperete? 
But how will you know it?  Io lo sapero benissimo. 
I will know it very well.  Io voglio parlar a quella donna. 
I will speak to that woman.  Madonna, io vi amo cordialment, to voria che io fosse vostro marito, io vi ameria e seruiria fedelment. 
Madame, I love you heartily, I would I were your husband, I would love you, and serve you faithfully.  Io sono molto obligato a voi per il vostro bon volere. 
I am very much bound to you for your good wil  Io viringratio per la vostra cortesia. 
I thank you for your courtesy.  Ma non sapete come dice il proverbio? 
But know you not what the prover be saith?  Non certo: come dice? 
Not truly: how saith it?  Chi tardi arriva, mal allog gia. 
Who cometh late, lodgeth ill.  Come, dunche to arivo tardi. 
Why then I arrive late.  Si certo a dirui la verita. 
Yea certain, to tell you truly.  Dunche voi sete promessa. 
Why then you are promised.  Signior si longo tempo fa. 
Yea sir, long ago.  E a chi? ditemi di gratia. 
And to whom? I pray you tell me.  A un homo. 
Unto a man.  Io so ben che non e donna. 
I know it is not a woman.  Ma come si chi ama? 
But how is he called?  voi non lo conoscete. 
You know him not.  voi non lo sapete. 
You know not that.  Si chiama messer C. 
He is called C.  Io lo cognosco bene, & e mio grand amico. 
I know him well, and he is my great friend.  Dunche a me bisogna haver patientia. 
Then I must have patience.  Quanto vidaro a far mi un paro di camisie bianche. 
what shall I give you to make me a couple of white shirts?  De che telale volete havere? 
Of what cloth will you have them  De la piu fina che sia. 
Of the finest that is.  voi mi darete venti soldi. 
You shall give me. 20. shillings.  Adio Signora, e troppo certo. 
God be with you madame, it is too much certain.  Ascoltate signor mio, voi mi darete quindeci soldi. 
Hark here sir, you shall give me fiftiene shillings.  Non val tanto. 
It is not worth so much.  Certo la tela e molto cara. 
Truly cloth is very dear.  Io vi daro dodeci soldi. 
I will give you twelve shillings.  Io sono contenta, domani venite per esse, voi haverete. 
I am content, to morrow come for them, and you shall have them.  Volete haver caparra? 
will you have earnest?  Signior si se vi piace. 
Yea sir, if it please you.  Quanto volete havere? 
How much will you have?  Date mi un soldo. 
give me a shilling.  Eccolo qui pigliatelo. 
Behold it here, take it.  Volete far mi anchora due belli fazoletti lavorati con seta cremesina? 
Will you also make me two saire handkerchiefs, wrought with Crimosen silk?  Quanto volete voi spendere? 
How much will you spend?  Io voglio spendere il manco che io posso. 
I will spend the least that I can.  Et io al contrario voglio havere il piu che to posso. 
And I contrariwise will have the most that I can.  Orsu dite mi quanto vi daro? 
Well, tell me, what shall I give you?  Voi mi darete dieci soldi. 
You shall give me ten shillings.  Voi li haverete. 
You shall have them.  Miracomando a S. S. 
I commend me unto your lordsh.  Resto vostra signor mio. 
I rest yours my lord.  Restate in pace. 
Rest you in peace.  E voi anchora. 
And you also.  Quando virevedero? 
When shall I see you again?  Domani nel Cambio. 
To morrow in the Exchange.  A che hora? 
At what a clock?  A undeci. 
At eleven.  Hauete gran facende la? 
Have you great business there?  Non troppo grand. 
Not very great.  Io verro la certo. 
I will come certain.  Io vi aspetterro la. 
I will tarry for you there.  Non manchate. 
Do not fail.     

¶ Altroparlar familiar. Cap. 6. ¶ Other familiar talk. Chap. 6.  

SApete se la Posta e venuta? 
Know you if the Post be come?  Io non so veramente. 
I know not certainly.  Come faro a saperlo? 
How shall I do to know it?  Domandate in Borsa. 
Ask in the exchange.  A chi domandaro? 
To whom shall I ask?  A qualche mercante. 
Ask of some merchant.  Volete far mi un piacere? 
Will you do me a pleasure?  Volentieri se io posso. 
Gladly if I can.  Venite a desinar meco. 
Come and dine with me.  Quando? 
When?  Domani. 
To morrow.  Viringratio, Io verro: Che bona cera havero io? 
I thank you, I will come: what good cheer shall I have?  Voi haverete un pezo di carne boina alesso, e un Capon arosto. 
You shall have a piece of beef sodden, and a Capon roasted.  Certo questo mi piace. 
Certes this likes me well.  Io portero un fiasco di vino. 
I will bring a bottle of wine.  Hauete ne che sia bono? 
Have you any that is good?  Signior si bonissimo. 
Yea sir, very good.  Orsu aspettate mi, io veniro, se io non moro questa not. 
Well tarry for me, I will come, if I die not this night.  Come fate conto di morir cosi subitana ment? 
What, do you make account to die so suddenly?  Che so io? vedo tal volta che lhuomo compone e Dio dispone. 
What know I? I see sometimes that man doth purpose, and God doth dispose.  Veramente voi dite il vero. 
Verily you say true.  Pero e bono sempre a ricor darsi di Iddio, et pregarlo di continuo che ci voglia conceder de la sua gratia. 
Therefore it is always good to remember God, and pray him continually, that he will grant us of his grace.  Beat colui che lo sa far. 
Happy is he that can do it.  Io credo che ce ne pochi. 
I believe there are few.  Cosi credo anche io. 
So believe I also.  Io vedo certe person bizarre, che fanno il brano hoggi, domani sono poveri, altri fanno conto inanzi lhoste, vogliono fare, dire, che e che no e sono morti. 
I see certain foolish people, that brag it out to day, and to morrow are poor, others make their account before the host, they will do, they will face, and by and by they are dead.  De questine vedemo lesperientia giornalment. 
Of these we see the experience daily.  Quelli verisicano il proverbio. 
These verify the proverb.  Che proverbio volete dire? 
What proverb will you say?  Quel proverbio che dice, Chi troppo abraccia, poco string. 
The proverb that saith, Who embraceth much, little closeth.  Certo questo e bono. 
Certis this is a good one.  Ma sapete come dicea quel altro? 
But know you how the other said?  Come dice lui, viprego? 
How saith he, I pray you?  Lui dice, che e sempre bono per uno haver due cord per il suo archo, accio che se una sirompe, lui ne habbia un altra presta. 
He saith, it is always good for one to have two strings to his bow, to the end, that if one break, he may have an other ready.  Certo colui la intend. 
Certainly he understands it.  E proverbio anticho. 
It is an old proverb.  Chi pensate che habbia fatto questi proverby? 
Who think you have made these proverbs?  Io credo qualche Poeta. 
I believe some poets.     

¶ A parlar con un Gentilhuomo. Chap. 7. ¶ To speak with a Gentleman. Cham 7.  

Be trovato sig nor mio. 
Well met my lord.  Come sta v. S? 
How doth your lordship▪  Benissimo al comando vostro, e pronto per seruir vi in ogni cosa che io possa. 
Very well, at the commandment of you, and ready to serve you in any thing that I may.  Veramente to vi ringratio, il simile fate conto di me. 
Verily I yield you thanks, make the like account of me.  Orsu signor mio, io vado per questa strada, e voi. 
Well my lord, I go through this street, and you.  Sig nor no, me ne vado per questa altra, volete comandar mi qualche cosa, e no? 
No sir, I go through this other, will you command me any thing, or not?  Signior no, ma mi farete grand apiacere, se volete venire a desinar meco. 
No sir, but you shall do me a great pleasure, if you will come and dine with me.  Non hoggi signor, ma una altra volta ci goderemo. 
Not to day sir, but another time we will be merry together.  Quando vi piace io saro pronto. 
When it please you, I am ready.  Mi racomando donche a V. S. 
Then I commend me unto your lordship.  Andate, che Dio vi compagni. 
Go, and God accompany you.  A rivederci un altra volta. 
We will see one another again another time.     

¶ A parlar con una Gentildonna. Cap. 8. ¶ To speak with a Gentlewoman. Chap. 8.  

BOn giorno quella bella signora. 
GOod morrow fair Gentlewoman.  Ben trovato quel bel giouine. 
Well met fair young man.  Dove andate cosi tardi? 
Wither go you so late?  Io me ne vado a casa mia. 
I go home to my house.  A che far? 
And what to do?  A fare certe facende. 
To do certain business.  Volete che io vi facci compagnia? 
Will you that I keep you company?  Signior no, io ho un seruitore che mi aspetta. 
No sir, I have a servant that tarrieth for me.  Ma dove e? 
But where is he?  Lui va inanzi. 
He goeth before.  Quello e vostro seruitore? 
Is he your servant?  Signor ci. 
Yea sir.  Quanto tempo e stato con voi? 
How long hath he been with you?  Non longo tempo: perch domandate, conoscete lo? 
Not long time: wherefore do you ask, do you know him?  Signora ci, lui e mio Cugino, e mio patriotto. 
Yea madam, he is my cousin and my countryman.  Io voria che il vi piacesse di esser mio amico e compagno in questa giornata. 
I would it would please you to be my friend and companion in this my journey.  Volentieri signor, ma dove volete voi andare? 
Gladly sir, but where will you go?  Io faccio pensiere di andare fino a Venetia. 
I make account to go to Venice.  Che volete far la? 
What will you do there?  Voglio veder la citta, se la é cosi bella come si dice. 
I will see the city, if it be so fair as it is said.  Vederete una bella, ricca, sumtuosa, forte, citta ben fornita, adorna di bell done, populosa di ogni gente, abundante, e copiosa di tutte le bone coz. 
You shall see a fair city, rich, sumptuous, strong, well furnished, adorned with fair women, populated of many people, abundant, and plentiful of all good things.  Veramente io credo che voi la laudate troppo. 
Verily I believe that you praise it too much.  Anzinon son bastante a laudarla assai, come merita. 
Nay rather I am not able to praise it enough as it deserves.     

¶ A parlar con mercante. Cap. 9 ¶ To speak with a merchant. chap. 9  

Dio visalui signor mio. 
God save you my lord.  Il simile desidero di voi. 
The like I wish of you.  E longo tempo che io non vi ho visto. 
It is long time since I have seen you.  Cosi credo anche io perch io sono stato in Francia, Italia, Spagna, Alemagna, piu di otto mesi. 
So believe I also, for because I have been in France, Italy, Spain, Germany, more then eight months.  E che havete fatto la? 
And what have you done there?  Io ho visto, toccato, sentito molte coz strain, e speso i miei danari. 
I have seen, felt, heard many strange things, and spent my money.  Ditemi di gratia, le donne, sono bell la, o not? 
Tell me of courtesy, women, are they fair there, or not?  Vi diro, ce ne di ogni sort, come in questo paese, ce ne di bell, brutte, bone, cattille, cortese, e discortese, giouine, e vechie, e pur sono tutte donne. 
I will tell you, there is of all sorts, as is in this country, there be fair, fowl, good, and bad, courteous, & discourteous, young and old, and yet they be all women.  Io non sono ben disposto: Io voglio andare a dormire. 
I am not well disposed, I will go sleep.  Io voglio cavalcare il mio cavallo bianco. 
I will go ride my white horse.  Io voglio ballare, saltare, danzare, giocare. 
I will dance, leap, skyppe, play.  Che gioco sapete giocare? 
What game can you play?  Io so giocare a le cart, a li Dadi, all Tavoliere, a gli Scaki, et io so lottare. 
I can play at Cards, at dice, at Tables, at Cestes, I can wrestle.  Io voglio caminare ne li campi fino che sia hora di cenare. 
I will walk in the fields until it be supper tyme.  E voglio comprare un par di fazoletti. 
I will buy a pair of handkerchiefs.  Io voglio andar a ve der giocare di Poma, e force giocare anche io, volete giocare due o tre partite meco? 
I will go see some play at tennis, and perhaps play also: will you play two or three sets with me?  Signor io non so giocare, se io sapessi, io giocaria. 
Sir, I can not play, if I could, I would play.     

¶ A parlar con donna. Cap. 10. ¶ To speak with a woman. Cham 10.  

CArissima signora come state? 
Well-beloved Lady how do you?  Io sto bene pronto per seruir vi. 
I do well ready for to serve you.  Certo signora vi rendo mill gratie, io so che seat cortese. 
Certis lady, I tender you a thou sand thanks, I know you are courteous.  Voi sete pronto per dare mi la baia 
You are ready to mock me.  Non certo signora, perdonatemi. 
Not so madam, pardon me.  Non mi havete offeso. 
You have not offended me.  Ne ancho cercero di farlo. 
Neither will I seek to do it.  Ma ditemi di gratia signora, volete che io vi ami? 
But tell me of courtesy madam, will you that I love you?  Io non posso tenerui che non mi amate, ma io non sono degna da essere amata. 
I cannot hold you that you love me not, but I am not worthy to be beloved.  perch dite cosi? 
Wherefore say you so?  perch e il vero. 
Because it is true.  Perdonate mi, voi errate. 
Pardon me, you err.  Io credo di no. 
I believe not.  Prego Dio che sia cosi. 
I pray God it be so.  Io quanto a me mai non fui sugetra á amore, ne anche cerco di essere. 
As for me, I was never subject unto love, neither seek I to be.     

¶ A parlar con seruitore. Cap. 11. ¶ To speak to a servant. Chap. 11.  

BOn compagno, dove andate? 
GOod fellow, wither go you?  Io vado a far colatione. 
I go to break my fast.  Non havete anchora fatto colatione, e si é cosi tardi? 
Have you not yet broke your fast, and it is so late?  Che tardi? che hora e? 
How late? what is it a clock?  E passato undeci. 
It is past eleven.  Signior no, perdonate mi. 
Not so sir, pardon me.  Il signor, dove e, in paese? 
Your lord, where is he, in the country?  Signior no, lui é a la Corte. 
No sir, he is at the court.  Quando ando lui alla Corte? 
When went he to the Court?  Hieri sera alo tardi. 
Yester night very late.  E che fa la tanto spesso? 
What doth he so often there?  Io non so: credo che va a far lamor a qualche Gentildonna, o Signora. 
I know not: I believe he goeth to woo some Gentlewoman, or else Lady.  Vostro signore, non e maritato? 
Your lord, is he not married?  Signior no, lui e vedovo. 
No sir, he is a widower.  Quanto tempo estato? 
How long hath he been so?  Quasi due anni. 
Almost two years.  Oime fratello, io mi sento male. 
Alas brother, I feel me self ill.  Ma che male havete? 
But what ill have you?  Mi duol la testa. 
My head aches.  Non havete la febre? 
Have you not the ague?  Signior si, la hebbi hieri. 
Yes sir, I had it yester day.  Lasiateme tastar vi il polso. 
Let me feel your pulses.  Eccolo qui tastatelo. 
Behold it here, feel it.  Certo io credo che voi sete inamorato in qualche donna. 
Certis I believe that you are in love with some woman.  Signior no certo, all present. 
Not so sir certis, at this tyme.  Ne anche sete stato? 
Neither have you been?  Non vi dico cosi. 
I do not tell you so.  Vi mettete qualche dubbio. 
You put in some doubt.  Io vi dico la verita. 
I do tell you the truth.  Dio voglia che sia cosi. 
I pray God it be so.  Pur che non sia peggio. 
So it be no worse.  Io non desidero cosi. 
I do not desire it so.  Ne anche io. 
Neither I also.  Signore, ditemi di gratia, che profession é la vostra? 
Sir, I pray you tell me, what is your profession?  Io sono Musico, mio padre fu homo di leg, mio fratello e mecanicho. 
I am a Musician, my father is a man of Law, my brother is a handycraftesman.  Ditemi vi prego, dove vi par meglio habitar, in Italia, o in Ingilterra? 
I pray you tell me, where doth it seem you best to dwell, in Italy, or in England.  E bono habitar per tutto, se la borsa e pesante: ma a chi non have danari, non have credito, se non di bastonade. 
It is good to dwell everywhere, if the purse be weighty, but who hath no money, hath no credit, but of blows or stripes  Che vi par de la gente di Ingilterra, sono amorevoli? 
What do you think of the people of England, are they loving?  Io vi diro la verita, la Nobilta e molto cortese, ma la plebe e tanto piu discortese, e specialment verso i Forastieri, la qual cosa mi dispiace. 
I will tell you the truth, the Nobility is very courteous, but the commons are discorteous, & especially toward strangers, the which thing doth displease me  Ascolta fratello, che fai tu? 
Hearken brother, what do you?  perch mi domandate? 
Wherefore do you ask me?  perch io vorei sapere. 
Because I would know.  Adunche voi non lo saperete, perch colui che cerca lalrui facende da tutti li savij é tenuto matto. 
Then you shall not know, for because he that seeks to know other men's affairs, of all wise men is counted a fool.  Certo tu mi hai colto. 
Now truly you have hit me.  PerdonAtemi, vi dico il vero. 
Pardon me, I tell you the truth.  Cosi mi pare. 
So me thinks.  Ma pur ditemi dove andate? 
But yet tell me, wither go you?  Adesso io vado in Borsa. 
Now I go to the Exchange.  Che volete far la? 
What will you do there?  Comprare qualche cosa. 
I will go buy something.  Che cosa? 
What thing?  Io voglio comprare un Capello, una Baretta, una Cintura, un Giupone di Tafettado, Veluto, Grossograno, Raso, Mocagliado, Ciambelotto bianco, rosso, verde, giallo, turkino, bigio, e negro. 
I will buy a Hat, a Cap, a Girdle, a Doublet of Tafeta, Velvet, Grograyne, Satin, Makadowe, Chambelot, white, red, green, yalowe, blue, russet, and black.     

¶ Parlar familiare. Cap. 12. ¶ Familiar speech. Chap. 12.  

Chi sent, vede, et tace, puo sempre vivere in pace. 
Who hears, sees, and holds his peace, may always live in peace  Ma chi fa il contrario, sempre viuera in affanni. 
But who doth the contrary, shall always live in care.  Mi par che voi parlate per esperientia. 
Me thinks that you speak by experience.  perch dite voi cosi? 
Wherefore say you so?  Orsu che faremo tutto hoggi, per passar il tempo? 
Well what shall we do this day, to pass the time away?  Quello che vi par meglio. 
That that seems you best.  Andiamo fuora neli campi. 
Let us go into the fields.  A che far? 
And what to do?  A tirar darcho, e voi. 
To shoot in a bow, and you.  Io non ho ne arco, ne frezze. 
I have neither bow, nor arrows.  Hauete voi un archebuso? 
Have you never a Piece?  Signior si, ma non ho poluere. 
Yes sir, but I have no powder.  Compratene, é andiamo fori a amazare qualche vcello, overo qualche Coniglio. 
Buy some then, and let us go forth, and kyl some birds, or else some conies.  Il tempo é troppo caldo. 
The weather is too hot.  Andiamo dunche domatina, 
Then let us go in the morning.  Ma dove vi trovero io? 
But where shall I find you?  Dove che vi piaco. 
Where you please.  Signor mio vi prego che vi piaccia di far mi tanto favour come di donarmi un Cerua. 
My lord, I pray you that it will please you to show me so much favour, as to give me a buck.  Volentieri signor mio, quando la volete havere? 
With all my heart sir, when will you have it?  Quando che vi piace a voi. 
When it please you.  Signior mio, io vi faccio un dono di questo Leuriero. 
My lord, I make you a present of this Greyhound.  Veramente io vi ringratio, e in ricompensa di questo, vi dono questa spada, la qual portate per amor mio. 
Verily sir I thank you, and in recompense of it, I give you this sword, the which beàre you for my sake.  Piu per forza che per amor, la accetto, ma pur vi ringratio. 
Moore for force then for love, I accept it, but yet I thank you.  Di gratia non usate tante ceremony vi prego. 
Of courtesy use not so many ceremonies, I pray you.  Signior, la Posta e venuta hoggi di Fiandra. 
Sir, the Post is come this day out of Flanders.  E che nove have portato? 
& what news hath he brought  Non dicono altro senon che li Spagnioli tengono la briglia a li Fiamenghi. 
They say naught else, but that the Spaniards hold the bridle to the Flemings.     

¶ Parlar familiare Cap. 13. ¶ Familiar talk. Chap. 13.  

Be trovati signori miei. 
Well met my sirs.  Ben venuto signor B. 
Welcome sir B.  Ditemi signorei, havete seniuto qualche novelle? 
Tell me sirs, have you heard any news?  Signior no, se non che ogni di si fanno soldadi. 
No sir, but every day there are soldiers pressed.  E per che fare? 
And what to do?  Per andar in Holandia. 
For to go into Holland.  Contra chi? 
Against whom?  Contra il Duca di Alua. 
Against the Duke of Alua.  Vanno per mare, o per terra? 
Do they go by sea, or by land?  Alcuni per mare, alcuni per terra. 
Some go by sea, and some go by land.  Quanto tempo staranno? 
How long will they stay?  Certament io non so. 
Certainly I know not.  E chi lo sa dunche? 
And who knoweth it then?  La Regina et il conseglio. 
The queen and the counsel.  Quando ci sara un parlamento? 
When will there be a parliament?  Si dice dopoi Pasqua, circa de la Pent ecoste. 
It is said after Easter, about Whitsuntide.  Dite mi per cortesia, che vi pare di questo regno? 
Tell me of courtesy, what think you of this Realm?  je vi diro la verita, el mi par un bon Regno, e molto abundante di ogni bona cosa. 
I will tell you the truth, me thinks it is a good Realm, and very plentiful of all good things.  Che vipar de la Regina? 
What think you of the queen?  Quanto a la Regina, a diruela scietta, nessuna lingua non e bastante a laudarla assai, le i è in liberalita, magnificentia, cortesia, virtue, prudentia, belleza, nobilitate, & in dotrina, gentileza, sapientia, unica al mondo, adorna di tutte quelle bone virtu, che si appartengono a Regina: lei piu tosto, si puo dir celeste, che ●erestre: lei e dotta, savia, gentle, cortese, nobile, prudente, liberale, bella, amorevole, virtuosa: lei e galante, misericordiosa: lei non e altiera, superba, avara, crudele, aspra, furiosa, ignobile, ma come vi ho detto inanzi: ella e degna di posseder ogni gran cosa: lei e lultimo refugio, recapito, presidio di tutte le bandite virtu. 
As for the queen, to tell you the plain truth, no tongue is sufficient to praise her enough, for she is in liberality, magnificence, courtesy, virtue, prudence, beauty, nobility, and in doctrine, gentility, wisdom, one only in the world, adorned with all those good virtues, that appertain unto a queen: she may rather be called celestial, then terrestrial: she is learned, wise, gentle, courteous, noble, prudent, liberal, fair, loving, virtuous: she is gallant, merciful: she is not haughty, proud, covetous, cruel, eager, furious, unnoble, but as I have told you before, she is worthy for to enjoy any great thing: she is the last refuge, defence, and bulwark of all banished virtues.  Certo voi mi dite una gran cosa, quasi da non credere. 
Certainly you tell me a greathing, almost not to be believed.  Io non vi posso ne dir, ne esprimere, ne quasi pensare, le grand virtu con che lei e adorna. 
I can not neither tell, neither express, neither almost think the great virtues wherewith she is adorned.  Tien ella gran Corte? 
Doth she keep a great Court?  Certo grandissima e pomposa. 
Certis very great, & sumptuous.  Amela i stranieri? 
Doth she love strangers?  Adiruila verita, ellali ama quasi troppo. 
To tell you the truth, she loveth them almost too well.  Parlela assai lingue? 
Doth she speak many languages  Lei parla otto lingue. 
She speaketh eight languages.  Lei parla Greco, Latino, Italiano, Franzese, Spagniolo, Scozese, Fiamengo, e Inglese: tutte quest lingue parla benissimo, & eloquentement 
She speaketh Greek, Latin, Italian, French, Spanish, Scottish, Flemish, and English: all these tongues she speaketh very well, and eloquent.  Certo voi mi fate restar quasi attonito, a sentir vi laudarla tanto. 
Certis you make me rest almost astonished to hear you praise her so much.  P in che io la laudo, piu la merita. 
The more I praise her, the more she deserves.  〈…〉, mi racomando 〈…〉 qual cosa, sono vos●●. 
Well my lord, I commend me unto you, if I can do any thing for you, I am yours.  Io me ne 〈…〉 e con Dio. 
I go, rest you with God.  O Gentildonna, dove andate? 
O gentlewoman, wither go you  Io vado alla scola. 
I go to the school.  Dove, e con chi? 
Where, and with whom?  Con uno Franzese. 
With a Frenchman.  E che imparate voi? 
And what do you learn?  Io imparo a leggere, scrivere, cucire, sonare di Spinetta. 
I learn to read, writ, sow, play upon the virginals.  Sapete sonare bene? 
Can you play well?  Signior, si qualche poco. 
Yea sir, a little.  Quanto pagate la settimana? 
What pay you the week?  Io pago un soldo il mese. 
I pay a shilling a month.  Mi par troppo. 
Me thinks it is too much.  Cosi mi pare a me. 
So me thinks too.  Ma non cie rimedio, se non patientia. 
But there is no remedy, but patience.  E una bella cosa a essere patiente, e constant. 
It is a fair thing to be patient and constant.  Vostro padre, dove è lui? 
Your father, where is he?  Lui e andato fora in paese, a la sua possessione. 
He is go forth into the country to a farm of his.  E che cosa fa lui la? 
And what doth he there?  Lui e andato a far bona cera con li soi visini. 
He is go to make good cheer with his neighbours.  Quanto tempo stara la? 
How long will he stay?  Circa due mesi. 
About two months.  Quando ritornera? 
When will he come again?  Credo domani matina. 
I believe to morrow morning.  Cavalca lui, o valo a piede? 
Doth he ride, or go on foot?  Lui cavalca. 
He rides.  Quanti seruitori have lui? 
How many servants hath he?  Lui ne have quatro. 
He hath four.     

¶ Parlar amoroso. Cap. 14. ¶ Amorous talk. Chap. 14.  

O Caro amico, io ti prego, che tu mi voglia aiutare. 
O my dear friend, I pray thee that thou wilt help me.  Volentieri, ma che aiuto volete havere? che cosa vi mancha? 
Gladly, but what help will you have? what lack you?  O caro fratello, io sono inamorato con una donna, la qualle e tanto crudele, che non mi vuol ne vedere, ne sentire: la qual cosa mi fa quasi morire. 
O dear brother, I am in love with a woman, the which is so cruel, that she will neither see me, neither hear me, the which thing maketh me almost die.  Oime fratello, volete lasciarui vincerda amor il quale e se non un putto orbo, e non vede? 
Alas brother, will you let love vanquish you, the which is but a boy, blind, & seethe not?  Oime se bene lui e un putto, lui have gran posanza, se ben lui é orbo lui vede. 
Alas, for all that he is but a boy, he hath great strength, for all that he is blind, he seethe.  Ma come puo star questa cosa? 
But how can this thing be?  Domandate a coloro che ne have no fatto pruova. 
Ask of them that have made proof of it.  Io non ne cognosco nossuno. 
I know noon of them.  Io sono uno de essi. 
I am one of them.  Non e possibile. 
It is not possible.  Cosi non fusse. 
So were it not.  Io non lo credo. 
I believe it not.  Etroppo vero lui mha Ferito con piu di mill stralt, ma non have ferito lei, che se havesse, io ne sarei molto alegro, & alegrissimo. 
It is too true, he hath wounded me with more then a thousand shafts, but he hath not wounded her, for if he had, I were glad, and very glad.  Voi non lo sapete. 
Yo know it not.  Io lo so troppo certo. 
I know it too certain.  Parlate á lei. 
Speak unto her.  Lei non mi vuol sentire. 
She will not hear me.  Scriveteli una lettera. 
Writ a letter unto her.  Let non sa leggere. 
She can not read.  Fateli parlare a qualcuno. 
Cause somebody to speak to her.  Io non ho nessuno che mi sia fedele, come si richiede. 
I have noon that is faithful unto me, as need requireth.  E chi' é ella, vergine, o donna? 
And what is she, a maid, or a wife?  Lei e vergine, figliola di un mercante di questa citta cosi famosa e grand. 
She is a maid, daughter unto a merchant of this city, so famous and great.  Accarezate la, fateli qualche dono, o a lei, o a suo padre. 
Cherish her, and make her some present, or else to her father.  Io non lo cognosco. 
I know him not.  Imparate a cagnoscerlo. 
Learn to know him.  Hauete mai parlato a lei. 
Have you ever spoken to her?  Signor ci, ma lei non mi vuol sentire, io la amo, lei mi odia, io la seguo, lei mi fugge, io la adoro, lei mi dispreza, io la prego, lei si chiude le orechie, che faro io misero me? 
Yea sir, but she will not hear me I love her, she hates me, I follow her, she flees from me, I worship her, she abhors me, I pray her, she closeth her ears, what shall I do, poor wretch?  Non desperate. 
Do not despair.  E che faro dunche? 
What shall I do then?  Amatela di continuo. 
Love her continually.  Cosi faccio, ho fatto, e faro. 
So I do, have done, and will do.  Seguite lessempio di Ouidio. 
Follow the example of ovid.  Che cosa e quello? 
And what is that?  Siate constant. 
Be constant.  Io sono constant, è leale, é sempre saro fino a morte, e anche doppo morte, se fusse possibile, come'non e, ma tutto non vale, a quello che io ho visto, e vedo vi prego, datemi qualche bon conseglio. 
I am constant, loyal, and always will be until death, & also after death, if it were possible, as it is not, but all prevaileth not, as far as I have seen, and see, I pray you give me some good counsel.  Assaltatela. 
Assault her.  Lei è donna. 
She is a woman.  E voi sete homo. 
And you are a man.  Tanto piu presto la vincerete. 
So much the sooner shall you overcome her.  Ma non mi conviene. 
But it becometh me not.  perch non vi conviene? 
Wherefore doth it become you?  perch la leg lo defend. 
Bencause the Law forbids it.  Che leg. 
Hot Law?  La leg Diddio, & le Leggide glihuomini. 
The Law of God, and the Law of man.  Rompete le Leggi. 
Break the Laws.  Io meriterei morte. 
I should deserve death.  Che morte piu dolce, che morire per amore? 
What death more sweet, then die for love?  Si morendo in gratia á lei, morirei volentieri, ma altri menti non voglio. 
Yea, dying in her favour, I would die gladly, but otherwise I will not.  Fate di necessita virtu. 
Make of necessity, virtue.  Che volete che io facci? 
What will you that I do?  Pascere con speranza. 
Feed on hope.  Speranza mi tien vivo. 
Hope holdeth me alive.  Non sap eat che il tempo divoratore di ogni cosa? con tempo e con un gozzo di aqua, penetra la pietra, viva cosi force il vostro continuo amar la fara diventar quello core di Tiger compasione vole. 
Know ye not, that time the devourer of all things, with time & a drop of water doth pierce the flint stone: so perhaps also your continual loving of her, will make her heart of Tiger, to become merciful.  Potria essere, ma non lo credo. 
It may be, but I believe it not.  force voi sete troppo povero. 
Perhaps you are too poor.  Io sono sirico come lei. 
I am as rich as she.  Come lo sapete? 
How know you that?  Io lo so, e ne son certo. 
I know it, and am certain of it.  Lhuomo spesse volte si tien certo di qualche cosa, e resta ingannato. 
Man oftentimes holds himself sure of something, and then resteth deceived.  Ma non e cosi con me. 
But it is not so with me.  force voi e ingannate. 
Perhaps you are deceived.  Imitate il proverbio. 
Imitate the proverb.  Che proverbio é quello? 
What proverb is that?  Proverbio che si usa spesso. 
A proverb that is used often.  Di gratia recitatelo. 
I pray you rehearse it.  Con il tempo, e con la paglia, le Nespole si matura: Oueramente questaltro, Chi va pian, va san. 
with time and with straw, Meddlers are made ripe: or else this other, Who goeth softly, goeth well.  Non ne sapete altri? 
Know you no more?  Ogniuno tira laqua al suo molino, cosi fate voi. 
Every man draweth water to himself, and so do you.  Ma non sapete voi, come ogniuno cerca il suo profitto? 
But know you not how every man seeketh his own profit?  Natura ci insegna cosi. 
Nature teacheth us so.  Ma Dio ci insegna á amar il nostro prossimo, come noi medisimi, e non esser avari. 
But god teacheth us to love our neighbours as ourselves, and not to be so covetous.  Si, ma pochi sequitano la Leggi de Iddio. 
Yea, but few follow the laws of God.  Ce ne sono de li altri che praticano una nova Alchimia. 
There are others that practise a new kind of Alchimistie.  Come volete voi dire? 
How is that, that you say?  Dirovi come Alcuni fanno. 
I will tell you how some do.  Come ditemi, vi prego? 
How, I pray you? tel me.  Imprestar e mai non rendere assai promettere, e poco attendere, ben quadagnar, e poco spendere, fara presto lhuomo richo. 
To borrow, and never give again: to promise much, and attended little: to get well, and spend little, will quickly make a man rich.  Questo é un bello proverbio. 
This is a fine proverb.  Ve ne voglio dire due altri belli. 
I will tell you two other sinc ones  Cosi facendo, mi farete apiacere. 
So doing, you shall do me a pleasure.  Chi cerca spesso ingannar altrui, opresso resta & ingannato lui. 
Who often seeks others to deceive, doth rest oppressed & deceived himself.  Quello e bello e vero. 
That is a fine one, and true.  Christo lascio ne li precetti, voi non far altrui, quel che part non vuoi, 
Christ left in his precepts, Do not to others, that thou wilt not have done to thyself.  Anche questo e bellissimo. 
Also this is very fine.     

Aparlar Dinghilterra. Cap. 15. ¶ To speak of England. Chap. 15.  

DItemi vi prego, come vi piace la Citta di Londra? 
Tell me, I pray you, how like you the City of London?  E ella mi piace benissimo. 
It liketh me very well.  Sete state fori in paese? 
Have you not been in the country  Io sono stato fino a Dover. 
I have been at Dover.  Non piu lontano? 
And no further?  Signior no, ma se piace a Dio, questa state prossima voglio veder tutto il paese. 
No sir, but if it please God, the next Summer I will see all the country.  Voi vederete un bello paese, fruttifero, bon air, abundante di vetovaglia, copioso di bell donne, che sono amorevole, circondato intorno con il mare. 
You shall see a fair country, fruitful, good air, plentiful of victuals, full of fair women, that are loving, and environed with the sea.  Che bevanda si bene in Inghilterra, vino, ono? 
What drink do they drink in England, wine, or no?  Signior no, si bene birra, over ala, fatta di grano. 
No sir, they drink beer, or else aale, made of corn.  Quale e meglio? sapetelo? 
Which is best? know ye that?  A me mi par meglio la birra. 
To me beer seemeth best.  Non ci e vino la? 
Is there no wine there?  Signior si, in abondantia. 
Yes sir, and great plenty.  Donde viene, di Francia? 
Whence comes it, out of France?  Ce ne viene di Francia, di Spagna, di Candia. 
There cometh some from France, some from Spain & Candie.  E che sort di vino hanno? 
What sorts of wine have they?  Loro hanno vin Chiaretto, vin Rosso, vin Secco, Moscatello, e Maluasia. 
They have claret wine, read wine, Sack, Muscadel, and Malmsey.  E caro, o bon mercato? 
Is it dear, or cheap?  Vin Chiaretto, Rosso, & Bianco, si vend per cinque denari la quarta, il Secco per sei denari, il Moscatello, e Maluasia per otto. 
Claret wine, Read, and White, is sold for five pence the quart, and Sack for six pence, Muscadel, and Malmsey for eight.  Non mi par molto caro. 
It is not too dear.  Signior no, honesta ment. 
No sir, but indifferent.  Che bona mercantia ci? 
What good merchandise is there  Di tutte le sort. 
Of all sorts.  Ci sono Mercanti assai? 
Are there many merchants?  Signior si in grand abondantia. 
Yea sir, great plenty.  Dove trafichano? 
Where do they traffic?  Per tutto il mondo. 
Throughout all the world.  Che Mercantia portano fori? 
What merchandise do they carry forth?  Il miglior stagno che sia al mondo, si trova in Inghilterra, la miglior Lana, i miglior Drappi, e Carisee, de ogni sort de mettalli, come Oro, Argento, Piombo, Stagno, Rame, Ottone, Ferro, Aciale, e Bronzo, & il miglior Zafrano che sia al mondo, gran quantita di Corrame, è boni grani, gran quantita di Legna, é di bestiami, come Cavalli, Bovi, Vache, Pecore, bell Chinee, poche Capre, non ci é Lupi, ne Orsi, Leoni, ne Serpi, se ce ne ci sono portati, non ci è Olio, ne Specie, ci sono portate. 
The best Tin that is in the world, is found in England, the best Wool, the best Clotheses, and Carsies, of all sorts of metals, as Gold, Silver, Lead, Tin, Copper, Brass, Iron, Steel, and Brass, and the best Safron that is in the world, great quantity of Leather, good grain, great quantity of wood, and of beasts, as Horses, oxen, kine, Sheep, fair Maares, few Goats, there be no wolves, neither bears, lions, neither serpents, if there be any, they be brought, there is no oil, spice, but what is brought  Ci sono Mercanti stranieri? 
Are there any merchant strangers?  Assai assaissimi. 
Many, and very many.  Hanno loro gran liberta? 
Have they great liberty?  Grandissima, portano, transportano, nessuno li dice niente, la Regina li ama. 
Very great, they carry and recary, no body saith any thing to them, the queen loveth them.  Che Religione hanno? 
What Religion have they?  Sono tutti protestanti. 
They are all Protestants.  Ci sono Imbassadori? 
Are there any ambassadors?  Ci e un Imbassadore del Re di Portugallo, unaltro del Re di Francia. 
There is an ambassador of the king of Portugal, another of the king of France.  Stanno la di continuo? 
Do they continued there?  Signior si, e hanno bell case. 
Yea sir, and have fair houses.  Ci è luogho dove i mercanti si ragunano giornalment. 
Is there a place where merchants do meet daily?  Signior si, un bello luogho che è stato fatto dinuovo da un Caualiero, il qual si chiama il Cambio real. 
Yea sir, a fair place, that was made newly by a knight, the which is called, The Royal Exchange.  I marcanti sono amorevoli? 
The Merchants, are they loving?  Cosi la, alcuni sono, ma pochi. 
So, so, some are, but few.  Che spasso si usa la festa? sapetelo? 
What pastime use they on holy days?  Di ogni sort de passatempi, come Comedy, Tragedy, saltare, ballare, givochi di Skrimia, caccie de Orsi, tirare di archo, correre, tirare di Archebuso, caminare neli campi, andar in Batelli su laqua. 
Of all sorts of pastime, as Comedies, Tragedies, leaping, dancing, plays of defence, baiting of Bears, shooting in bows, running, shooting in Gonnes, walking in the fields, going in boats upon the water.  Ecci bella aqua intorno Londra? 
Is there ever a fair water about London?  Signior si bellissima, e grand. 
Yea sir, a fair one, and great.  Porta gran vasselli? 
Doth it carry great vessels?  E navigabile, piena di ogni sort de pesce, con molti belli palazi intorno, da tutte le band, bell ville, e castel●i, la Regina li tiene quasi sempre la corte intorno. 
It is to sail upon, and is full of all sorts of fish, with many Palases about it on all sides, fair Towns and Castles, the queen holdeth her Court almost always about it.  Come si chiama la riviera? 
How is the river called?  E chiamata la Tamisa. 
It is called the Thames.  Va nel mare? 
Doth it go into the sea?  Signior si. 
Yea sir.  I stranieri dove vanno á la Chiesa, nongia á la Inglese? 
The strangers, where go they to church? not to the English?  Not, in Franze si vanno a la chiesa Franzese, i Fiamenghi a la Fiamengha, Italiani a la Italiana, ogni uno have la sua chiesa, con bon ordine. 
Not, for Frenchmen go to the French church, & the Flemings to the Flemish, the Italians to the Italian, every one hath a church with good order.  Il vivere é bon mercato? 
Is living good cheap there?  Qualche volta e caro: qualche volta bon mercate. 
Sometimes it is dear, sometimes it is good cheap.  Ci é grand abondantia di pane, carne, oua, formagio, butiro, pesce salato, e frescho uccelami gran quantita. 
Is there great plenty of bread, flesh, eggs, cheese, butter, fish salt & fresh, fowls great quantity.  Ci sono molti scolari? 
Are there many scholars?  Signior si assaissimi. 
Yea sir, very many.  Quante Vniver sita ci sono? 
How many universities be there  Ce ne sono due. 
There are two.  Vi e homini dotti? 
Is there any learned men?  Assai e sono in gran credito, massimamente gli homini de la leg quadagnano bene. 
Many, and are in great credit, especially the men of Law, they get very well.  Ho inteso che ci e gran numero de malfattori, come ladri, assassimi, e corsali. 
I have heard that there is a great number of malefactors, as thieves, robbers, & pirates.  Ce ne assai, e pur ogni di se ne apiacca gran numero. 
There is many, & yet daily there is a great number hanged.  Non hanno altra morte? 
Have they no other death?  Signior no, senon li traditori li quali sono squartati. 
No sir, but only the traitors, the which are quartered.  Voi mi dite una gran cosa: ci sono assai traditori? 
You tell me a great thing: are there many traitors?  Signior no, perch la Regina li castiga tanto bene, che non hanno ardire nessuno. 
No sir, because the queen doth punish them so well, that they dare do nothing.  Io prego Dio che non ce ne sia. 
I pray God that there be noon.  Cosi faccio anche io. 
So do I also.  Io prego Dio che salui la Regina, & li dia longa vita e prospera, e rompa tutti i disegni di tutti li soi inimici. 
I pray God that he save the queen, & give her a long and prosperous life, & break all the devices of all her enemies.  Cosi debbe pregar ogni fedel sugetto. 
So aught every faithful subject to pray.  La gente vanno bene vestiti? 
Go the people well appareled?  Benissimo, e con gran pompa. 
Very well, and with great pomp.  un mecanicho vuol esser mercante, un mercante vuol esser Gentilhomo, il Gentilhomo vuol esser Conte, il Conte, Duca, il Duca, Re, tanto che ogni uno cerca di super ar laltro in superbia. 
A handicrafts man will be a merchant, a merchant will be a gentleman, a gentleman will be a Lord a Lord, a Duke, a Duke a King: so that every one seeks to overcome another in pride.  E maraviglia che la Regina non ci trova rimedio. 
It is marvel that the queen fin death not some remedy for it.  Lei e tanto compassionevole, che lassia far a cia scaduno, quello che piu li piace: la libidine, & cupidita sono praticate assai. 
She is so pitiful, that she letteth every one to do what he pleaseth most: lust and covetousness are practised very much.  Io prego Dio, che non ci voglia castigar secondo i nostri meriti, ma piu tosto secondo la sua grand misericordia. 
I pray God he will not punish us after our deserts, but rather after his great mercy.  Che Magistrati hanno? 
What Magistrates have they?  Boni, giusti, e severi. 
Good, just, and severe.  A che modo gli scegliono? 
After what sort choose they them?  Io vi diro, ci sono venti quatro Aldermani, & di quelli ogni anno si fa un, che si chiama Me Lord Mairo, il qual per uno anno, have piena autorita di castigare, punire, perdonare, far morire, lui representa la maesta de la Regina dentro la citta, se lui viene a morte, se ne fa uno altro fori de li venti quatro. Ce ne poi de gli altri, come i Serivi, Aldermani, e Conestabili, Sargenti, e certi Dottori, homini di leg, i quali quadagnano tutto il mondo nele lor many. 
I will tell you, there are four and twenty Aldermen, and of them every year is there chosen one, that is called my Lord Maior, the which for one year hath full authority to chastise punish, pardon, and put to death, he representeth the queen's majesty within the city, if he die, there is another made out of the four and twenty. There are besides them others, as the Sheriffs, Aldermen, Constables and Sergeants, & certain Doctors, men of Law, the which get all the world into their hands.  Le donne, come vanno vestite? 
The women, how go they appareled?  Benissimo, e superbamente. 
Very well, and proudly.  Vederete una donna moglie di un mercante, vestita cosi sumtuosament, che parera una Contessa, una moglie di un Calzolaio, che parera una Gentildonna. 
You shall see a woman wife unto a merchant, clad so sumptuously, that she will seem a Lady, a wife of a Shoemaker, that will seem a Gentlewoman.  La Regina, vien ella spesso a la citta, o not? 
The queen, cometh she often to the city, or not?  Rare volte, rarissime. 
Seldom times, yea very seldom  perch, lo sapete? 
Wherefore, do you know it?  perch Londra è quasi sempre amorbata da la pest, è ce ne more assai, e la Regina teme molto. 
Because London is almost always infected with the plague, and there die many, and the queen feareth much.  Ma non sta gia lontano da la citta? 
But she doth not lie far from the city?  Non troppo lontano, circa cinque, otto, e dieci, e qualche volta, venti miglia. 
Not very far, about five, eight, or ten, and sometimes twentine miles.  De che longeza e un miglio Inglese, sapetelo? 
Of what length is an English mile, do you know?  Giusto come un Italiano. 
Just as an Italian.  I Nobili habitano nela citta? 
The nobles, dwell they in the city  Signior si, dinuerno, ma lestate sono fori in paese, all loro possessioni. 
Yea sir, in winter, but in summer they are abroad in the country, at their Farms.  I Mercanti, hanno bell case? 
The merchants, have they fair houses?  bell, e massimamente i Aldermani hanno case, che pensareste che sono case da log giar un Re. 
Fair, and chiefly the Aldermen have houses, that you would think them able to lodge a king.  Che arm portano? 
What weapons bear they?  Alcuni Spada e pugnale, alcuni spada e bucler. 
Some sword and dagger, some sword and buckler.  Che arma é quel bucler? 
What weapon is that buckler?  una arma da vilano, e non da Gentilhomo. 
A clownish dastardly weapon, and not for a Gentleman.  perch la portano? 
Wherefore do they bear them?  perch ci sono usi. 
Because they are used to them.  Gli Inglesi, vanno per il mondo? 
Englishmen, go they through the world?  Alcuni, ma pochi. 
Yea some, but few.  Che sono, Gentilhomini, overo mercanti. 
What are they, Gentlemen, or else merchants?  Di ogni sort. 
Of all sorts.  E dove vanno? 
And wither go they?  A veder il mondo. 
To see the world.  Ci sono boni Maestri di Scrimia? 
Are there good Masters of Fence?  Signior si bonissimi, ma sono rari, superbi, e altieri. 
Yea sir, very good, but they are rare, proud, and haughty.  Sono in gran credito? 
Are they in great credit?  Cosila, honestament. 
So, so, indifferent.  Ci sono boni ballarini? 
Are there good dancers?  Alcuni, ma sono pochi. 
Some, but they are rare.  Ballanno benissimo? 
Do they dance very well?  Signior si, e quadagnano bene, e anche benissimo. 
Yea sir, and get well, yea very well.  La Regina, tien Musici? 
Hath the queen Musicians?  Signior si, assai, ma sono quasi tutti Italiani. 
Yea sir many, but they are almost all Italians.  Amelga gli Italiani? 
Doth she love Italians?  Signior si, benissimo. 
Yea sir, very well.  Si dilettela di parlar con loro? 
Delights she to speak with them?  Signior si, e parla elegantissimament. 
Yea sir, and she speaketh very eloquently.  Le donne de quello paese, sono bell, o brutte? 
The women of that country, are they fair, or fowl?  Ce ne di tutte le sort, bell, brutte, bone, catine, cast, e impudiche, donne da bene, anche puttane, e pur sono tutte donne: lhuomo non sa di chi fidarsi. 
There is of all sorts, fair, fowl, good, naught, chaste, and unchaste, honest women, and also Whores, and yet are all women: a man can not tell whom to trust.  perch, non ci é rimedio. 
Wherefore, is there no remedy?  Ci é ben rimedio, se le se cognosce, ma á dirui la verita, se ella é pouera, é castigata, se ella é richa e bella, é honorata, le leg sono tutte corrotte. 
There is remedy, if they be known, but to tell the truth, if she be poor, she is punished, if she be rich and fair, she is honoured, and laws are all corrupted.  Il danaro regge ogni cosa. 
Money ruleth all things.  Che si guardano bene, Iddio li castighera. 
Let them take heed, God will punish them.  Sia fatta la volonta di Iddio. 
God's will be done.  Cosi dico anche io. 
So say I also.  Ma dal detto al fatto ci è un grand tratto. 
But from the said unto the deed there is a great throw.  Questo proverbio è vero & usato. 
This proverb is true, and used.  Ogni di si usa in Inghilterra. 
It is used daily in England.  Cosi non si usasse. 
So were it not used.  Orsu signor mio, volete caminare 
Well my sir, will you walk?  Ma dove camineremo? 
But wither shall we walk?  Dove che vi piace. 
Wither it pleaseth you.  Andiamo alla corte. 
Let us go to the Court.  A che far? 
And what to do?  A parlare con il Conte D. 
To speak with the Lord D.  Lui è andato a la caccia. 
He is go on hunting.  Signior no, lui è malato. 
No sir, he is sick.  Quello mi dispiace molto. 
That displeaseth me much.  Come lo sapete? 
How know you that?  Io lo so certo, perch heri io fui la alla corte. 
I know it certain, because yesterday I was at the Court.  E che facesti la? 
And what did you there?  Io parlai con il Secretario di sua maesta. 
I spoke with the Secretary of her majesty.  Andasti per aqua, o per terra? 
Went you by water, or by land?  Andai per terra. 
I went by water.  Io voglio andar per aqua. 
I will go by water.  Andiamo per terra. 
Let us go by land.  Io non posso. 
I can not.  perch non potete? 
Wherefore can you not?  perch io sono stracco. 
Because I am weighed.  Anderemo pian piano. 
We will go softly.  Laqua e molto calma. 
The water is very calm.  Volete tardar la? 
Will you stay there?  Circa due o tre hore. 
About two or three hours.  Io vi faro compagnia. 
I will keep you company.  Di gratia vi prego. 
Of courtesy I pray you.  Io sono contento. 
I am content.  Entriamo in questo batello. 
Let us go into this boat.  Mi par troppo piccolo. 
Me thinks it is too little.  E grand assai. 
It is big enough.  Signior no, perdonatemi. 
Not so sir, pardon me.     

¶ Parlar familiare. Cap. 16. ¶ Familiar talk. Chap. 16.  

QVando si part la Posta? 
WHen departeth the Post?  Si dice domani. 
It is said to morrow.  Siatene certo? 
Are you sure?  Non gia io. 
Not I  Come lo sapete? 
How know you that?  Lo ho sentuto dire. 
I have heard it said.  E a chi? 
And of whom?  Da un Scrivante. 
Of a Scrivener.  Dove lhavete visto? 
Where have you seen him?  In Borsa. 
In the Exchange.  Haveteli parlato? 
Have you spoken with him?  Tre o quatro volte. 
Three or four times.  E dove va? 
And wither goeth he?  Vain Awersa, e Brugia. 
He goeth to Antwerp & Bruges.  E quando ritornera? 
And when will he return?  Non si sa. 
It is not known.  Chi lo sa? 
Who knoweth it?  I mercanti. 
The merchants.  I mercanti mandano via la Posta? 
Do merchants send the Post away?  Signior si sempre. 
Yea sir always.  Hauete visto il mio seruitore? 
Have you seen my servant?  Non hoggi, lo vidds hieri. 
Not to day, I seen him yesterday  Dove lo vedesti? 
Where seen you him?  Lo viddi in san Paulo. 
I seen him in Paul's.  Vogliamo andar a cercarlo? 
Shall we go to seek him?  Dove lo cercheremo? 
Where shall we seek him?  Per tutta Londra. 
Throughout all London.  Non lo troveremo. 
We shall not find him.  force che si. 
Perhaps yes.  Proviamo. 
Let us prove.  Andiamo. 
Let us go.  Io sono contento. 
I am content.  Anderemo prima a san Paulo. 
Let us go first to Paul's.  E che faremo la? 
And what shall we do there?  Compreremo qualche bello libro dinuovo, dicono che é stato stampato un libro di novo. 
We will buy some fine book, and new, they say that there is printed a new book.  E chi lo dice? 
And who saith it?  Ogniuno. 
Every man.  Io credo che sia una bugia. 
I believe it be a lie.  Potria esser, ma non lo credo. 
It may be, but I believe it not.  Se voi non volete credere, á nessuno chi credera á voi? 
If you will believe no man, who shall believe you?  Io voglio comprare de le poma. 
I will buy some apples.  Quante ne volete havere? 
How many will you have?  Per due denari. 
Two penny worth.  Voi ne haverete venti. 
You shall have twenty.  Io ne voglio trenta. 
I will have thirty.  Pigliateli contateli. 
Take them, and tell them.  Dameli, echo i tuoi denari. 
give me them, & here is thy money  Tornami un grosso. 
give ma a groat again.  Io non lo ho. 
I have it not.  Come faremo? 
How shall we do?  Io andero a Scambiarlo. 
I will go and change it.  Datemi sei denari. 
give me six pence.  Eccolo qui, da me un grosso. 
Here it is, give me a groat.  Miracomando signor mio. 
I commend me to you my lord.  Io resto tutto vostro. 
I rest all yours.  Cosi anchora io. 
And also I  Sarete voi qui domani? 
Will you be here to morrow?  Si se piace a Dio. 
Yea, if it please God.  Anchora io saro qui. 
And I also will be here.  Di che mestiero è vostro padre? 
Of what occupation is your father?  Lui è Orcfice. 
He is a goldsmith.  E lo richo? lo sai tu? 
Is he rich? knowest thou?  Richo, richissimo. 
He is rich, and very rich.  Elo vechio, o giouine? 
Is he old, or young?  Circa de quaranta anni. 
About forty years.  Tua madre è viva? 
Is thy mother alive?  Signior no, è morta. 
No sir, she is dead.  Quando morse? 
When died she?  Lanno passato. 
The last year.  De che malatia morse? 
Of what sickness died she?  Lei morse de la pest. 
She died of the plague.  Certo mi dispiace. 
Certainly it displeaseth me.  Ella era donna da bene. 
She was an honest woman.  Cosi era certo. 
So she was certain.  Quanti fratelli seat? 
How many brethren are you?  Noi siamo quatro. 
We are four.  Quante sorelle? 
How many sisters?  Elle sono cinque. 
They are five.  Sono tutte vive? 
Are they all alive?  Signior no, senon tre. 
No sir, but three.  Le altre sono morte. 
The other are dead.  Sono maritate? 
Are they married?  Senon una. 
Noon but one.  Dove stanno, e con chi? 
Where dwell they, & with who?  una sta con un Gentilhomo. 
One dwelleth with a gentleman.  Elaltra dove sta? 
And where dwelleth the other?  Ella sta fori in paese, con mia sorella. 
She dwelleth forth in the country with my sister.  Sei tu mai stato fori de Inghilterra? 
Hast thou been out of England?  Signior no, ma ci voglio ire. 
No sir, but I will go.  Ma quando? 
But when?  Quando piace a Dio. 
When it pleaseth God.  Sai tu parlar Italiano? 
Canst thou speak Italian?  Io non parlo senon Inglese. 
I speak but English.  Imp ira minchion che tu sei. 
Learn fool as thou art.  Io vorei imparare se io potessi, ma io non posso. 
I would learn if I could, but I can not.     

¶ A parlar al buio. Cap. 17. To talk in the dark. Chap. 17.  

HO lafoy, chi vala. 
HO, ho, who goeth there?  Io sono vostro amico. 
I am your friend.  Come è il vostro nome? 
What is your name:  Io son chiamato A. 
I am called A.  Voi sete il ben trovato. 
You are well met.  Cosi sete anchora voi. 
And so be you also.  Perdonatemi, che non vi conscea. 
Pardon me, for I knew you not.  Io ve lo credo certo. 
I believe you certis.  Dove sete stato cosi tardi? 
Where have you been so late?  Io sono stato a cena fori con un mio amico. 
I have been forth at supper with a friend of mine.  perch havete tardato tanto? 
Why have you tarried so long.  perch cramo tutti amici, io non ho potuto partir piu presto 
Because we were all friends, could not part sooner.  Dove andate adesso? 
Wither go you now?  Io vado a casa mia. 
I go home to my house.  Mi par la porta é serata, dunche come faro io? 
Me thinks the gate is shut, how shall I do then?  Dormirete meco, se vi piace. 
You shall lie with me, if you please.  Io viringratio mill volte. 
I thank you a thousand times.  Certo mi par molto buio. 
Me thinks it is very dark.  Cosi mi pare a me certo. 
So me thinks certes.  Hauete trovato la guardia? 
Have you found the watch?  Signior no anchora. 
Not yet sir.  Io me ne maraviglio. 
I marvel of it.  Cosi fo anchora io. 
So do I also.  Che hora pensate che sia? 
What a clock is it, think you?  Io credo che sia dodeci. 
I believe it be twelve.  Non son tante anchora. 
It is not so much yet.  Hanno sonato gia. 
It is stroke already.  Le havete sentute? 
Have you heard it?  Si quasi meza horafa. 
Yea sir, half an hour ago.  Orsu entriamo in casa. 
Well, let us go into the house.  Entrate voi prima. 
Enter you first.  Perdonatemi io non voglio. 
Pardon me, I will not.  Orsu, che acade tante ceremony. 
Well, what need so many ceremonies?  Apri la porta seruitore. 
Open the door servant.  Io son qui signor. 
I am here sir.  E stato qui nessuno a domandar di me? 
Hath any body been here to ask for me?  Non che to sapia signore. 
Not that I know sir.  E chi lo sa dunche? 
Who knoweth it then?  Dove sei tu stato? 
Where hast thou been?  Io sono stato fuora. 
I have been forth.  Orsu, porta una candela. 
Well bring a candle.  Signore, volete bevere? 
Sir, will you drink?  una coppa di vino. 
A cup of wine.  Signior no, io vi ringratio. 
No sir, I thank you.  Orsu, andate in letto. 
Well, go ye to bed.  Io me ne vado signor. 
I go sir.  Dio vi dia la bona not. 
God give you good night.  Cosi faccia anchora a v i 
So do he unto you.  Domani che faremo? 
What shall we do to morrow?  Penseremo questa not. 
We will think this night.  Se vi mancha qualcosa chiamate il seruitore. 
If you lack any thing sir, call the servant.  A che hora leuate voi la matina, ditemi. 
What time rise you sir in the morning? tel me.  Io levo a set hore. 
I rise at six a clock.  E bona hora certo. 
It is a good hour certes.  Signior si. 
Yea sir.     

¶ Sentenze divine et profane. Cap. 18. Sentences divine and profane. Chap. 18.  

BOn giorno signor G. 
GOod morrow sir G.  Et á voi mill anni di alegrezza. 
And unto you a thousand years of joy.  Veramente voi sete il ben trovato cosi á bon hora. 
Truly you are well met so early.  Cosi sete anchora voi certo. 
And so be you certis.  Che cosa faremo hggi? 
What shall we do to day?  Che vi par meglio che noi facciamo per passar via questo longo giorno? 
What think you best that we do to pass away this long day?  Andiamo á caminar sino al mio giardino. 
Let us go walk unto my garden.  Caminiamo, io sono cont ento. 
Walk we, I am content.  Io voglio aprire la porta. 
I will open the door.  Hauete voi le chiaue? 
Have you the keys?  Io le ho qui. 
I have them here.  Veramente voi havete qui un bel giardino. 
Truly you have here a fair garden.  Adesso che siamo qui, che cosa faremo? 
Now we are here, what shall we do?  Quello che piace a voi. 
What you please.  E tutto uno á me. 
It is all one to me.  Da poi che voi mi fate quello honore, che io habbi a divisar qualche disporto, con che noi possiamo passar via questa matina, sino che sia hora di desinare, mi pare che faremo bene á assettarsi qui sotto lombra de questi arbori frondosi, e cominciar á recitar qualche bell Sentenze, qualche belli proverby, e gentili motti, fatti da qualche gentil poeta, e che comunement si usano ne la lingua Italiana, e cosi passeremo via questo gran caldo, che vi pare a voi? 
Since you do me that honour, that I must devise some sport that we may pass away this morning, until it be time to go to dinner, me thinks we shall do well to sit down here under the shadow of these budded trees, and begin to rehearse some fine Sentences, fine proverbs, and gentle sayings, made by some gentle Poet, and that commonly are ysed in the Italian language, and so we will pass away this great heat: what think you?  Veramente io ne sono molto contento, e mi farete un grandissimo piacere, perch mi diletto grandement di simile coz. 
Truly I am very well content, and you shall do me a very great pleasure, for I am delighted greatly with such things.  Adunche noi comincieremo á recitar certe sentenze scritte tanto da divini propheti come da Dottori profani: sete voi contento. 
Then we will begin to rehearse certain Sentences, written as well by divine prophets, as by profane doctors, are you content?  Io sono contentissimo. 
I am very well content.  Cominciate quando che piu vi piace. 
Begin when most you list or please.  Io cominciero con certe Sentenze scritte da Salomone, e da jesu figliol di Sirach: to comincio. 
I will begin with certain sentences written by Solomon, and by jesus the son of Sirach: I begin.  Sei coz ci sono che Iddio have in odio, & la settima lui have in abominatione, cie é: Ochi alti, la lingua bugiarda, le many che spargeno il sangue, i piedi veloci per correre á far male, il cuore che macchina iniquita, il testimonio falso, e colui che met contentione fra fratelli. 
There be six things which god hateth, & the seventh he abhorreth, and they be these: Lusting eyes, a false tongue, hands imbrued with blood, feet swift to commit evil, a heart that imagineth wickedness, false witnesses, and he that soweth debate among brethren.  Io voria che quest coz non si usassino. 
I would to God these things were not used.  Ci sono tre coz che mai sono satisfatte, & la quarta non dice mai satis, una donna che non è temperata, la terra non è mai sciutta, Inferno non è mai satisfatto, & il fuoco non have mai legna assai. 
There be three things never satisfied, and the fourth never saith ho, A woman that is untemperate, the earth that is dry, Hell is never satisfied, and the fire hath never wood enough.  Certo questo è vero. 
Certis that is very true.  Ci sono tre coz che non si possono sapere, & la quarta nessuno puo intendere, I passi de una Aquila volante nel air, la via de un Serpent passando una Rocca, la via duna nave sopra il mare, e la vita de un giouine passata ne la sua gioventu. 
There be three things that can not be known, & the fourth no man is able to understand, The steps of an Eagle fleeing in the air, the way of a Serpent over a Rock, the path of a ship in the sea, and the life of a young man led in his youth.  Per tre coz la terra spesse volte é slagellata, & la quarta è intolerabile, quando che v seruitore è fatto signore sopra i beni del suo signore, un pazo cibato con delicateze, un giouine dato á la concupiscentia, & una seruente fatta herede de la sua signora. 
For three things the earth is oftentimes plagued, and the fourth is intolerable, A servant made lord over his masters goods, a fool pampered with delicate meats, a young man addicted to concupiscence, & a damsel made heir unto her mistress.  Questo sivede spesso. 
This is often seen.  Tre coz piacciono á Dio, & anche á gli huomim, Concordia fra frtelli, amicitia fra vicini, accordo fra il marito & moglie. 
Three things please both god and man, Concord between brethren, amity between neighbours, agreement between wan and wife.  Tre coz dispiacciono á Dio, & á gli huomini, un homo povero superbo, un homo ricco bugiardo, & un homo vechio inamorato. 
Three things displease God and man, A poor man proud, a rich man a liar, and an old man in love.  Due coz dice Sirach, mi scorucciano, & la terza mi dispiace, Quando che homini savij sono disprezatis, quando che esperti soldati sono in poverta, quando che un homo declina da la virtu al vitio. 
Two things, saith Sirach, makes me angry, and the third doth displease me, When wise men are despised, when expert soldiers are in poverty, when a man declineth from virtue to vice.  E cosi io finisco con quest, tolte dale Scritture: adesso ne voglio recitar alcune, tolte da diversi Autori profani. 
And thus I end with these, taken out of the Scriptures: now I will say some, taken from sundry profane authors.  Mi ralegra il core, di sentire simile coz. 
It glads my heart to hear such things.  A ire coz non manca mai comendatione, cio é á bon vino quando vien bewto, una bona sentenza, quando vien detta, & un bon homo in adversia. 
Three things never want commendations, Good wine when it is drunken, a wise Sentence when it is spoken, and a good man in adversity.  Due coz non possono patir equalita, cioe amor, & principalita. 
Two things can suffer no equality, that is, Love and principality.  Non è mat bono per uno a far sretta a quatro luoghi, a una zuffa, a una compagnia de ebriachij, o a una festa & non esser invitato, & a parlar con un matto. 
It is not good to make hast unto four places, Unto a Fray, unto a drunken company, unto a feast unbidden, and unto talk with a fool.  Quatro coz danno noia ala vista di tutti gli huomini, cioc lacrime, fumo, vento, & la peggior de tutte, é a veder i suoi amici suenturati, & i suoi inimici selici. 
Four things hurt the sight of all men, that is, Tears, smoke, wind, and the worst of all, to see his friend unlucky, and his enemies happy.  Non cercar a mover queasy quatro coz, un homicido, un homo a chi piace cicalare, una comune Cortesana, & un cavallo che corre volontariament in un luogho pericoloso. 
Seek not to move these four things, A murderer, a man that loves to talk, a common Courtesan, and a horse that runneth willingly into a dangerous place.  Non ti sidar troppo di quatro coz, cioe, di un can forastiero, un caval sconósciuto, una donna parlatrice, & nel piu prosondo luogho di vnariuera 
Trust not to much four things, that is, A strange dog, an unknown horse, a talkative woman, & the deepest place of a river.  Non ti scorucciar con tre coz, con la verita, con bon conseglio, & con il gallo che canta lamattina. 
Be not angry with three things, With the truth, with good counsel, and with the cock that croweth in a morning.  Tre sort de huomini sempre mancano ingegno, colui che si sida in bugie, colui che non sa vincer la sua ira, e colui che mangia assai, & non faniente. 
Three sorts of men do always want wit, He that trusteth lies, he that can not convince his wrath, and he that eateth much, and doth nothing.  Tre sort de huomini non vedono niente, l orbo senza ochij, un pazo senza discretione, & colui che si diletta in piaceri mondani, senza paura di morte. 
Three sorts of men see nothing, The blind without eyes, a fool without discretion, and he that delighteth in worldly pleasure, without fear of death.  Tre sort de huomini sono sempre sordi, colui che sempre scent boni detti, e non semenda, colui che sidiletta di scandalizar ogniuno, & colui che desidera di sentir i secreti di tutti gli huomini. 
Three kinds of men be always deaf, he that daily heareth good sayings, and mendeth not, he that is given to slander every man, and he that is desirous to hear the secrets of all men.  De quelli ce ne assai. 
Of those there are a great many.  Quatro vie ci sono, che nessuno puo star fermo sopra, sopra luoghi bagnati, sopra il giaccio, sopra gloria & ambitione, sopra la belta di una donna. 
Four ways there be, that no man can stand sure on, Upon moist places, upon ice, upon glory and ambition, upon the beauty of a woman.  un detto verissimo. 
A true saying.  Sei coz ci sono, che non si possono mai ascondere, la rogna in mano, la toss a un banchetto, una fibia in un sacco; una putana a un balcon, poverta in superbia, & alegreza ne la libidine. 
Six things can never hide themselves, A scab in a hand, a cough at a feast, an awl in a bag, a strumpette in a window, poverty in pride, and wantonness in lust.  Tre coz a nessuno efetto, A tenir aqua in un tamiso, a corvere dietro ucelli nel air, a piangerdietro i morti. 
Three things to noon effect, To hold water in a Sieve, to run after fowls in the air, and weep after dead men.  un homo non si doveria mai vantar di tre coz, di bon vino, de la beleza de la sua moglie, & de le sue richezze. 
A man aught not to brag of three things, Of good wine, of the beauty of his wife, nor of his riches.  Tieni le tuo orechie da li secreti de altri huomini, i tuoi ochij da gli altrui scripture, le tue many da gli altrui borse. 
Keep thine ears from other men's secrets, thy eyes from other men's writings, thine hands from other men's purses  Molti fanno quest coz. 
Many do these things.  Sei coz sono sempre mutabile, Il favour de prencipi, il amor di donna, il corso de dadi, il far caccia á ucelli, il tempo, & la primauera de i fiori. 
Six things are always mutable, the favour of princes, the love of a woman, the chance of dise, hunting of fowls, the time and spring of flowers.  Quatro coz necessary in una casa un camino, un gatto, una gallina, & una bona donna. 
Four things necessary in a house, A chimney, a Cat, a Hen, and also a good wife.  Quest otto coz si vedeno rare volte, una bella figlia senza inamorato, una gran fiera senza ladri, un usurario senze denari, un giouine senza alegrezza, un granaio senza sorzi, una testa tegnosa senza pedochi, un becco senza barba, un homo sonnolente adorno di sapientia & dottrina. 
These eight things are rare times seen, A fair maiden without a lover, a great Fair without thieves, an old usurer without money, a young man without joy, an old barn without Mice, a scald head without Lice, an old goat without a beard, a sleeping man with learning & sapience  Colui che cerca di trovar quest coz, perde il suo tempo, un porco grasso fra Giudei, verita in ipocriti, fede in un adulatore, sobrieta in un ebriaco, danari con un prodigo, sapientia con un matto, richeze in un maestro di scuola, silentio in una donna, virtu in una compagnia cattiva. 
He that seeketh after these things, loseth his time, A fat hog among jews, truth among hypocrites, faith in a flatterer, soberness in a drunkard, money with a prodigal, wisdom in a fool, great riches in a scoolmaister, silence in a woman, virtue in evil company.  Cinque sort di person dicono la verita spesseuolte, un infant, un ebrio, un pazo, un scandalizatore, & colui che dorme. 
Five kinds of persons do commonly tell true, a child, a drunkard, a fool, a slanderer, and he that sleepeth.  Tre coz l'huomo non due prestare, La sua donna, il suo cavallo, le sue arm. 
Three things a man aught not to lend, His wife, his horse, his arms.  Tre coz apartengono á un Conseliere, Scientia, benevolentia, & liberta in parlar. 
Three things pertain unto a Counsellor, Science, benevolence, liberty in speech.  Quatro coz doueriano sempre esser in casa, Il polaio, la gatta, il camino, & la bona moglie. 
Four things aught always to be at home, The hens nest, the chimney, the cat, and the good wife.  Quest coz si accordano insieme, un taglia borsa con una borsa piena di denari, un corridore con vua strada piana, bona compagnia & alegreza, un Asino & un Molinaio, un host & un ghiettone, una bella donna con bell vestimenta, una donna ostinata con un bastone, figlioli disobedienti con una scoriada, un ladro con una forca, un bon scolar con i suoi libri, Quaresima & pescatori. 
These things agreed well together, A cutpurse and a purse full of money, a runner and a plain way, good fellowship and mirth, an Ass and a miller, an host and a glutton, a fair woman and gorgeous apparel, an obstinate woman and a good cudgel, disobedient children and a whip, a thief and a gibbet, a good scholar and his books, Lent and Fishmongers.  Quest otto coz non si accordano mai, un codardo con la guerra, un piccol cavallo con un homo pesante, un homo che have sete con un piccol potto, un cacciatore con un can pigro, cani e gatti in cucina, un giardinier con una capra, un gran datio & un povero mercante, un homo vechio con una donna giouine, 
These eight things never agreed together, A coward and the war, a little horse and a heavy man, a man thirsty and a little pot, a good hunter, and a sluggish dog, dogs and cats in a kitchen, a gardener and a goat, a great custom and a poor merchant, an ancient man & a young woman.  Cinque coz che non sono necessary in una republica, un falso Giudice in Concistorio, un mer●ante ingannatore nel mercato, un Prete avaro in una Chiesa, una bella donna in Bordello, & adulatori ne le corte de prencepi. 
Five things not needful in a common Wealth, A false judge in the Consistory, a deceitful merchant in a market, a covetous priest in a Church, a fair whore in the Stews, and flatterers in princes Courts.  Tre sort de huomini che sono da esser tenuti pazzi, un fedel amante di donne, un misericordioso soldato, & un bel givocatore. 
Three sorts of men that are to be counted fools, A faithful lover of maidens, a merciful soldier, & a fair gamester.  Set coz che non sono profitabile in una cosa, una gallina senza ovi, una Troia senza porcellini, una vacca senza latte, una figliola che va intorno la not, un figliolo givocatore, una donna che spend privatament, una massara gravida. 
Seven things that are unprofitable in a house, An Hen without eggs, a Sow without pigs, a cow without milk, a daughter that wandereth abroad in the night, a son a gamester, a wife privily spending, a maydseruanr with child.  Quatro coz corompono tutte le sentenze, Doni grassi, odio, favore, & paura. 
Four things do corrupt all iudmentes, Fat gifts, hatred, favour, and fear.  Quatro coz amazano un huomo inanzi il suo tempo, una bella donna, una casa che non è quiet, mangiar & beaver smisuratament, & un air corotto. 
Four things kyl a man before his time, A fair wife, an unquiet household, vumeasurable eating and drinking, and a corrupt air.  Quatro sort de huomini trovano amici, Il liberale, il gentle, il potente over richo, & color á chi legierment si puo parlare 
Four sorts of men get friends, the liberal, the gentle, the mighty or rich, & they who may easily be spoken unto.  Made quelli ce ne pochi. 
But of those there are few.  Non ci sara mai grido in quella casa, dove che il patron è orbo, & la patrona sorda. 
There never shall be chiding in that house, where the man is blind, and the wife deaf.  Questo mi fa quasiridere. 
This makes me almost laugh.  Quatro fatti che tiranni usano, distruggere li boni, odiare li poveri, inalzar li maligni, annullare virtu. 
Four deeds commonly used of tyrants, to destroy the good, hate the poor, advance the wicked, and abolish virtue.  Certo so mi volete credere, io staria giorno é not á sentir simi le sentemze, voi mi havete molto relagrato il core, ma io mi maraviglio forte come voi potiate tenir á ment tutte quest sentenze, io non il potria fare per gran qui derdone. 
Certis if you will believe me, I could stay night and day, to hear such sentences, you have much rejoiced my heart, I marvel much, how you can hold in memory all those sentences, I could not do it for a great reward.  Signor io vi diro, io le ho letto spesso, & cosi gli tengo á ment, perch quando l'uomo vuol tenir una cosa á ment, leggila spesso. 
Sir, I will tell you, I have read them often, and so I keep them in memory, for when a man will keep a thing in memory, let him read it often.  Dunche io voglio imparare far cosi, ma voi havete parlato tanto, che credo che debbiate haver seat, volete bevere una taza di birra, overo un bichier di vino, o una coppa di ala, perch il tempo é molto caldo? 
Then I will learn to do so, but you have talked so much, that I believe you are thirsty, will you drink a bowl of beer, or else a glass of wine, or else a cup of aale, for the weather is very hot.  Signore, io vi diro la verita, mi sa bon la birra, mi sa bon l'ala, ma mi sa meglio il vino, perch come dice Plinio, il vino (ogni volta, che si usa moderatament) é una cosa ordinata da Dio, il vino amorza la sete, vivisica i spiriti, conforta il cuore, aguzza l'ingegno, alegra l'animo dolente, fa bona memoria, amaza humori cativi, fa bon sangue, ma al contrario, beuendone troppo ne vengono, molti inconuenienti: pero, se vi piace, datemi pur un bichier di vino, perch mi sa bono, & anche ho gran seat, havendo parlato tanto come ho io, & come habiamo bewto un tratto, noi comincieremo á recitar certi prover by, che comunement si usano tanto in Italia, come in Inghiliterra, fino che sia hora di desinare, c cosi passeremo via il tempo, che vi pare a voi? 
Sir, I will tell you the truth, I love beer, I love aale, but I love a cup of wine best of all: for, as Pliny saith (wine so it be moderately used, is a thing ordained of good, the wine doth quench the thirst, revive the spirits, comfort the heart, sharpen the wit, gladdeth adoleful mind, maketh a good memory, killeth ill humours, maketh good blood, but contrariwise drinking too much of it, ensue many inconveniences: wherefore if it please you, give me a glass of wine, for it liketh me well, and I am very thirsty, having talked so much as I have, and as we have drunk a draft, we will begin to rehearse certain proverbs that commonly are used as well in Italy, as in England, until it be time to go to dinner, and so we will pass away the time, what think you  Certo per la vostra cortesia cosi usata verso di me, io per sempre vi resto seruitore, obligandomi tutto per tutto á seruir vi in ogni cosa che io possa: pero comandatemi da ogni hora 
Certis for your courtesy so used toward me, I always rest your servant, binding me self all in all, to serve you in all things that I may: wherefore command me at all hours.  Deh signor, che accade simil parole troth noi, che siamo amici? cominciate pure i vostri proverbij quando che vi piace, che io vi ascoltero attentivament. 
Hey sir, what need such words betwixt us that are friends? begin you your proverbs when you please best, and I will hearken attentively.  Ma guardate di non dormire. 
But take heed ye sleep not.  Signior no, non dubitate, cominciate pure. 
No sir, doubt not, begin, begin.  Noi comincieremo con quelli che siusano in Italia, e cosi sequiremo in ordine. 
We will begin with those that are used in Italy, and so we will follow in order.  Fate come vi piace. 
Do as you please.  Ma awertite prima, che un proverbio Italiano á dirlo in Inglese, non puo haver quella gratia, come have in Italiano, e anche un proverbio Inglese, á dirlo in Italiano, non have quella gratia, come have nel suo natural linguaggio. 
But mark first, that an Italian proverb, to say it in English, can not have that grace, as it hath in Italian, and also an English proverb, to say it in Italian, can not have that grace as it hath in their natural language.  Quello non importa, pur che habbi qualche senso con se, non puo senon dare uno certo diletto al ascoltatore. 
That skilleth not, so that it have some sense with it, it can not but yield a certain delight unto the hearer.     

¶ Proverbii. Cap. 19 ¶ Proverbs. Chap. 19  

ORsu, io comincio. 
Well I begin.  Ama Dio, & non falire: fa pur bene, & lassa dire: che non mai potrai falire. 
Love God, and fail not: Do thou well, and let be said: so shalt thou never fail.  Certo bon principio. 
Certis a good beginning.  Al Medico & Auocato, non tener il ver celato. 
From the Physician & Attorney, keep not the truth hidden.  Aspettar, e non venire: star nel letto, e non dormire: servire, e non gradire, son ●re coz da morire. 
To tarry for a thing that cometh not: to lie a bed, and sleep not: to serve well, & not be accepted, be three things to die  A caval donato, non guardar in bocca 
Look not a given horse in the mouth.  Assai sa, chi non sa, se tacer sa. 
He knoweth much, that knoweth not, if he can hold his peace  Ama chi ti ama. 
Love them that love thee.  A qual si voglia dolore, rimedia la patientia. 
Unto what grief so ever it be, patience doth remedy.  Assai presto si fa, quel che, si fa bene. 
That thing is quickly done, that is done well.  A tutto é rimedio, ecetto che alla morte. 
Unto all is remedy, except unto death.  A bon intenditore, meza parola basta. 
Unto a good understander, half a word is sufficient.  A caualli magri, sempre vanno le mosche. 
Unto the lean horses, always resort the Flies.  Alegreza di cuore, fa bella peladura di viso. 
The gladness of the heart, causeth a fair colour in the face.  Al mal mortal, ne Medico, ne medicina val. 
Unto a deadly disease, neither Physician nor physic will serve  Alle nose, e alla morte, si cognoscono li amici. 
At marriages and burials, friends and kindred is known.  Amor di putana, e vin di fiasco, la sera é buono, la matina é guaste. 
The love of a whore, & the wine of a bottle at night is good, in the morning nought.  Asino punto bisogna che trotti. 
A pricked horse must neds trot.  Aspetta luogho e tempo, á far vendetto: che non si face mai ben in fretta. 
Tarry for time and place, to be revenged, for it can never be done well in haste.  Assai ben balla, á chi fortuna sona. 
He danceth well, unto whom fortune pipeth.  Assai guadagna, chi fortuna perde. 
He getteth much, that loseth fortune.  ave morta, non fa meal. 
A dead Bee, will make no honey.  A uno a uno, si fanno li fusi. 
By one and by one, spindles are made.  Certo tuttiboni. 
Certis all good.  bell parole, e cativi fatti, inganano i savi, & i matti. 
Fair words, and ill deeds, deceive both wise and fools.  Ben faremo, ben diremo, mal va la barca senza remo. 
We will do well and say well, but ill goes the boat without an ore.  Bandiera vechia, honor di capitano. 
An old Ensign is the honour of a captain.  Chi cerca spesso inganar altrui, opresso resta, & inganato lui. 
Who often seeks others to deceive, doth rest oppressed and deceived himself.  Christo lasio neli precetti suoi, Non far altrui, quel che per te non vuoi. 
Christ left in his precepts, Do not to others, that thou wilt not have done to thee self.  Chi ben side, mal pensa. 
Who sitteth well, thinketh ill.  Chi lascia la via vechia, per la nuova, spesse volte inganato si ritrova. 
Who leaveth an old way for a new, oftentimes doth find himself deceived.  Chi non vuol durar fatica in que sto mondo, non nasca. 
Who will not suffer labour in this world, let not him be borne.  Chi mi fa meglio che non sole, tradito m'ha, o tradir mi vole. 
Who doth unto me better then he is wont, he hath betrayed me, or else will betray me.  Chi sta ne l'aqua fino ala gola, ben é ostinato, se merce non crida. 
Who standeth in the water up to the chin, he is very obstinate, if for mercy he do not cry.  Chi fa quelche non debbe, gli awien quelche non crede. 
Who doth that he aught not, chanseth him he thinks not.  Chi have tempo, have vita. 
Who hath time, hath life.  Chi é reo, e non é tenuto, puo far il mal, e non é creduto. 
Who is guilty, & is not accounted may do evil, & is not suspected  Chi ven vive, ben more. 
Who liveth well, dieth well.  Con arte, e con inganno, si vive mezo l'anno, con inganno, e con arte, si vive l'altra part. 
With art and with deceit, half the year we live: with deceit and with art, we live the other part.  Chi la dura, la vince. 
Who suffereth, doth overcome.  Chi troppo abraccia, nulla string. 
Who too much embraceth, nothing closeth.  Chi semina virtu, racoglie fama, & vera fama supera la morte. 
Who soweth virtue, reapeth fame, and true fame overcometh death.  Cane che baia, non suol nocer. 
A barking dog hurteth not.  Cane vechio non baia in darno. 
An old dog barketh not in vain.  caval corrente sepoltura aperta. 
A running horse, is an open grave.  Cera, tela, e fustagno, bella botega, poco guadagno. 
Wax, linen cloth, & fustian, a fair shop, and little gain.  Chi compra caro, e toglie á credenza, consum'il corpo, e perde la semenza. 
Who buyeth dear, and taketh of credit, consumeth the body, and loseth the seed.  Chi di paglia fuoco fa, molto fumo, e altro non have. 
Who makes a fire of straw, hath much smoke, & naught else.  Chi duo Lepricazia, uno perde, l'altro lasia. 
Who hunteth two hares, loseth the one, & leaveth the other.  Chi è in difetto, è in suspetto. 
Who is faulty, is suspected.  Chi have buona Lancia, la pruovi nel muro. 
Who hath a good spear, let him prove it against a wall.  Chi have tempo, non aspetti tempo. 
Who hath time, let not him tarry for tyme.  Chi tempo have, e tempo aspetta, tempo perde. 
Who hath time, and tarrieth for time, loseth tyme.  Chi non fa, non falla, chi falla, s'amenda. 
He that maketh not, marreth not, who marreth, amendeth.  Chi fa male, odia il lume. 
Who doth evil, hateth light.  Chi non have cuore, habbia gambe. 
Who hath not a heart, let him have legs.  Chi non have moglie, spesso la bat. 
Who hath not a wife, often beateth her.  Chi non have figlioli, bene gli pasce. 
Who hath no children, feedeth them well.  Chi non have seruito, non sa comandare. 
Who hath not served, can not command.  Chi non nau●ga, non sa che sia il timor di Dio. 
Who faileth not, knoweth not what the fear of God is.  Chi non puo batter il cavallo, batta la sella. 
Who can not beaten the horse, let him beaten the saddle.  Chi non robba, non fa robba. 
Who steals not makes no rob  Chi nuoce altrui, nuoce se stesso. 
Who hurteth others, hurteth himself.  Chi seru' all comune, seru' a nessuno. 
Who serveth the commons, serveth no body.  Chi serve le putane, il tempo perde. 
Who serveth whores, loseth tyme.  Chi tardi ariva, mal' allogia. 
Who cometh late, lodgeth ill.  Chi ti vede di giorno, non ti cerchera di not. 
Who seethe thee in the day time, will not seek thee in the night.  Chi tutto vuol, di rabbia muore. 
Who all will have, through frenzy dieth.  Chi va dormir con i cani, si leva con i pulici. 
Who sleepeth with dogs, shall rise with fleas.  Chi va in letto senza cena, tutta la not si dimena. 
Who goeth to bed supperless, shall turn and toss all night.  Chi va & ritorna, fa bon viaggio. 
He that goeth, and returneth, maketh a good voyage.  Chi vive in corte, muore in pagliaro. 
He that liveth in the court, dieth in a straw bed.  Chi vuol dir mal d'altrui, prima si pensi di lui. 
Who will say ill of others, first let him think on himself.  Corbi con corbi, non cauano mai gli ochi. 
One Crow will never pull out an other crows eyes.  Colui che vien ultimo, serra la porta. 
He that cometh last, let him shut the door.  Che colpa n'ha la gatta, se la massara é matta. 
What fault hath the Cat, if the maid be mad.  Chi mi ama, me ama il mio cane. 
Who loveth me, loveth my hound.  Cercari fatti d'ltrui, é tempo pillar. 
To seek other men's doings, is time lost.  Dal ditto al fatto, vi è un gran tratto. 
Between doing and saying there is great space.  Del ocha, mangiane poca. 
Eat little of a Goose.  Di senno é pieno ogni testa. 
Every head is full of brains.  Dolce parole rompono l'ira. 
Pleasant words appease wrath.  Duro con duro non fece mai buon muro. 
Hard with hard never made good wall.  Dopo tempesta, vien bel tempo. 
After storms come fair weather.  Dove ci è nulla, il Re perde il suo dritto. 
Where nothing is, the king loseth his right.  E bella cosa pigliar due colombi con una fava. 
It is a pretty thing to catch two Doves with one bean.  El ben guadagnare, fa il bel spendere. 
A good getting, maketh a good spending.  El dir mal d'altrui, è il quinto elemento. 
To speak ill of others, is the fifth element.  El sine fa il tutto. 
The end maketh al.  El mal vien per libra, e va via per oncie. 
The ill cometh by pounds, and goeth away by ounces.  El mal va dietro al bene, & il bene al male. 
The bad followeth the good, & good followeth the bad.  El pasciuto, non crede al di giuno. 
He that is fed, believeth not the fasting.  El pesce grand, mangia il piccolo. 
The great fish eateth the little.  El pesce guasta l'aqua, & la carne la concia. 
The fish marreth the water, and flesh doth dress it.  El promette mari e monti. 
He promiseth seas & mountains  El promettere, è la viglia del dare 
The eve to give, is to promise'.  El primo capitolo de matti, si è tenersi savio. 
The first chapter of fools, is to count themselves wise.  El sparagno, è il primo guadagno. 
The first gain or profit, is to spare.  El vino al sapore, el pane al calore. 
Wine by the savour, and bread by the heat.  Esperientia è qualche volta pericolosa. 
Experience sometimes is perilous.  E bon batter il ferro quando che l'é caldo. 
It is good to strike the iron when it is hot.  Donato è morto, ristoro sta male. 
giving is dead, and restoring is ill at ease.  Dalle coz passate, si giudicano le present. 
By things passed, things present are judged.  Chi muta stato, muta conditione. 
Who changeth state, changeth conditions.  Fame é la miglior salsa. 
Hunger is the best sauce.  Fug gi' quel piacer present, che ti da dolour futuro. 
Flee that present pleasure, that bringeth afterward sorrow.  Fammi Indovino, & io ti faro richo. 
Make me a diviner, and I will make thee rich.  Far been, non è inganno, butter via il suo, non è guadagno. 
To do well is no deceit, to cast away his own, is no gain.  Febraio curto, pegior de tutti. 
February the short, is worst of al.  Frati osseruanti sparagnano il suo, e mangiono quel d'altrui. 
Observant Friars spare their own, and eat that which is other mens.  Fallando si impara. 
Missing one doth learn.  Da tre coz signor liberaci, Da una borsa voda, da un cativo vicino, e da una cativa donna. 
From three things good lord deliver us, from an empty purse, from ill neighbours, and from an ill woman.  Gatto guantato non piglia sorzi. 
A Cat gloved, catcheth no mice.  Grand amore, gran dolore. 
Great love, great sorrow.  Dolce vivanda bisogna haver salsa brusca. 
Sweet meat must have sour sauce.  Grand e grossa mi faccia Dio, che bianca e rossa mi faro io. 
Great and gross God make me, white and read I'll make me self.  Gran navi, gran pensieri. 
Great ships, great thoughts.  Chi si vuol dare fastidio tutta la sua vita. 
Who will trouble himself all days of his life.  Marita si un donna, over compra unan tue. 
Let him marry a woman, or buy him a ship.  Homo condannato, é mezo degolato. 
A man condemned, is half beheaded.  Guardatevi d'aceto, & da vino dolce, & da la cholera a'un homo pacifico. 
Beware of vinegar and sweet wine, and of the anger of a peaceable man.  Homo da consini, overo le ladro, overo assasino. 
A coasting man, either he is a thief, or a murderer.  Homo peloso, o che l'é matto, over venturoso. 
A hairy man, either he is a fool or else fortunate.  Homo rosso, e femina barbata, tre miglia de lontan la saluta. 
If thou meet a read man, and a bearded woman, greet them three mile of.  I denari sanno correre i caualli. 
Money maketh horses run.  E bon sempre haver due cord per un archo. 
It is always good to have two strings to a bow.  Impres●ar e mai non rendere, assai prometter, e poco atendere, ben quadagnar, e poco spendere, sono tre coz da inrichirsi. 
To borrow, and never restore, to promise' much, and fulfil little, to get well, and spend little, be three things to make one rich.  Ne disperarsi per fortuna aversa, che la suarota sempre ingiro versa. 
Despair not, though fortune be contrary, for her wheel doth always turn about.  Foco e stoppa non s'acorda. 
Fire and flax agreed not.  un Auoltor non sara mai bon sparaviere. 
A Bitter will never be good hawk.  I matti fanno le feste, e i savij le godeno. 
fools make the banquets, and wise men enjoy them.  Denaro é il principal verbo in questa casa. 
Money is the chiefest word in this house.  In Cypro é bon mercato di tre coz, Sale, zukaro, e putane. 
In Cypress three things be good cheap. Salt Sugar, whores.  In una not nasce un fungo. 
In one night grows a Mushromp.  Il fine fa tutti equali. 
The end maketh all men equal.  Il secreto é laudabile. 
The Secrecy is praise worthy.  Il secreto si due celare. 
A secret aught to be hidden.  Luirobba Pietro, per pagar san Paulo. 
He robbeth Peter, to pay Paul.  Lui é povero come job. 
He is as poor as job.  Impara una arte, & metti la da part, che tempo vegnera, che la ti bisognera. 
Learn thou an art, and lay it aside, for time will come thou shalt have need of it.  Sel Cielo casca, haveremo quaglie. 
If the Skies fall, we shall have quails.  L'infante brugiato, teme il foco. 
The burned child, dreaddeth the fire.  Piu presso la chiesa, piu lontano da Dio. 
The nearer church, the further from God.  una pecora rognosa, guasta tutto un gregge. 
One scabbed sheep, will mar a whole flock.  Non ci é mai fumo, senza fuogo. 
There is no smoke, without some fire.  Quando che il cavallo è rubbato, serra la porta de la stalla. 
When the steed is stolen, shut the stable door.  Poche parole bastano fra gli homini savij. 
Few words suffice among wise men.  Lui met il carro inanzi al cavallo. 
He putteth the cart before the horse.  Lui have due faccie sotto una beretta. 
He hath two faces under one hood.  Lui porta fuoco in una mano, & aqua in l'altra. 
He beareth fire in one hand, and water in the other.  L'aqua fa male, il vino fa cantare. 
Th'water hurteth, wine maketh one sing.  L'aqua va al mare. 
The water goeth to the sea.  Odi, vedi, e taci, se tu vuoi vivere in pace. 
Hear, see, and hold thy peace, if thou wilt live in peace.  L'ira placata, non rifa l'ofese. 
Ire that is assuaged, doth not renew the offence.  L'innocentia porta seco sua dfensione. 
innocency beareth her defence with her.  La coda condanna spesso la volpe a morte, per esse troppo lunga. 
The tail often condemns the Fox to death, because it is too long.  La mala compagnia è quella, che mena molti alla forca. 
Il company is that, that brings many to the gallows.  La mala herba cresce presto. 
An ill weed groweth apace.  La morte de Lupi, é sanita de le pecore. 
The death of the wolf, is the health of the sheep.  La not é Madre de pensieri. 
The night is the mother of thoughts.  La peggior carne che sia al mondo, é quella de l'huomo. 
The worst flesh in the world, is the flesh of man.  Adorna una simia d'oro, che sempre sara simia. 
Bodecke an Ape with gold, and he will be an Ape still.  La porta di dietro, quasta la casa. 
A postern door, marreth the house.  La robba non é á chi la fa, ma á chi la good. 
The ware is not his that gathers it, but his that enjoys it.  La speranza é l'ultima cosa de l'huomo. 
Hope is the last thing of a man.  Le bone parole ongino, le caitiff pongino. 
Good words anoint a man, the ill words kyl a man.  Le bugie hanno corte legambe. 
Lies have short legs.  Le lettere sono de li studio si, le richeze de i soleciti, il mondo de presuntuosi, il paradiso de divoti. 
Letters be for students, richesses for the careful, the world for the presumptuous, paradise for the devout.  Lingua bardella, è che in fretta favella. 
That tongue doth lie that speaketh in haste.  L'ochio del patron, ingrassa il cavallo. 
The eye of the master, fatteneth the horse.  Lombardia è il giardino del mondo. 
Lombardie is the garden of the world.  Mal anno e mala moglie, non manca mai. 
An ill year and a bad wife is never wanting.  Matto per natura, e savio per scritura. 
A fool by nature, and a wise man by writing.  Medico pieto so fa la piaga tegnosa. 
A pitiful Physician, maketh a scald wound.  Meglio e dare la lana, che la pecora. 
It is better to give the fleece, then the sheep.  Meglio è esser confessore, che martyr. 
It is better to be a Confessor, then a Martyr.  Meglio é un magro accordo, che una grassa sentenza. 
Better is a lean agreement, them a fat sentence.  Metti il matto sul bancho, o gioca di piede, o di canto. 
Set a fool on a stool, either he will sing, or play with his foot.  Muro bianco carta de matti. 
A white wall is a fools paper.  Tanto e il mal, che nonmi noce, quanto é il ben, che non mi giova. 
So much is the ill as hurteth me not, as the good doth not help me.  Barbier giouine, e Medico vechio. 
A young Barber, and an old Physician.  Tutto quelche luce, non é oro. 
all that glistreth is not gold.  Non è virtu, che poverta non guasti. 
There is no virtue, but poverty will mar it.  L'abondaza delle coz, genera fastidio. 
The plenty of things doth engender care.  L'alegreze di questo mondo duran poco. 
The joys of this world dure but little.  Tutte le arm di Londra, non armerion la paura. 
all the weapons of London, will not arm fear.  Poco fa, chi á se non giova. 
He doth little, that helpeth not himself.  Quanto piu si have, tanto piu si desidera. 
The more a man hath, the more he desireth.  Tanto é mio, quanto io godo, e do per Dio. 
So much is mine, as I enjoy, or else give for God's sake.  Ne femina ne tela non piglia á la candela. 
Neither a woman, nor linen, choose thou by a candle.  parent con parent; guai á chi non have niente. 
Kinsfolks with kinsfolk, woe to him that hath nothing.  La necessita non have leg. 
Necessity hath no law.  La prima part del pazzo, é di tenersi savio. 
The chiefest account of a fool, is to hold himself wise.  L'huomo propone, e Dio dispone. 
Man doth purpose, and God doth dispose.  Peccato vechio, penitenza nuova 
Old sin, and new penance.  Peccato celato, è mezo perdonato. 
A hidden fault, is half pardoned.  Riguarda il fine. 
Mark the end.  Ogni estremita é vitio. 
Every extremity is a vice.  Ogni parola non vuol risposta. 
Every word requireth not an answer.  La conscientia serve per mill testimonij. 
Conscience serveth in stead of a thousand witnesses.  La vera leg é la natura. 
Nature is the right law.  Ogni timidita è vit io. 
All fearfulness is folly.  La leg nasce del peccato, & lo gastiga. 
The law groweth of sin, and doth punish it.  Pari con pari, bene sta & dura. 
Like with like doth last well.  I patti rompono le leggi. 
Bargains break the law.  un homo val cento, e cento non vagliono uno. 
One man is worth a hundred, & a hundred is not worth one.  Il savio non si due vergognar di mutar proposito. 
A wise man aught not to be ashamed to change purpose.  La maraviglia è figliola de lignoranza. 
Marvel is the daughter of ignorance.  I fatti sono maschi, e le parole femine. 
Deeds are Males, and words are Females.  Il tempo é padre de la verita, & Pesperientia é madre de le coz. 
Time is the father of truth, and experience is the mother of all things.  Ne amor, ne signoria, vuol compagnia. 
Neither love nor friendship, will have company.  Nessuno da quello che non have. 
Non can give that he hath not.  Ne occhi in lettera, ne many in ●asca d'altrui. 
Neither eyes, nor hands in other men's writings or purses.  Nul bene senza pene. 
No weal without woe.  Noze e Magistrato, sono del ciel destinato. 
Marriages and magistrate, be destinies of heaven.  Oglio, Ferro, e sale, mercantia regal. 
Oil, iron, and Salt, be royal merchandise.  Ogni dieci anni, l'uno have bisogno de l'altro. 
Once in ten years, one man hath need of another.  Odio fra gli amici, é soccorso de gli stranieri. 
Hatred among friends, is succour unto strangers.  Ogni di viene la sera. 
Every day cometh night.  Ogni vcello non cognosce il bon grano. 
Every bird knoweth not the good grain.  Ogni ●tristo cane mena la coda. 
The worst dog waggeth his tail  Ogni uno per se, & il aiavolo per tutti. 
Every one for himself, and the devil for al.  Patisco il male, sperando il bene. 
I suffer the bad, hoping for the better.  Pesa giusto, e vendi caro. 
Weigh just, and sell dear.  Piu per dolceza, che per forza. 
Moore by lenity, then by force.  Poco senno basta, á chi fortuna sona. 
Little wit serveth, unto whom fortune pypeth.  Putti e matti indouinano. 
Children and fools tell truth.  Qual vita, tal fine. 
Such a life, such an end.  Radigo non fa pagamento. 
Forbearance is no payment.  Quando la gatta non è in casa, i sorzi bellano. 
When the Cat is abroad, the Mice play.  Quando l'a ben tonato, è forza che piovi. 
When it hath well thundered, it must needs rain.  Ragione due esser in conseglio. 
Reason aught to be in the counsel.  Se vuoi venir meco, porta teco. 
If thou wilt go with me, bring with thee.  Si danno bene gli officij, ma non si da discretione. 
Offices are given, but not discretion.  Sofri il male, e aspetta il bene. 
Suffer the bad, and tarry for the good.  Ce de gli huomini che vogliono l'uouo e la gallina. 
There be many that will have both the egg and the hen.  Sopra Dio non é Signore, sopra negro non é colore, sopra sal non é sapore. 
Over God there is no Lord, over black there is no colour, over salt there is no savour.  Amor vince ogni cosa. 
Love conquereth al.  Speranza conforta l'huomo. 
Hope comforteth a man.  Taglia la coda al cane, e sempre resta cane. 
Cut of a dogs tail, and he will be a dog still.  Tal biasma altrui, che se stesso condanna. 
Some in blaming of others, condemn themselves.  Trista quella Musa, che non sa trovar scusa. 
Il is that Muse, that can not found a excuse.  Triste quelle case, oue le galline cantano, & il Gallo tace. 
They are sorry houses, where the hens crow, and the cock holds his peace.  Tristo colui, che da esempio altrui. 
Wretched is he, that giveth example to others.  Trotto D'asino, foco di paglia, & amor di donna, poco durano. 
The trot of an Ass, the fire of straw, and the love of a woman lasteth little.  Troppo sperar inganna. 
Too much hoping, deceiveth.  Tu la poi slongare, ma non scampare. 
Well mayst thou prolong it, but not escape it.  Tutti tirano l'aqua al suo molino. 
Every one draw water to their Myl.  Vegliar à la luna, e dormir all sole, non fa ne profitto, ne honore. 
To watch in the Moon, and sleep in the sun, is neither profit nor honour.  Vive chi vince. 
Who liveth, vanquisheth.  Venetia, chi non ti vede, non ti pretia, ma chi ti vede, ben gli costa. 
Venise, woe seethe thee not, praiseth thee not, but who seethe thee, it costeth him well.  Vesti caldo, mangia poco, bevi assai, che viverai. 
Clothe warm, eat little, drink well, so shalt thou live.  Vivi con vivi, e morti con morti. 
Quick with the quick, and dead with the dead.  Volonta fa mercato, & denari pagano. 
Will maketh the market, but money maketh payment.  una man lava l'altra, & tutte due lauano il viso. 
One hand washeth another, & both wash the face.  La vita passa, e la morte viene. 
Life doth pass, and death doth come.  un bel morire, tutta una vita honora. 
A gallant death, doth honour a whole life.  Che dove non han pasco ne ricetto, in sin le Fury abandonano i luoghi. 
For where no food nor receptacle is, even the Furies abandon the places.  E tempo pillar, á metter aqua nel mare. 
It is time lost, to put water into the sea.  Chi dorme, non piglia pesce. 
Who sleepeth, catcheth no fish.  Si puol cacciar chiodo con chiodo. 
One nail is driven out with an other.  un vcello in gabbia, ne val due del bosco, & pure si é meglio esser vcello di campagna, che ucello di gabbia. 
One bird in the hand, is worth two in the forest, and yet it is better to be a bird of the field, then a bird of the cage.  L'orbo mangia molte mosce. 
The blind eateth many a Fly.  Chi cerca, trova. 
Who seeketh, findeth.  Troppo di una cosa, non val niente. 
Too much of one thing, is naught.  Lui é come un stizon di fuoco, al'uma altri, & sibrucia se stesso. 
He is like a brand of fire, kindleth others, and burneth himself.  Chi lava la testa à un Asino, perde il sapon, & la fatica. 
Who washeth an Asses head, loseth both labour and soap.  Ama mi poco, & ama mi logo. 
Love me little, and love me long  Presto maturo, presto marzo. 
Soon ripe, soon rotten.  Soi entia non é peso. 
Cunning is no burden.  Tal patron, tal seruitore. 
Like master, like man.  Tal é l'arbore, tal é il frutto. 
Such as the tree is, such is the fruit.  Gua da bene inanzi che tu salei. 
Look well ere thou leap.  L'hauiss● io saputo, vien troppo tardi. 
Had I wist, cometh too late.  Meglio é haver mezzo un pane, che non ne haver niente. 
It is better to have half a loaf, then no bread at al.  Assai aqua corre per il Molino, che il Molinaro non ne sá. 
Much water runneth by the mill, that the miller knows not of.  Veramente che io sono molto stracco, e quasi non posso parlar piu, & è anche tempo di andar á desinare, io non me ne ricordo de piu. 
Truly I am weighed, and almost I can not speak no more, and also it is time to go to dinner, I remember me of no more.  Io mi é maraviglio come ne potete haver tanti in memoria, certo che voi mi fate restar attonito, à sentirne tanti, e tutti hanno bon senso, chi gli considera bene. 
I marvel how you can have so many in memory, certis you make me rest astonied, to hear so many, and all have good sense, who so considereth them well.     

¶ Belli detti. Cap. 20. ¶ fine sayings. Chap. 20.  

CHe hora é, sapetelo? 
WHat a clock is it, know ye?  Non é senon dieci. 
It is but ten.  Non é piu? 
Is it no more?  Signior no certo. 
No sir certain.  Dunche che cosa faremo fino à dodeci? io ho parlato tanto, che sono stracco, dite qualcosa voi per passar via il tempo. 
Then what shall we do until it be twelve? I have talked so much that I am weighed, say you something to pass away the tyme.  Veramente io non sono dotto, & si ho letto tanto poco, che ho quasi paura à cominciar à parlare. 
Truly I am not learned, and I have read so little, that I am almost afraid to begin to speak.  Io so been, che voi sapete recitar de belli detti. 
I know well that you can rehearse some fine sayings.  Dapoi che voi s●te cosi importuno, io cominciero, ma avertite, se io erro, perdonatemi vi prego. 
sithence that you are so importune, I will begin, but beware if I err, I pray you pardon me.  A chi non osende, legierment si perdona, cominciate pure. 
Who offendeth not, lightly is pardoned, begin when you list.  La piu bella cosa che adorna un prencipe, si é fedelta. 
The fairest thing to adorn a Prince, is loyalty.  Veramente é vero. 
Verily this is true.  In un Clerico humilita. 
In a Clerk humility.  Cosi dice il Philosopho. 
So saith the Philosopher.  In un prelato sapientia. 
In a Prelate wisdom.  Si ma non bisogna che la sapientia si abusi. 
Yea, but wisdom must not be abused.  In un Cavalier, valour. 
In a knight manhood.  De quelli ce ne pochi. 
There be few of those.  In un ricco, liberalita. 
In a rich man, liberality.  Se havesti detto avaritia, quello si haveresti trovato, perch piu tosto vederete volar i pesci, che veder un ricco homo liberale. 
If you had said avarice, that you should have fond, for you shall sooner see the fish fly, then a rich man liberal.  In un dotto, eloquentia. 
In a learned man, eloquence.  Ogni uno sa parlar eloquentement, per suo vantaggio hoggi di. 
Every one can speak eloquently for his advantage, now adays.  In un mercante tener promessa sempre. 
In a merchant to keep his promise always.  Si, ma voi eccetiate i tanti bankarotti, che ci sono. 
Yea, but you except so many bankrupts as there are.  In un seruitore, obedientia verso il suo signore. 
In a servant, obedience toward his master.  un servitor fedele, è un gran tesoro, ma se ne trova pochi. 
A faithful servant is a great treasure, but there are few found.  Anche in una bella donna, sta bene obedientia verso il suo marito. 
Also in a fair woman, beseemeth obedience toward her husband.  Di gratia ditemi, come si chiama una bona donna in Latino 
I pray you tell me, how do you call a good woman in Latin?  Sapete come dice Plato? Trovatela, che gli daro nome, ma à diruila verita, non si puo dare nome a cosa che non fu, mai non è, e credo anche, mai non sara in questo mondo. 
Know you what Plato saith, found her, and I'll give her a name, but to tell you the truth, there can no name be given to a thing that never was, is not, & I believe, will never be in this world  Anche in una donna, castita. 
Also in a woman, chastity.  Plato dice, una donna che é casta, porta con lei una grand dotta. 
Plato saith, that a woman that is chaste, doth bring with her a great dowry.  In vino bon sapore. 
In wine a good smell.  Questo si mi piace. 
Yea, that liketh me.  Mi piace anche a me. 
It pleaseth me also.  In panno bon colore. 
In cloth good colour.  Si, má rare volte si troua quello, L'altro di mi comprai un Mantello di panno nero, & il colore è di gia smarito, certo i Tentori sono molto falsi hoggi di. 
Yea, but seldom times is that found, the other day I bought me a cloak of black cloth, and the colour is already stained, certis Dyers are very false now adays.  Signior, vi diro, non incolpate i Tentori, perch loro fanno secondo che sono comandati dal Drapiere. 
Sir, I will tell you, blame not the Dyers, for they do as they are commanded by the Drapers.  Perdonatemi, se vi tocco seat, voi force Tentor è 
Pardon me, if I touch you, perhaps you are a Dyer.  force chio sono, force di no. 
Perhaps I am, perhaps I am not  Che causa havete di scusarli? 
What cause have you to 'scuse them?  perch io gli amo. 
Because I love them.  Che causa havete di amar li? 
What cause have you to love them?  Causa non ho gia di amarli, ogni cosa ben considerata, piu tosto ho causa di bisimali, & del tutto maledirli, ma faccio al contrario, perch io li amo. 
Cause have I noon to love them, all things well considered, rather I have cause to blame them, & altogether to curse them, but I do contrary, for I love them.  perch havete causa di far cosi, ditemi di gratia? 
What cause have you to do so, tell me of courtesy?  perch ho seruito, & non ho agradiato, sono stato pasciuto con speranza, ho creduto bell parole, le quale sono senon vento: pero io persuado, amonisco, & esorto tutti i giovani a mai non creder bell parole, perch sarrano trattati come sono io. I maestri hoggi di promettono montagne, & danno piccole pietre, promettono oro, & danno seccia, promettono assai, & poi non fanno niente. 
Because I have served, and my service hath not been accepted, I have been fed with hope, I have believed fair words, which are but wind wherefore I persuade admonish, and exhort all young men, never to believe fair words, for if they do, they will be deceived as I was. masters now adays will promise' mountains, & will give little stones, they will promise' gold, & give dross, they will promise' much, and do little.  Cosi è stato fatto dene. 
So hath it been done to me.  Ma che rimedio ci é, senon pacentia per forza. 
But what remedy is there, but patience perforce?  Veramente voi dite il vero, maestri sono molto discortesi, & avari hoggi di, non si ricordano che loro sono stato seruitori, perch se se ne aricordassero, far, bono piuconto de i loro seruitori, che non fanno, ma gli seruitori bisognano metter la loro speranzain Dio, & non fidarsi di nessuno maestro. 
Verily you say true, masters and patrons are very discourteous, & covetous now adays, they do not remember that they have been servants, for if they did remember it, they would make more account of their servants then they do, but servants must put their hope and trust in God, and not trust ever a master.  Non li biasimate tutti, ce ne sono de buoni. 
Blame them not all, for there are some good.  Credo che ce ne sia qualche buono, ma sono molto rari. 
I believe that there be some good but they are very rare.  Cosi credo anche io. 
So believe I     

¶ Belle domande. Cap. 21. ¶ Pretty demands. Chap. 21.  

ADesso io vi voglio dire certe bell domande, con le loro risposte. 
NOw will I tell you certain fine demands, with their answers.  Certo io vi do troppo fastidio. 
Certis I trouble you too much.  Non dite cosi signore. 
Say not so sir.  Orsu, ditcmi quale é la piu vechia cosa che sia. 
Well, tell me which is the oldest thing that is.  Veramente io non so, ditemelo per cortesia. 
Truly I know not, I pray you tell me.  Iddio è la piu vechia cosa. 
God is the oldest thing.  Ma come lo provate? 
But how prove you that?  perch lui è sempre stato, e mai hebbe principio. 
Because he hath always been, & never had beginning.  Certo è verissimo. 
Certis it is very true.  Quale è la piu bella cosa che sia? 
What is the fairest thing that is?  Io credo il mondo, perch è opera di Dio. 
I believe it is the world, because it is the handy work of God.  Veramente voi havete indovinato 
Truly you have guest aright.  Quale è la piu gran cosa che sia. 
What is the greatest thing that is?  Io credo, luogho. 
I think, place.  Come lo sapete? 
How know you that?  Io lo so, & lo provero. 
I know it, and can prove it.  Provatelo, vi prego. 
Prove it, I pray you.  perch luogho comprehend ogni altra cosa che sia al mondo, in se. 
Because place comprehendeth in it, every other thing that is in the world.  Certo voi dite la verita. 
Certis you say true.  Quale è la piu profitabile cosa? 
What is the profitablest thing?  Quello saria bono á sapere, io non lo so, ditemelo. 
That were good to be known, I know it not, tell it me.  Speranza è la piu profitabil cosa. 
Hope is the profitablest thing.  Io non la so intendere, ne anche lo posso credere. 
I can not understand it, neither can I believe it.  Io ve ne diro la ragione, Quando che ogni cosa è persa, et che non ci è niente, speranza resta sempre con l'huomo. 
I will tell you the reason, When all things are lost, & that there is nothing, yet hope resteth always with man.  Ma alcuni sperano sempre, & pure sempre sono poveri. 
But some do hope always, and yet are ever poor.  Ma se bene sono poveri de beni mondani, con speranza, timore di Dio, e con vita virtuosa, l'huomo puo profittare. 
But for all they are poor of worldly goods, with hope, and the fear of God, and with a virtuous life, a man may profit.  E che cosa profitera con questa speranza? 
And what shall he profit with this hope?  Aquistara vita eterna. 
He shall gain life everlasting.  Pure, che sia cosi. 
So that it be so.  Non dubitate. 
Doubt not.  Quale è la miglior cosa, che sia al mondo? 
What is the best thing that is in the world?  Io credo virtu, perch senza virtu, non si puo far niente, che sia bono. 
I believe virtue, for without virtue, nothing can be done, that is good.  Voi non havete errato, ma ditemi, quale è la piu veloce cosa che sia? 
You have not erred: but tell me, what is the swiftest thing that is?  La piu veloce cosa che sia, credo sia l'animo de l'huomo, perch in un momento straccare tutto il mondo intorno, hora é quá, hora é lá, adesso in un luogho, adesso in un altro. 
The swiftest thing that is, I believe it be the mind of man, for in a moment he runneth all the world about, now he is here, and now he is there, now in one place, now in an other.  Certo voi dite il vero. 
Certis you say true.  Quale é la piu libera cosa che sia? 
Which is the freest thing that is?  Io credo, pensiere. 
I believe, thought.  Cosi é certo. 
So it is certain.  Qual cosa é la piu forte? 
What thing is strongest?  Necessita, over destino, perch vince ogni altro accident. 
Necessity, or else destiny, for it overcometh all accidents.  Qual è la piu facile cosa? 
What is the easiest thing?  A dare conseglio à altri. 
To give counsel to others.  Qual cosa piu difficile? 
What thing more difficult?  A cognoscer se stesso. 
A man to know himself.  Qual è la piu savia? 
What is the wisest thing?  Tempo, perch attiene tutte coz, con industria la figliola di tem po: non é cosi? 
Time, for it attaineth all things, with industry the daughter of time: is it not so?  Certo io mi maraviglio, come sapète questo, perch prociede da una grand capacita di animo. 
Certis I marvel how you know this, for it proceedeth of a great capacity of mind.  Ma ditemi anchora una cosa, che io vi voglio domandare, se potete: Qual è la piu pesante cosa? 
But yet tell me also one thing that I will ask you, if you can, What is the heaviest thing?  Questo velo so dire per esperientia, perch l'ho provato, la piu grieve cosa che sia, credo che sia, è un Etcetera, perch se la vi piglia per strada, non potete portar la lontano un passo piu. 
That I can tell you by experience, for I have proved it, the heaviest thing that is, as I believe, is one Etcetera, for if it take you by the way, you can not carry it far, one foot more.  Certo voi havete colto il chiodo su la testa. 
Certis you have hit the nailc on the head.  Quale è la piu forte cosa de quest tre, o vino, o una donna, overo la verita? ditemi di gratia. 
Which of these three things is strongest, either wine, or women, or else the truth? of courtesy tell me.  A dirui la verita, secondo il mio basso parere, non essendo dotdo, la verita mi pare, la piu forte. 
To tell you the truth, after my foolish opinion, and not being learned, Truth, me thinketh, is strongest.  Cosi credo anche io, perch le altre due si possono vincer legierment. 
So think I also, because the other two may lightly be overcome.  Evero signor mio. 
It is true sir.     

¶ Di pace, guerra, invidia, & superbia. Chap. 22. ¶ Of Peace, War, Envy, and Pride. Chap. 22.  

IO me havena quasi scordato una domanda, de la qual vorrei che mi risoluesti, se potete. 
I Had almost forgot to ask you a question, of the which I would have you to resolve me, if you can.  Volentieri, se io posso. 
Gladly, if I can.  Voi vedete che pace per tutto il mondo, e quasi estinta, e che nessuno non la vuol abracciare semplicemente. Alcuni cercano di essere pacefici, ma pure non possono, io vorei saper la causa, over saper quali sono li nimici di pace, & quanti sono, accio che io possa imparare á viver in pace, & non accostarmi á suoi nimici, conoscendo li. 
You see that peace throughout all the world, is almost extinguished, that no body will embrace it simply. Some seek to live in peace, and yet can not, I would know the cause, or else know which be the enemies of peace, and how many there are, to the end, I may learn to live in peace and not approach me unto her enemies, knowing them.  Io ve lo diro piu brevement che io posso, quanto á me io credo che i nimici che pace have, sono questi. 
I will tell you as briefly as I can, as for me, I believe that the enemies that peace hath, are these.  Quali sono essi, vi prego? 
Which be they, I pray you?  Il piu grand inimico che pace habbia, si è guerra, con tutti i suoi ministri, poi odio, avaritia, sdegno, ira, ambitione, arogantia, superstuita & superbia, con tutte le sue figlie. 
The greatest enemy that peace hath, is war, with all her mimisters, as hate, avarice, disdain, ire, ambition, arrogancy, superfluity, and pride, with all her daughters.  Quale sono le figlie de superbia, quel mostro? 
Which be the daughters of Pride, that monster?  Sono altre tante, e quest sono: Troppo liberta, vana gloria, adulatione, irreverentia, heresia, disobedientia, hypocrisia, gran vanti, ostinatione, discordia, tyrannia, con invidia quella Furia infernal, come dicono i Poeti, & è anche vero. 
They are thus many, and these are they: Liberty, waineglory, flattery, unreverence, heresy, disobedience, hypocrisy, great boasts, obstinacy, discord, tyranny, with envy that infernal Fury, as Poets say, and it is also true.  Mipar che vi ho sentito dire, che la guerra have figlie anche: quali sono d'esse? 
Me thinks I heard you say, that war hath daughters also: which be they?  Le figlie di guerra sono quest, come Fame, ruina, flagello, foco, ferro, distruttione, & desolation, doveua dire, spargimento di sangue, quest tutte sono aiutatrici á la guerra: ma quella invidia é quasi causa di tutto, perch invidia si vede sempre essere la prima disturbatrice d'una republica, l'ultima destruttione de tutti i boni stati, il principio di tutti i dolori, il fine di tutti i piaceri, causa di tutti i mali, dolori, pianti, stridi: pero pregliamo Iddio, che per la sua gratia, ci voglia conceder questa nestra Regina longo tempo, & che voglia mantener la nel suo favore, & che noi consideriamo le gran misery che à tempi passati questo Regno have patito, & anche verificato il proverbio di quel nostro Philosopho, che dice, che di pace vien prosperita, prosperita porta abondantia, abondantia portarichezze, & le richezze, concupiseentia: con● cupiscentia portasdegno, sdegno, guerra: guerra, poverta: poverta, humilita: humilita, pace: pace, prosperita: & cosi il mondo va intorno. Et noi qui in Inghilterra, siamo in colmo di tutti questi piaceri, Iddio lungament ce li voglia concedere, & far che quelle Fury infernali, non habbino luogho, ne i loro nidi ne cuori Inglesi: dite, Amen. 
The daughters of war, be these, Famine, ruin, plague, fire, sword, destruction, desolation, I should have said, shedding of blood, all these be aiders unto war: but envy is almost cause of all, for envy is always the first distut by'r of all common Weals, the last destruction of all good Estates, the beginning of all sorrows, the end of all pleasures, the cause of all griefs, plaints, shrieks, and sorrows: Wherefore let us pray to God, that for his mercy he will grant this our Queen a long continuance, and that he will maintain her in his favour, and let us consider the great miseries that this Realm heretofore hath suffered, and also verified the proverb of that our Philosopher, that saith, that of peace cometh prosperity, prosperity bringeth plenty, plenty bringeth riches: riches lust: lust, contempt: contempt breedeth war: of war cometh poverty: of poverty, humility: of humility, peace: of peace, prosperity: and so the world goes about. And we here in England are on the top of all these pleasures, god grant us them long, and work so in us, that those infernal Furies have no places nor nests in the hearts of English men, say you, Amen.  Che Fury volete dire? io non vi so intendere. 
What Furies do you mean? I can not understand you.  Io dico Aletto, Tessiphone, & Megaera, le quale si dicono habitar nel'inferno, & governano i tre afetti de l'huomo, ma credo che anche la loro continual sedia, sia ne cuori de molti huomini. 
I say, Allecto, Tisiphone, and Megaera, which are said to dwell in hell, and govern the three affects of man, but I believe also, that their chiefest seat be in the hearts of many men.  Che afetti sono quelli? 
What affects be those?  Cupidita, ira, & libidine, che hoggi sono in reputatione, cosi non fusseno, perch io vedo ogniuno piglia piacere in questo mondo, che non é che un dilettevole Laberinto pieno di vanita & follia. 
Covetousness, wrath, and lust, that now adays are in great reputation, so were they not, for I see every man takes pleasure in this world, which is but a delectable labyrinth, full of vanity and folly.  Quale sono quelle false felicita, in che cosiste il voler de l'huomo? 
What be those false felicities, in which consisteth the will of man?  Sono quest, Signoria, richeze, honore, & fama, con mondano piacere. 
These are they, Lordship, riches, honour, & fame, with worldly pleasure.  Certo voi dite il vero. 
Certis you say true.     

¶ Li abusi del mondo. Cap. 23. ¶ The abuses of the world. Cap. 23.  

CI sono anche certi abusi, che hoggi di si usano molto, & per li quali, il mondo è quasi corotto. 
THere are also certain abuses that now adays are used much, for which the world is almost corrupted  De qùelli principali, ce ne sono dodeci. 
Of those principally there are twelve.  Sapete recitarli? 
Can you rehearse them?  Io non so, vedro. 
I can not tell, I will see.  Fate mi tanto piacere. 
Do me so much pleasure.  Io credo di haver scordato qualcosa. 
I believe I have forgot some of them.  Provate. 
Prove.  L'huomo savio senza bone opere, come doveria essere: I vechi senza Religione: I giovini senza obedientia: I richi non sono liberali: I poveri sono superbi: Donne doverebono essere chaste, ma ce ne sono poche: I gran Stati sono senza virtu: Christiani querelano giornalment insieme: Pastori & prelati sono pegri & sonnolenti, con la panza piena, la qual cosa dispiace á Dio, Prencipi non sono giusti: Il popolo senza disciplina: et le Republiche che vanno ala roversa, con il capo in gia. 
A wise man without good works, as he should be: old men without Religion: young men without obedience: rich men are not liberal: the poor are proud: women aught to be chaste, but there are few: great Estates without virtue: Christians daily quarreling together: Pastors and Prelates are slothful & sleepy, with their paunches full, the which displeaseth God: Princes are not just: the people without discipline: and common weals go all backward, with their heads downward.  Quest sono coz che non apertengono á noi, ma á Dio á rimediar ci, & all popolo á pregar Dio, che ci voglij dare rimedio. 
These be things that appertain not unto us, but unto God, to remedy it; and the people to pray God to send some remedy for it.  Quasi in ogni regno si praticano questi abusi, senon in Inghilterra, perch lá, gratie á Dio siano rese, i gran stati sono vertuosi, sono senza querele, i pastori in segnano et predicano, la Prencipessa é giusta, e savia, la Republica é ben governata: del resto, poi ogniuno esamini la sua conscientia. 
Almost in every Realm these abuses are practised, save only in England, for there, thanks be given to God, great Estates are virtuous, and are without quarrels, Pastors do teach and preach, the Princess is just and wise, the common weal is well ruled, for the rest, let every one examine his own conscience.     

¶ Dibelezza nobi. lita, poverta, preghiera necessaria, quali sono i beni di Fortuna. Cap. 24. ¶ Of beauty, nobililitie, poverty, a necessary prayer, and which be the goods of Fortune. Chap. 24.  

ORsu, non parliamo piu di simil coz, ma ditemi un poco di gratia, se mi sapete dire, che cosa sia beleza. 
Well, speak we no more of such things, but tell me of courtesy, if you can tell me, what thing beauty is.  Io non so, ma vi diro bene le opinioni di certi Philosophi: Socrate dice, che belezza é una tirannide di bre●e tempo: Plato dice, è un privile gio di natura: Teophrasto dice, è un secreto inga●no: Teocrito, un delettevole danno: Carmeade gli dice un solitario Regno: Domitio dice, che non ci è niente piu accettabile: dice Aristotle, che belezza non si puo comendar, quanto é degna: Homero aferma, che è un dono glorioso di natura: et Ouidio la chiama, una certa gratia di Dio: tolete quale che vi piace. 
I cannot tell, but I will tell you the opinions of certain Philosophers: Socrates saith, beauty is a tyranny of a short space: Plato saith, it is a privilege of nature: Theophrastus saith, it is a secret deceit: Theocritus, a delectable damage: Carmeades calleth it a solitary kingdom: Domitius saith that there is nothing more acceptable: Aristotle saith, that beauty can not be commended so much as it is worthy: Homer affirmeth, that it is a glorious gift of nature: & Ovid calls it a certain grace of God: take which you please:  Equal pensate voi che sia? 
And which think you it is?  Io credo é son certo, che non é senon un don di Dio. 
I believe, that it is but a gift of God.  Ogni minichion lo saperbbe dire, che vien da Dio? Chi non lo sa? 
Every fool could say, that it cometh from God: Who knoweth not that?  Non vi scorucciate. 
Be not angry.  Signior no, perdonat emi, anzi vi diro una bella domanda, che fu domandata da uno, Furio uno che domando á Diogine, qual fusse il piu nobile del monde? rispose lui, Colui che sa disprezar richezze, gloria, piacere, & poi vita, & vincer le coz contrary á quest, cioé, Poverta, Infamia, Dolore, & Morte, & sofrile, con un cuor invincibile. 
No sir, pardon me, nay rather, I will tell you a pretty demand, that was asked of one, There was one that asked Diogenes which was the noblest man in the world: he answered, He that can despise riches, glory, and then life, & also overcome the contraries to these, that is, Poverty, Infamy, Sorrow, and death, and suffer them with an invincible heart.  Veramente bell detto. 
Truly a gallant saying.  Io vi so dire, se nessuno non potesse essere nobile, senza far quest impress, che ci sarebbono pochi Nobili, ma se se ne trovasse uno che lo sapesse fare, quello si, si potria dir vero nobile. 
I can tell you, if noon were Nobles, but those that could achieve these enterprises, there would be few Nobles: but if you could find one that could do it, verily he might be called Noble in deed.  Ditemi, di gratia, che cosa è poverta, sapetelo? 
Tell me of courtesy, what is poverty, know you?  Certo io ve lo so dire per esperientia, & non per fama, come fanno molti, Poverta non é altro che una candela, con il lume de la quale si discopre molte misery, á le quale l'huomo é sotto posto. 
Yea certis, I can tell that by experience, and not by fame, as many do, poverty is naught else but a candle, with the which light, we discover many miseries, unto which, man is subject.  Orsu, volete insegmarmi qualche preghiera, per dir la matina? 
Well, will you teach me some prayer, to say in the morning?  Dite come dico io la matina. 
Say as I say, in the morning.  Come dite voi? 
How do you say?  Io dico, O jesis, libera me da un bankarotto, & da un C●tadino che é stato povero, & adesso é richo: libera me da la conscientia de preti, da le droghe de speciali, & da i &c. de Notarij, & da colui che sent due Mess il giorno: libera me Signior da una borsa vuoda, da una cattiva donna, da un invidioso vicino, da un boccale vuoto, quando io ho sere, & da tutti coloro che giurano per la loro conscientia, Amen: facosi farai, come fo io. 
I say, O jesus, deliver me from a bankrupt, and from a citizen that hath been poor, and now is rich: deliver me from the consciences of priests, and Apothecary drugs, & from the Scri ueners. etc. and from him that heareth two Masses in a day, good Lord deliver me from an empty purse, from a wicked woman, from an envious neighbour, from an empty pot, when I am thirsty, and from all them that swear by their conscience, Amen. Then shall you do o as I do.  Questa é bona regola. 
This is a good rule.  Ditemi anche di gratia, quante sort de beni possiede l'huomo? 
Tell me of courtesy, how many sorts of goods doth man possess?  Tre sort, cioé, i beni di Fortuna, i beni d'el corpo, et i beni del'animo. 
Three sorts, the goods of fortune, the goods of the body, and the goods of the mind.  Quali sono i beni di Fortuna? 
which be the goods of fortune?  I beni di fortuna sono, richezze, & signory. 
The goods of Fortune are, Riches, and lordship.  Quali sono i beni del corpo? 
Which be they of the body?  Sanita, & bella completione. 
Health, and a good complexion.  Quali sono del'animo? 
Which be they of the mind?  Virtu, intelletto, & ingegno, neli quali consist tutta la felicita de l'huomo. 
Virtue, wisdom, and understanding, in the which consisteth all the felicity of man.  Che cosa é ira? ditemelo. 
What is wrath? tel me.     

¶ Di lia▪ con certi belli dotti di Ariosto, & di altri Poeti, & che cosa e patientia, & adulatione. Cap. 25. ¶ Of wrath, with certain fine sayings of Ariosto, and other Poets, and what patience, and slattery is. Chap. 25.  

I Ra è una certa perturbatiotione d'un crudel & dishonesto animo, la causa di ogni discordia, la compagna di calamita, una confusione di richezze, & é il principio di ogni destrutione, ruina, fastidio, e confusione. E anche Petrarcha lo prova, dove dice, par lando d'ira: 
I Re is a certain perturbation of a cruel and unhonest mind, the cause of all discord, a companion of calamity, a confusion of riches, the beginning of all destruction, rnine, care, and confusion. Also Petrarcha proveth it, where he saith, speaking of anger:   
Ira é brieue furor, & chi n'ol frena,  
E furor longho, che'l suo possessore:  
Spesso á vergogna, & tal'hor mena à morte.  
Anger is a fury short, and unto him a fury long,  
That letteth her the bridle have who now and then among,  
The angry man to shame she brings and sometimes unto death.  
Et Ariosto sopra questo dice: 
And Ariosto saith upon this:   
Quando vincer dal'impetto & dal'ira,  
Si lascia la ragion, ne si difende,  
Et che'l cieco furor si àuanzi i●a:  
O mano, O lingua, che gli amici ofende,  
Se ben di po● si●piange, & sospira:  
Non è per questa che le'rror s'amende.  
When reason by rage and anger is suffered  
Vanquished to be, and is not defended,  
And that blind fury ruleth the ire of man:  
O hand, O tongue, that friends hath offended,  
Although that afterward he weep and sigh:  
Yet for all this, the fault is not amended,  
Certo questo è un bel detto, & dotto, lo scrisse Ariosto? 
Certis this is a brave saying, and learned, did Ariosto writ it?  Signior si, potete leggerlo ne la sua opera, che si chiamo, Orlando furioso, all Canto trentesimo. 
Yea sir, you may read it in his work that is called, Orlando furioso, at the thirty song.  La prima volta che il libro mi utene all mani, voglio vedere se è vero. 
The first time that the book cometh to my hands, I will see if it be true.  Fra gli Italiani, ci sono stati molti Pecti: non havete qualche bel detro? 
Among the Italians there have been many good Poets, have you any brave sayings?  Io vi voglio dire d'un bello detto, scritto da Alciato, quel nobil, & dotto poeta. 
I will tell you of a brave saying, written by Alciato that noble and learned Poet.  Pochi anni sono, che in Milano Citta famosa in Lombardia, per li richi mercanti che ci sono, venne la pest, & infetto molti gioveni Gentil huomini, & lascio i vechi, tanto che i gioveni morivano, & ivechij si inamorauano: sopra qual caso, il nostro Alciato scrisse questi versi: 
Not many years ago, in Milan a famous city in Lombardie, through the rich merchants that are there, come a plague & infected many young Gentlemen, and old men lived, so that the youth died, and old men fell in love: upon which case, our Poet Alciato wrote these verses.   
Albergarono insieme amor & morte,  
Et la mattina desti.  
Nel partirsi amendue per dura sort,  
Congiar li strali, onde ferrendo amore,  
I gioveni moriano miseri & mesti.  
Et la morte impiagando á mezzo il cuore.  
I vechij ardouan d'amoroso ardore:  
O potente signore,  
Ei tu di corpi nostri, empia Regina,  
Ritornatevi l'armi, accio che moia:  
Il vecchio & viva, il giovanetto in gioia.  
Both love and death were lodged in one place,  
Both in the morning waked.  
At parting both, through fro ward fortunes chance,  
They changed darts, & love sore wounding,  
The young men wretchedly and sorrowfully died.  
And death with wounding midst the heart.  
The old men's hearts in love did fry:  
O mighty lord,  
And of our bodies thou, O wicked Queen,  
Your weapons soon return, that he may die  
That's old, and young may happy live in joy.  
Veramente i versi monstrano, che il poeta era di nobile ingegno, e gallant. 
Truly the verses show, that the Poet was of a noble wit, and gallant.  Cosi era certo. 
And so he was certain.  uno altro bel ponto circa amore scritto da Ariosto. 
Another fine point, concerning love, written by Ariosto.  Io lo sentirei volentieri. 
I would gladly hear it.  Questo è d'esso. 
This is it.   
Quello che l'huomo vede, amor gli fa invisibile:  
Et l'inuisibile fa veder amore.  
That which man seethe, love maketh invisible:  
And th'invisible love, causeth to be seen.  
Certo é bello, e vero, 
Certis it is a good one, and true?  Dice il Petrarcha: 
Petrarcha saith:   
La vita fugge, & non s●aresta una hora,  
Et la morte vien dietro, a gran giornate.  
Life fleeth away, and stays not one hour,  
And death cometh after, journeying apace.  
un bello awertimento. 
A brave forewarnying.  un bello detto di Ariosto, circa gelosia. 
A fine saying of Ariosto, touching jealousy.   

Che dolce piu, che piu giocondo stato  
Saria di quel d'un amoroi so core?  
Che viver piu felice, e piu heat,  
Che ritrovarsi in seruitú d'amore?  
Se non fosse l'huom sempre stimulato  
Da quel sospetto rio, da quel timore:  
Da quelmartir, da quella frenesia,  
Da quellarabbia, detta gelosia.   

Peró, ch'ogni altro amaro, che si pone  
Tra questa soavissima dolcezza:  
E un augumento, una perfettione:  
Et è un condurre Amoro a piu finezza.  
L'acque parer fa saporite, e buone  
La seat, e il cibo pel digiun s'apperezza,  
Non conosce la pace, e non l'estima  
Chiprovato non have la guerraprima.   

O incurabil piaga, che nel petto  
D'un amator, si facile s'imprime,  
Non men per falso, che per ver sospetto:  
Piaga, che l'huom si crudelment opprime,  
Che la ragion gli ofusca, e l'intelletto,  
Et lo troth fuor de le semianze prime.  
O iniqua Gelosia, cosi a torto  
Lievi all'huomo ogni conforto.   

What sweeter state, what bliss more jocund  
Can be, then for to have an amorous heart?  
What life more happy, what life can be more blessed,  
Then to be found in servitude to Love?  
If man were not continually pricked and egged  
Of that suspect, of that fond fear of his:  
Of that tormenting, and that foolish frenzy,  
Of that fond rage, that jealousy is named.   

Yet for all that, all bitterness that is put  
In midst of this most delectable sweetness:  
Is an increasing, and making Love more feign:  
And is a way to make Love show more perfect.  
Thirst causeth waters to taste both savoury and good,  
And what food is, by fasting it is known.  
Noon can esteem or know what peace can be,  
Unless he proved have, what war is first.   

O incurable plague, that so in pensive breast  
Of lovers true, so easily printst thee self,  
As soon through false, as true suspect.  
O plague, that man so cruelly dost grieve.  
Thou wit and reason clean bereav'st from him,  
And clean withdrawest from him all manner likelihood.  
O wicked jealousy, that abusest man so wrongfully:  
Takest from man all manner help and comfort.   
Veramente quel Ariosto era degno di essere coronato con una coron a di Alloro, per la sua rara inventione. 
Truly Ariosto was worthy to be crowned with a crown of Bayes, for his rare invention.  Lui era cosi certo. 
He was so certain.  Io vorria che mi dicessi un poco qualche cosa circa patientia, & che cosa é. 
I would you would tell me somewhat upon patience, & what it is.  Volentieri quel che io posso, ma io non sono dotto, pero non posso farlo copiucament come merita. 
Gladly, that as I can, but I am not learned, wherefore I can not do it perfectly, as it deserveth.   
La pacientia come dicono i poeti e Philosophi, é una gran virtute: patientia é la miglior medicina che sia, per un infermo, il piu pretioso impiastro che sia, per qual si voglia piaga: patientia conforta il dolente: alegrisce il malenconico, contenta il povero, guarisce il malado, scema il dolour al aslitto, contenta i tuoi amici, danoia ai tuoi nimici, giova a ogniuno, non fa male a nessuno, et è una gran cosa a trovar un huomo che sia patient.  
Patience, as Poets say, and Philosophers, is a great virtue: Patience is the best medicine that is, for a sick man, the most precious plaster that is, for any wound: patience comforteth the sad, gladdeth the mournful, contenteth the poor, healeth the sick, it easeth the afflicted, contenteth thy friends, annoyeth thine enemies, helpeth all men, hurteth no man, it is a great thing to find one man that is pacicient.  
Certo ce ne pochi de quelli. 
Certis there are few of them.  Io vi voglio anchora dire un bel ponto di Ariosto, circa veri amici & adulatori, che quando l'huomo è in prosperita, non gli puo conoscere l'uno dal'altro: 
I will tell you also a brave point of Ariosto, concerning true friends and flatterers, for when a man is in prosperity, he can not know the one from the other.   
Alcun non puo saper da chi sia amato,  
Quando felice in su la ruota side:  
Perche have i veri amici e fin●i al lato,  
Che monstran tutti una medesima fede.  
Se poi si cangia in tristo il lieto stato,  
Volta la turba adulatrice il piede.  
E quel che di cuor ama, riman forte,  
Et ama il suo signor doppo la morte.  
No man can tell of whom he is beloved,  
When happy he doth sit upon the wheel:  
For that he hath both true & feigned friends at elbow.  
And all do show one self same faith and love.  
But if that fortune lower, and weal be changed to woe,  
The flattering troops do turn from him aback:  
And he that truly loves in heart, will never waver,  
But loves his Lord in life, and after death.  
Per mia fede, un bel detto, & beato colui che si puo guardar da simil gente. 
By my faith, a fine saying, & happy is he that can beware of suchlike people.   
Quando che l'huomo é in prosperita, de gli amici ce ne assai, ma quando che la Fortuna cambia faccia, al h'ora dice ogniuno, Io eratuo amico, ma hora non sono.  
When that a man is in prosperity, of friends there is plenty, but when Fortune changeth her countenance, then every one says, I was thy friend, but now I am not.  
Questo è vero, verissimo. 
This is true, and very true.  Orsu, noi habbiamo parlato tanto, che credo, che siate stracco, pero se vi par bene, finiamo questi parlamenti, & andiamo a cena, perch e tempo. 
Well, we have talked a great while, that I believe you are weighed, wherefore if it please you, let us finish this talk, and let us go to supper, for it is tyme.  Ma dove ceneremo? 
But where shall we sup?  Ala testa del Cauallo. 
At the Horse head.  E che faremo dopo cena? ditemi. 
And what shall we do after supper? tel me.  Io voglio andar in letto. 
I will go to bed.  Et io voglio andar a spasso sul' aqua, & udir i Mufici de la Regina, che sono sul' aqua. 
And I will go upon the water, & hear the queen's Musicians, that are upon the water.  Orsu, mi racomando a S. S. 
Well, I commend unto your L.  Bacio le many humilment a ella, & li resto seruitore. 
I Humbly kiss your hands, and rest your servant.  Servitor di S. S. per senpre. 
I Always rest your servant.  Miracomando a voi. 
I commend me unto you.  Restate con Dio. 
Rest you with God.  Bona not, a Dio. 
Good night, God be with you.     

¶ Ragionamenti sopra Fortuna, & che cosa sia Fortuna. Cap. 26. ¶ reasonings up on Fortune, and what Fortune is. Chap. 26.  

Signior mio, Dio vi dia longa sanita. 
MY sir, God give you long health.  Et a voi bon giorno, & bon anno, & la bona Pasqua anche. 
And unto you a good day, a good year, and also a good Easter.  Dove andate cosi malinconico? 
Wither go you so sad?  Io vado al chiesa. 
I go to the Church.  E che volete fare la? 
And what will you do there?  Io voglio pregare Iddio, che mi voglia dare gratia, & conceder mi il suo santo spirito, di poter passar via questa transitoria vita, in pace: e quando che piaccia alla sua santa bonta, cavarmene fora, accio che io possa godere, & possedere quel benedetto luogho, preparato per i boni, dal prencipio del mondo. 
I will pray God, that he will give me grace, and grant me his holy spirit, that I may pass away this transitory life, in peace: and when it shall please his holy goodness, take me forth of it, to the end, I may enjoy and possess that blessed place, prepared for the good, from the beginning of the world.  Dio ne dia la gratia a tutti i boni Christiani. 
God grant that grace unto all good Christians.  Cosi faccia, se li piace, ma ditemi di gratia, che vuol dire, che sete cosipensoso? 
So do he, if he please▪ but tell me of courtesy, what meaneth it that you are so sad?  Io non sono pensoso per altro, senon a veder le gran vanita a chel'huomo è sottoposto, che non e che una ombra senza corpo, e vedo che ogniuno si tien a dare piacer present, non ricordandosi del giorno del giuditio, & se alcuno ne parla, lui ne è beffato. 
I am not sad for any other thing but only to see the great vanity that man is subject unto, which is but even a shadow without a body, & I see that every one gives himself to present pleasure, not remebring the day of judgement, and if any speak of it, he is mocked.  Certo voi dite il vero, ogniwo cerca di darsi piacer present, nessuno pensa a le pene future che ne riescono. 
Verily you say true, every one seeketh for present pleasure, noon thinks of the pains that follow afterward.  Orsu, adesso noi siamo qui in Chiesa, & il Sermone non si cominciera anchora, che cosa faremo per passar il tempo, & fugir l'otio? 
Well, now we are here in the Church, and the Sermon will not begin yet, what shall we do to pass away the time, and flee idleness:  Ragioniamo di qual cosa. 
Let us talk of something.  E de che cosa ragioneremo noi? 
And what shall we talk of?  De quello che vi piace. 
Of that as pleaseth you most.  Ragioniamo qualcosa di Fortuna. 
Let us talk something of Fortune.  E che cosa é Fortuna, dite voi? 
And what is Fortune, say you?  Alcuni Philosophi chiamano Fortuna, La tresoriera del mondo, la qual regge ogni cosa, come piu li piace, lei governa Reami, lei regge province, lei vince Citta, les opressa Re, lei esalta tyranni: a chi lei piace, lei da vita, a chi lei piace, lei da morte: a alcuni lei da honore, a alcuni lei da ignominia: come lei have esaltato i bassi, come lei have opressato i superbi molte, e molte history ne fanno mentione: come lei have i●pouerito i richi, & inrichito i poveri: lei regge tutto il monilo, di prencipi lei have fatto vassali: de pecorari giardinieri, vaccari, villani, & Skiani, lei have fatto Re, Imperatori, & prencipi. 
Some Philosophers call Fortune the treasurer of the world, whi che ruleth every thing as pleaseth her most, she governeth realms, she ruleth provinces, she vanquisheth cities, she opresseth kings, she exalteth tyrants: to whom she pleaseth, she giveth life, to whom she pleaseth, she giveth death: to some she giveth honour, to some shame: how she hath exalted the base, how she hath oppressed the proud, many, & many histories make mention: how she hath impoverished the rich, and enriched the poor: she ruleth all the world, of Princes she hath made vassals: of shepherds, gardiners, cow herds, country n●ē, & bondmen, she hath made kings, Emperors, & princes.  Come è possibile quello che voi mi dite, che cosi vil gente sijno divenuti prencipi, & che prencipi s●ano stato inpoveriti? 
How is it possible that you say, that so vile people have become princes, and that princes have been so impoverished?  E vero, et verissimo, et ce ne tan tt, e tanti essempij. 
It is true, and very true, & there be many & many examples of it.  Di gratia r●ci●atene alcuno. 
Of courtesy rehearse some.  Molto volentieri, Gordio di arare la terra, non divenne egli famoso Re di Frigia? 
Very gladly, Gordius from ploughing of the earth, become not he a famous king of Frigia?  Gige, non fu egli pecoraro, et poi fu Re in Lydia: Tullio Hostilio, di povero vaccaro, non divenne egli Re in Roma? Ciro Re di Persia, non fu egli notrito di vua cagna? Romolo cosi famoso, & il primo Re de Romani, non fu egli notrito da una Lupa? justino tenendo porci non divenne egli Imperatore: Archilao nato di una Skiava, non divenne egli Re? si certo: Alessandro figliolo di Priamo re di Troia, non fu egli notrito & alevato da una Orsa? et poi fu cosi famoso, et fu causa di quella cosi gran guerra trai i Greci, & i Troiani? & poi della destru● tione et ruina di Trota, per haver rubbato la moglie di Menelao? meglio sarcbbe stato, che la Orsa l'auesse divorato. Al contrario, non vedemo noi, come Torquinio superbo Re di Roma, & Dionisio re di Sicilia, divennero cosi poveri? non habbiamo noi per essempio manifesto, come Nabugodonos●r, di Re, divenne cosi povero, che fu costretto a pascersi di herb? come quel gran Pompeio, cosi famoso in Roma, no fu egli sepolto ne le sabbie di Aegitto? Prutia re di Bithynia, non divenne egli mendico? Pirro cosi famoso Re, non fu egli ucciso da una pouera donna in Argo? Siface re di Numidia, non mori egli captivo in Roma? Gollia il forte et grand, non fu egli ucciso da David, con una pietra, tirata con una fronda? Giulio Cesare, che fortuna lo lascio vincer tutto il Mondo, & passar per tante, & tante bataglie, senza esser nociuto, non soferse ella, che fra il Senato di Roma, ne la sua patria, fra i suoi amici, lui fusse amazato con venti tre ferite. Alessandro Magno, che similment fu vincitor di tut● to il mondo, non fu egli avelenato dal suo proprio cugino? Non havete voi letto di Rodofa, che di puttana commune, divenne regina di Egit to? Fortuna, non soferse ella, che Phaeto fusse bruciato, Icaro negato, Acteo squarciato da i suoi cani? Peritto divorato da Cerbero? che Belerofon si rompesse il collo? Non soferse ella, che Agamennone, doppo l'hauer passato tanti, e tanti pericoli ne le guerre di Troia, et ritornato a casa, sano & saluo, che lui fusse ucciso da la sua moglie Clytaemnestra? et poi che ella fusse uccisa da suo figlio Oreste? che Semiramis similment uccise il suo marito Mino, et poi ella fu uccisa da suo figliolo chiamato Mino? che Agrippina uccise il suo marito Tiberio? et non fu lei anche uccisa da suo proprio figliolo Nerone? che poi fu Imperator di Roma, et poi fu construtto di amazarsi se medesimo? Certo che quel savio Greco, chiamato Pitaco, la intendeva, quando che ne i tempij di Mitilena lui dipinse una scala larga, sopra la quale, alcuni ascendevano, & aliri descendevano, significando il stato di fortuna. Potete vedere in questo mondo, alcuni famelici che si cibano alla tauola di Tantalo, & mai non sono satiolli. Alcuni che sudano per voltar la pietra di Sisifo: alcuni che si affaticano con il peso di Atla: alcuni che si sforzano per empir i sechi de le Belied: alcuni che si noiano per voltar la rota di Ixione. O mondo vano, pieno di miseria, in che non si truova riposo nessuno. Pero la mia opinione é, che l'huomo non deveria mai cercar fortuna, ma del tutto disprezzar la, faccia ella come li piace: et in tutto per tutto, metter sine le many di Iddio, & content arsine la sua vocatione, ne la quale Iddo lo have chiamato, et non cercar di haver quello de altri desiderar quello del prossimo, & posseder quello d'altrui, come fanno molti hoggidi. Vedete che nessuno vuol esser contento, il povero vuol essere ricco, il ricco vuol esser potente, il potente vuol esser prencipe, il prencipe Re, il Re temuto, honorato, et anche qualche volta ad'orato: in tanta superbia é venuto il mondo, che ogniuno cerca di esser superiore, nessuno vuol esser inferiore. I nostri animi sono cosi ambitiosi, i nostri pensieri cosi superbi, i nostri cuori cosi invidiosi, il nostro proceder cosi fraudolente, il nostro parlar cosi lusinghevole, che l'huomo non sa di chi sidarsi, e nessuno si vuol contentare di quello che have, ogniuno cerca fortuna, ogniuno l'abraccia. Nessuno si ricorda di Iddio: O Dio, le viscere del cuore mi si sono per crepare, a veder il proceder de alcuni: Io non voglio nominar nessuno. 
Gyges, was not he a shepherd, & afterward king of Lydia? Tul lius Hostilius of a poor cow heard, become not he a king in Rome? Cirus K. of Persia, was not he nourished of a bitch? Romulus so famous, and the first king of the Romans, was not he nourished by a Wolf? justinus, from keeping of swine, become not he an Emp. Archi laus borne of a bond woman, became not he a king? yes verily: Alexander, son of Priamus king of Troy was he not nourished & brought up by a Bear? & afterward beecane so famous and was cause of that so great war betwixt the Grecians & the Troyans'? & then of the destruction and ruin of Troy, for having stolen away the wife of Menelaus? better had it been that the Bear had devoured him. Contrariwise, do we not see, how Torquinius the proud king of Rome, and Dionysius king of Cicily, become so poor? have not we for example manifest, how that Nabuchodonosor, of a king, become so poor, that he was constrained to feed upon herbs? How that Pompey, so famous in Rome, was not he buried in the sands of Egypt? Prutias king of Bithmia, become not he a beggar? Pyrrhus, so famous, was not he slain of a poor woman in Argos? Sifax king of Numidia, did not he die a captive in Rome? Golias the strong and great, was not he slain by David with a stone thrown with a Sling? julius Caesar, whom Fortune suffered to overcome all the World, and pass through so many, and so many battles, and not be hurt, did not she suffer, that midst the Senate of Rome, in his native country amongst his friends, he was slain with. 23. wounds. Alexander the great, that likewise was vanquisher of all the world, was not he poisoned of his own proper Cousin? Have you not read of R●dophe, that of a Common Courtesan, become a queen of Egypt? Fortune, suffered not she, that Phaeton was burned, Icarus drowned, Actaeon torn of his dogs? Perithius devoured of Cerberus, that Beleforon broke his own neck? and did not she suffer that Agamemnon, after he had passed so many, and so many perils in his wars of Troy, & returned home whole & sounded, that he was slain of his wife Clytaemnestra? and then, that she was slain of her son Orestes? that Semiramis likewise slew her husband Minos? and then she was slain of her own son called Minos? Agrippina, did not she kyl her husband Tiberius? and was not she also slain by her own son Nero? that afterward was Emperor of Rome? and after was constrained to slay himself? Certainly that wise Graecian called Pitacus, did understand it, when as he in the Temples of Mitilena depainted a broad Ladder, upon the which, some did ascend, and other some descend, signifying the state of Fortune. You may see in this world, how some being hungry, are feeding on the table of Tantalus, and never are satisfied. Some, that sweat to roll the stone of Ssiphus: some do labour with the burden of Atlas: some that force themselves to fill the buckets of Belides: some that annoy themselves, to turn the wheel of Ixion. O vain world, full of misery, in which is found no rest at all. Wherefore my opinion is, that man should never seek after Fortune, but altogether despise her, let her do as she pleaseth: and all in all, put himself in the hands of God, and content himself with that vocation, unto which God hath called him, and not to seek to have that which is others, and desire that which is his neighbours, & possess that is others, as many do now adays. You see that no state will be content, the poor will be rich, the rich will be mighty, the mighty will be a Prince, the Prince a king, the king feared, honoured, and also sometime worshipped: into such pride is the world come, that all men seek to be superior, noon will be inferior. Our minds are so ambitious, our thoughts so proud, our hearts so envious, our proceedings so fraudulent, our speaking so dissembling, that a man knoweth not whom to trust, and noon will be content with that which he hath, every one seek Fortune, all men embrace her. Noon remembreth God: O God, the strings of my heart are ready to burst, to see the proceedings of some: I will name no body.  Certo voidite il vero, et verificate il proaerb●o di quel nostro poeta, che dice: Beato é quel huomo che have ogni cosa, et non possiede nulla, et possedendo nulla, have ogni cosa, maresta contento di quel po● co che have. 
Certis you say true, and you verify the proverb of our Poet, which saith: Happy is that man, that hath every thing, and possesseth nothing, and possessing nothing, hath every thing but abideth content with that as he hath.  Certo é un bel detto, si vede a quunti pericoli il ricco é sottoposto, lui mai non dorme quietement, sempre have paura di questo e di quest' altro, lui é invidiato da i cattivi, disprezzato da i buoni, honorato da gli adulatori, temuto da gli poveri, per le sue richezze. O gran cosa, ●o per me, diro come diceva quel al tro, che é meglio dormir in terra senza paura, et esser saluo, che giacer in letto fornito di oro, et in palazi suntuosi, et haver paura, et esser in pericolo di molti. 
Certis a fine saying, we see unto how many perils the rich man is subject unto, he never sleepeth quietly, he is ever in fear of this, and that, he is envy of the evil, despised of the good, honoured of slatterers, and feared of the poor, only for his richesse. O great thing, as for me, I will say, as the other said, that it is better to sleep upon the ground without fear, and lie safe, then sleep in beds furnished in gold, and in sumptuous palaces, and be fearful, and in danger of many.  Veramente voi dite il vero, et mi havete narrato gran coz. 
Verily you say true, and you have told me great things.     

Ragionamenti sopra Dotrina, et Filosofia, et che cosa siano Scrittori, & & qual é il prisitto di leggere et imparare scientie, con certi discorsi in laud de scrittori, & Filosofi. Cap. 27. ¶ reasonings upon Learning, and Philosophy, and what Writers are, and what the profit of reading, and learning of Science is, with certain discourses in praise of Writers and Philosophers. Cham 27.  

Be trovato signor mio, io sono tornato da voi, per pregar vi, che mi vogliate dir qualcosa questa matina, voi mi havete tanto ben conpiaciuto a parlarmi di Fortuna, che hora sono ritornato da vot per udirui.  
Certo che hora voi mi burlate.  
Io non fo certo, credet emi.  
E de che cosa volete che io ragioni? io non so quasi de che ragionare, io vorria che io fusse nel mio paese.  
Dunque voi non sete Inglese.  
Signior no, io sono Italiano.  
Quanto tempo sete stato qui in questo regno?  
Io sono stato qui circa un anno.  
Come havete fatto a imparare aparlar Ingle se cosi presto?  
Io ho imparato Inglese, leggendo.  
Si puo imparare una lingua leggendo cosi presto?  
Signior si, che si puo imparare.  
Certo io non lo harei pensato, che vi pare di questa lingua Inglese, ditemi di gratia.  
E un lingua che vi fara bene in Inghilterra, ma passate Dover, la non val niente.  
Dunque non è praticata fori in altri paesi?  
Signior no, con chi volete che parlino?  
Con i mercanti Inglesi.  
Imercanti Inglesi quando sono fuori D'inghilcerra, non gli piace a loro medesimi, et non la parlano.  
Ma par cho vi pare de la lmgua? è ella gallant e gentle, o pur al contrario?  
Certo se mi volete credere a me, la non mi piace, perch è una lingua confusa, repezata da molte altre lingue: lei piglia molte parole dal Latino, & piu dal Franzese, & piu dal Italiano, & assai piu dal todesco, & anche seen piglia dal Greco, & dal Britanno, tanto che se sirendesse a ogni lingua le sue parole, poche ne resterebbono per gli Inglesi, & pure ogni giorno se ne gli agiunge.  
Come é possibile questa cosa?  
E vero, et verissimo.  
Certo io non lo har ei mai creduto.  
Fatene l'sperientia, togliete un libro, e leggete, & awertite bene, che non leggerete quatro parole insieme di viro Inglese.  
E che vi pare di questo paese?  
Il paese mi piace benissimo.  
Che vi pare de la gente? ditemi la vostra opinione.  
La gente é qua, come in altri luoghi, ce ne di buona, & di cattiva.  
Che vi pare de gli costumi de gli Inglesi? ditemi di gratia.  
Io vi diro, alcuni sono bene costumati, ma molti male.  
Verso chi sono mal costumati?  
Verso i Straniedi, & pochi di questi Inglesi si dilettano di far imparar lingue a i suoi figlioli, la qual cosa mi dispiace. Io quando arivai in Londra, non sapendo parlar Inglese, scontrai piu di cinque cento person, manzi che io sasapessi trovar uno, che mi sapesse d●re in Italiano o Franzese, dove che stava la Posta.  
E che cosa voresti che loro facessero? imparare lingue?  
Signior si, & alevare i loro fig lioli bene, & insegnarli a leggere, scrivere, & parlar diverse lingue, & non far come fanno corti de questi gentilhuomini Inglesi, che io conosco.  
E che cosa fanno loro?  
Io vedo certi Gentilhuomini, piu tosto villani, a dir la verita, che cominciano a imparar Italiano, Franzese, & Spagnolo, & come hanno due parole di Spagnolo, tre parole di Franzesses, quatro di Italiano, pensano di haver assa●, non vogliono studiar piu.  
Pensate che sia possibile che un Inglese, possa imparar la lingua Italiana, et un Italiano, imparar la lingua Inglese?  
Signior si, che é possibile.  
In quanto tempo, pensate?  
Secondo che lui è solecito, io ho co nosciuto quelli che hamno imparato Italiano in tre mesi.  
E che profitto ne riesce a quelli che sanno leggere, scrivere, & parlare molti linguaggi? io non so.  
Come? il profitto che ne riesce, è grandissimo.  
Io non lo truovo cosi: io leggo, scrivo, e parlo tre o quatro lingue, & si non trovo profitto nessuno io.  
Io diro come diceva Alfonso Re di Aragona, essendo malato.  
E che cosa diceva lui?  
Alfonso Re di Aragona essendo malato, in Capua, si diede a leggere le opere di Tito Livio, & di Quinto Curtio: & essendo guarito della sua malatia, soleva dire, che quando lui era malato, non trovaua la miglior medicina, che il leggere Q. Curtio, essendo pensoso, non trovaua miglior musica, che il leggere Tito Livio: Augusto Cesare non voleva mai essere senza Virgilio in mano: Alessandro magno non poteva riposare senzale jiliade di Homero manzi gli occhij: Felice si teneva Pompeo, quando haveua Cicerone in seno: alegro era Scipione, quando leggeva Enneo: Giocondo era L'imperator Gratiano, quando leggeva le Poesy di Ausonio. Certo mi bisogna dire con Alfonso, che il leggere e la miglior medicina per un malato, la miglior musica per un dolente, la miglior alegreza per un pensoso, il miglior consig lio per un desperato, il miglior conforto per l' afflitto, la miglior consolatione per un infermo, la miglior dotrina per un ignorant, la miglior sapientia per un pazzo, i miglior essortamenti, & le miglior amonitione che siano per i gioveni. Leggendo si impara molte coz: chi vuol haver buon consiglio, leggi: chi vuol vedere & sentir coz strain, leggi: legendo si have boni avertimenti, leggendo si impara a conoscere il ben dal male, la virtudal vitio, & si come i've piglia di v●a herba, gomma, d'un'altra cera, d'un'altra il meal, cosi leggendo diversi libri, s'impara diverse coz, leggendo Retorica, s'impara a persuadere, leggendo Dialettica, s'impara a conoscere la ragione dal torto, leggendo Filosophia, s'impara i secreti di natura, leggendo Teologia, s'impara a che modo l'huomo have da governarfi, per ottener vita eterna, leggendo history, vederai come tanti e tanti regni sono stati governati: e come dice Cicerone in laud di historia, Historia dice lui, si é la testimonianza del tempo, la luce de la verita, la vita di memoria, la gui● da del tempo, la messagiera di antiquita. Finalment, leggendo History, si vede quanto tempo i potenti Imperatori, i grandi Re, le fa mose republiche, le populate citta habbino fiorito, noi vediamo come il tempo fugge, et se non fusse per li Scrittori che sono stati, tutte quest coz non si saperebbono come si sanno, & se non fusse per gli historij, & per gli scrittori che sono stati, come si saperebbono tante coz? E come dice Salustio, quando che esorta ogniuno a leggere, & a laudar i Scrittori, dice lui, che la miglior consolatione per un afflitto, si é il leggere, la miglior liberta per un prigionero, & il miglior comforto che sia per uno malinconico, si é il leggere. Dice oltre de gli scrittori, che coloro che fecero opere famose, non meritorono si gran fama in farle, come fecero gli scrittori in scriuerle in altre stile: come sarebbe famoso il magno Alessandro, se non havesse di lui scritto Q. Curtio? Che sarebbe Vlisse, & Achille, se Homero non nasceva? che sarebbe Alcibiade, se Xenofonte non lo havesse agradito? che Ciro, se Chilo non havesse fatto mentione di lui ne le sue opere? che Pirro Re di Albania, se Hermicle non havesse composto di lui una Cronica? che sar●bbe stato il grand Asricano, se non erano le Deche di Livio? che Traiano, se Plutarco non fusse gli stato cosiamico? che sarebbe di Nerua, & di Antonio Pio, se non havesse scritto di loro Focione Greco? che saperessimo noi del grana ardire di Giulio Cesare, & della grandeza di Pompeto, se Lucano non ne havesse scritto? chi saperebbe le vite de i dodeci Cesari, se Suetonio Tranquillo non ne faceva un libro? che saperesimo noi circale antiquita de gli Hebrei, se il volentissimo Gioseso non ne havesse lasciato memoria? chi saperebbe il venire de i Longobardi in Italia, se non ne seriveua Paolo Diacono? Come saperessimo il venire, & il progresso de Gothi in Spagna, se non ne parlava il Curioso Roderigo? chi saperebbe gli Andamenti di Aenea, se Virgilio non havesse composto di lui? come si saperebbe tanti documenti morali, con tante bell Poesy, con gli inamormenti, & transformatione de gli Dei, se il dotto Ouidio non havesse tolto sigran fatica sopra di se? come sarebbe cost manifesta la vita di Marco Aurelio, et come lui fu marito di Faustina, padre di Comodo, fratello di Annio Vero, genero di Antonio Pio, Amico di Polione, Zio di Egesipo, & decimo settimo Imperator di Roma, se Erodiano non lo havesse amato, Giulio Capitolino honorato, & Eutropio scritto di lui? Chi saperebbe le courtesy di Leone a Rugiero? gli amori di Rugiero & Bradamante? le guerre di Agramante & Carolo? i Duelli di Rodomonte & Mandricardo? i combattimenti di Feraw & Rinaldo? le grand'imprese di Guidon Seluaggio? le audacita di Marfisa? gli inamoramenti di Orlando & Angelica, se il nostro gentil, dotto, gallant, & degno Poeta Lodovico Ariosto non ne havesse composto un libro? Finalment, come si saperebbe il parto de la vergine, il nascimento di Giesu Christo nostro Saluatore, la sua passione sotto Pontio, come pati morte su la Croce, come lui fu sepolto, come lui vesuscito il terzo giorno, come side alla destra di Dio padre onnipotente, & come verra di la, a giudicar i vivi & i morti? chi saperebbe come lui hebbe dodcci discipoli? & come uno di essi lo tradi? qualle furono le opere, & gli atti de gli Apostoli? qual fu la morte di Giovan batista, di san Paulo, di san Pietro, & del traditor Giuda? come saperessimo in che consist tutta la nostra salute? come Iddio ci have creat●, Giesu Christo ricomperati, & il spirito santo santis●cati? come si saperebbono quest coz, se gli quatro Euangelisti non ne havessero scritto tanto? Dice Salustio, la memoria de gli scrittori durera in eterno, perch ne tempo puo consumare, ne Fortuna destruggere la loro fama. Come saperessimo noi, se non fusse per gli Scrittori & Historicij? che Ligurgo fu quello che died leg a gli Laccdemonij? come Numa Pompilio honoro i Tempy? come Marco Marcello pianse la fortuna di coloro che erano stati vinti da lui? come Giulio Cesare peraono a suoi nimici? come Ottaviano fu amato day suoi popoli? come Severo giouat●a a tutti? come Hettor Troiano era animoso vel guerragiare? come Hercole Tebano uso le sue forze? come Pirro Re di Albania, so inventor de tante coz ingegniose? come Marco Regulo soferse tanti tormenti? come Tito fu padre de gli Orfani? come Traiano fabrico tanti edificij? & fu tenuto il buono? Adriano il savio? Antonio il pietoso? come Semiramis pecco con suo figliolo carnalment, & fu poi da lui uccisa? come Tarquinio forzo Lucretia? come Bruto amazzo Cesare? come Silla sparse tanto sangue? come Catilina tiraneggio spora la sua patria? Come Giugurto amazzo i proprij fratelli? come Caligula violo le sorolle? come Nerone uccise la madre? come Heliogaballo rubbo i Tempij? come Domitiano faceva amazzar la sua gente da gente aliena, & lui amazzava mosche? come saperessimo noi se non fusse per gli Scrittori? come desiderio di fama moss Mino a solevar tante guerre? & Semiramis sua moglie a far tanti edificiij? Vlisse il Greco a nauig ar tanti mari? Alessandro Magno a andar per tanti paesi? Hercole Tebano a porre le sue colonne, et dove le pose? Caio Cesare Romano di far cinquanta due bataglie? Hannibal Cartaginese a far si cruda guerra contra Romani? Pirro Re di Albania, di venire in Italia? Attilla Re de gli Hunni a guerreggiare per tutta Europa? Tutte quest coz sapiamo, merce i Scrittori, che ci hanno amato, & noi non amiamo loro. Come saperessimo noi, se non susse stato per Scrittori, come Eva fu la prima peccatrice? Cain il primo micidiale? Abel il primo che mori? Lamec il primo che hebbe due moglie; Enoc il primo che fondasse citta? Tubalcaim il primo Musico? No il primo che navigo? Nembroth il primo tiranno? Melchisedec il primo Sacerdote? Anrafel il primo Re del mondo? Moise il primo Duca? Giulio Cesare il primo Imperatore? Belo il primo che trovo guerre? Assiria la prima Monarchia? Cadorlaomor il primo che trovo il fatto di arm? Romolo il primo Re de Romani? Egineta il primo che fece far moneta? Dario il primo che si fece pagar tributo? I Scitiani i primi che trovarono archis e freze? Vulcano il primo che trovo fuoco? Anacarse che trovo Mantise por soppiarlo? Hipocrate il primo medico? Aesculapio il primo Cirugico? Aristeo il primo che trovo il meal? I Lidiani furono i primi a tinger lana? quelli de Egitto trovorono l'uso del Lino: quelli di Frigia a cucire con aghi: quelli di Hetruria i primi a tescere: Dionisio il primo che trovo victory & triumfis: Moise il primo che trovo lettere fra gli Hebrei? Fidia fu il primo Pittore. De tutte quest coz saressimo ignoranti, se non fussero stati i Scrittori. Merce a loro, si sa come Jerusalem fu la prima Citta di tutta Palestina, Roma fu il capo di Italia, & fu chiamata capus mundi, ma non é cosi, Cartagine fu capo di Africa: Numantia di Spagna: Argentina di Alemagna: Babylonia di Caldea: Tebe di Egitto: Attenne di Grecia: Tiro di Fenicia: Caesarea di Cappadocia: Bizantio di Tracia. Alesso sono Londra di Inghilterra, Parigi di Francia, Venetia di Italia, Augusta di Alemagna, Constantinopoli di Turchia, Vienna di Austria, Praga di Boemia, Buda di Vagheria, Lisbonain Portugallo, Siviglia in Spagna, Edenberga in Scotia, Dwelina in Irlanda, Anuersa del paese basso, Vrbino di Piemonte, Morocco di Barberia, so non fusse per gli Historici? come saperessimo noi, qual fu la ambition di Cesare? la ebrieta di Tiberio? la superbia di Caligula? la crudelta di Nerone? la vita vitiosa di Heliogaballo? la pieta di Traiano? la invidia di Alessadro? la belezza di Narcisso? la sapientia di Salomone? le fortezze di Hercole, & di Hettore? la avaritia di Ciro? la liberalita di Pompeio? la amicitia troth Damone & Pitia? la filosofia di Aristotile? la dottrina di Catone? la eloquentia di Tullio? le richezze di Cresso? la patientia di Adrasto? la velocita di Atalanta? la vechieza di Nestore? la astutia di Vlisse? la obedientia di Abraham? la cupidita di Mida? la malitia di Hannibale? la dissimulati● ne di Zopiro? la adulatione di Aristrippo? la memoria di Mitridate, & la constantia di Penclope? Nessa●a di quest coz sarebbono cosi in bocca ca ogniuno, se non fussero stati i Scrittori? i quali sono degni da esser honorati. Se non fusse per Scrittori, non ci sarebbe timor di Dio, ne Legge, ne ordine: ogniuno viverebbe al suo modo. Leggendo si vede la diversita de le coz, la bonta d'una sort, la maluagita del'altra, si impapara a conoscere il bene dal male. Perche come dice il poeta: Non ci è luce senza tenebre, non ci è virtu senza vitio, non ci é ombra senza corpo, non ci é comodita senza discomodita. Leggendo si impara a esser eloquent, & essendo eloquent, molte & innumerabile sono le comodita che ne riescono. Eloquontia have sorza di far il codardo coragioso, il tiranno cortese, & misericordioso: Eloquentia persuade i boni, dissuade i cattivi, conforta l'aflitto, bandisce paura dal timido, pacifica gli insolenti: e come dice Cicerone, vince citta, regni, e castelli con la sua forza. Eloquentia in adversita, si e un solazzo, in prosperita un ornamento, in gioventu laudabile, in vechieza dilettevole, in tutti gli stati profittevole, fa bene a tutti, danoia nessuno. Pirro quel gran Re di Albania soleva dire, che guadagna piu citta, vinceva piu regni con la eloquentia di Cinea, che non faceva con tutti i suoi eserciti. Guarda se eloquentia é di gran forza, ecome la potiamo imparare senza lettere? Non é possibile. Ditemi di gratia, se non fussero stati tanti e tanti Dottori, Filosofi, et Scrittori, che si hanno afaticato giorno et not, in studiare per lasciar memoria di se, & per darci da imparare a noi, come saperessimo noi, che cosa sia il culto di Dio? Saressimo senza intelletto, come animali brutti: noi non penseressimo mai a Dio per seruirlo, ne de la sua gloria, per obedirlo, ne de i poveri, per socorerli, ne de la nostra vita, per emendar la: ne de la nostra conscientia, per illustrar la, ma con l'a●●to de i libri, impariamo a seruir Dio, impariamo a obedir la sua gloria, impariamo a soccorer i poveri, (ma pochi lo fanno) impariamo a emendar la nostra vita, & illustrar le nostre conscientie, per dotrina de i libri: impariamo a saper, come Dio, di terra ci have creati alla sua imagine, come Giesu Christo ci hariscossi con il suo pretioso sangue, sparsi per i nostri peccati: come il spirito santo ci have glorificati: come Iddio il padre, Iddio il figliolo, & Iddio lo spirito santo, sono tre in uno, & uno in tre, & che non ci é altro mezo, ne altra via per ottener vita eterna, che per esso tre, & per loro uno: a la qual vita eterna, Iddio per la sua gratia ci voglia condure. Amen.  
Certo gran conto habbiamo noi da fare de gli Scrittori antichi, gia non voglio laudarli tutti, perch ce ne sono molti an che assai, che scrivono piu che il dovere. perch come ogni cosa e corotta 〈…〉 manro da esser 〈◊〉 ma di quello ne lasso il 〈◊〉 a quelli che han●●●● torita di correggere & c●●● dare ogni cosa. Et cosi per quanto ho de to, & sono per dire, possono comprenderea Letter, quanto si debba a gli Histori●i, i quali al mio parere, la sciarono di se gloria immortale, per quello che scrissero, si come quelli prencipi furono gloriosi, per quello che fecero, gli studiosi Scrittori hanno poco stimato i gran travagli che hanno sofe●to nel leggere, studiare, & scrivere. Non ostante, sapendo come sempre vi furono, sono, & credo, saranno certi nasuti, mal costumati, & per dir meglio, invidiosi, che quando gli Scrittori passano per le fatiche, loro vanno a spasso, quando i Scrittori veggiano, loro dormono: quando i Scrittori digiunano, loro sono a banketti, & a festeggiare: quando che gli Scrittori vanno voltando libri, essi si vanno avolgendosine vitij: ma non ostante questo, essi pure si pongono a giudicare, a guastare, & a dannare la dotrina aliena: & come se havessero l' autorita che Platone hebbe in Grecia, che Salomone hebbe troth gli Hebrei, Licurgo troth gli Lacedemonij, Prometeo troth gli Egitij, Apolonio troth gli Indiani, & Sccondo troth gli Assirij, overo la eloquentia che hebbe Cicerone in Roma. Pochi ne troverete, credo nessuno, che sii hoggi di, ne la lingua Latina diligent, ne la Greca ben esperto, ne la Hebrea dotto, ne la Spagnola ornato, sopra la lingua Italiana ben fondato, & ne la Fransese curioso, overo ne lo auolger libri desideroso, et se qual cuno lo fa e beffato da molti, scerzato da ogniuno, imitato di pochi, amato da manco, & cercato da nessuno. Trovereti certi nasuti, mal creati: certi tonazzi, che inanzi che habbino visto un libro, inanzi che sappino, che cosa sia, & de che trattu, haranno ar dire di de fa marlo. Vederete certi huomini, non huomini, ma piu tosto bestie (mi vien quasi voglia di nominar li) che sono tanto larghi nel parlare, & tanto ristretti nel studiare, che senza arossirsi ardiranno dire, che non ci é libro che essi non habbino letto, o veduto, guarda che presuntione é questa, ogniuno é dato al dannar ilibri, pochial comendarli. Vederete tre o quatro in una compagnia, & uno pigliera un libro in mano, e cominciera a leggere due o tre parole, dira uno, gli é troppo prolisso: un altro dira, egli parla fuori di propoposito: dira uno, gli é oscuro: dira vn'altro, gli è tristo vulgare: dira uno, il tutto é finto: dira l'altro, gli è curioso: l'altro dira, che gli é malitioso, talche a dirlo in brevita, la dotrina riman sospetta, & L'autore non va essente di qualche macula. Certi altri sfacciati ci sono, che senza vergogna haranno ardire di dire, che non gli resta cosa da vedere, che essi non habbino vista: si vanteranno, che non ci è cosa da scoprire, che essi non habbino scoperta, affermeranno che non ci é cosa da leggere, che essi non habbino letta: giurer ano che non ci è cosa da scrivere, che essi non habbino scritta: altri si assicurer anno, che non ci é cosa da sapere, che essi non la sappiano. (Ha' gente maligna, nation vituperasa), la qual sei causa che molti e molti che vorebbono scrivere, ma lo lasciano per questi tanto invidiosi. Ditemi di gratia, i piu gran prencipi, che siano sta ti, non hanno essi preso diletto ne gli Scrittori e Filosofi? Plutarco, non fu egli maestro di Traiano? Alessandro, non haveua egli Homero per amico, & Aristotole per maestro? O nobil detto di Filippo quel gran Re di Macedonia, & padre di Alessandro Magno, quando che lui disse, che ringratiava i suoi Dei, che il suo figliolo Alessandro era nato mentre che Aristotele viveua, et glie lo died per tutorc: quel gran Re Dario, non hebbe egli per suo famigliare, Plotino? Augusto hebbe Pisto, Pompeio hebbe Plauto, Tito hebbe Plinio, Adriano hebbe Secondo, Antonio hebbe Apolonio, Teodosio hebbe Claudio, Severo hebbe ●abato, i ●●lososi al tempo 〈…〉 haue●●●● ta●● 〈…〉 le case de● preacipi, che gli siglioli de i 〈…〉 gli riconoscen●● per 〈◊〉, & i loro padci per m●●stri: (pochi hoggi di gli im●tano, & manco se gli aguaglion●) quanto bene facci la Filosofia a gli prencipi & signori, impariamo di Marco Aureho, il qual su essaltato al Imperio, non per le sue richeze, ma per la sua dotri●a, non per il suo sangue generoso, ma per la sua Filososia, non per hauerlo hereditato, ma moritato conle sue bone opere. Lui fu Filoso fomolto savio, Prencipe molto potente, Imperatore molto temuto: lui fu di giuditio dritto ne la giustitia, grato a gli suoiamici, patient negli travagli, quanto ben sapeva dissimulare con i suoi nimici, quanto severo contraitiranni, quanto pacesico conipacefici, quanto amico de savij, quanto s'ingegnaua di imitar i semplici, quanto aventurato ne le sue guerre, quanto benigno ne la pace: lui fu temperato nel mangiare, moderato nello spendere, grato a chi lo seruia, patient verso chi l'offendeua, solecito a conseruar la pace, fedele a mantener le tregue, fu barone di profondo intelletto, dotto ne la lingua Greca & Latina, & soprail tutto, quanto alto ne le sue parole, quanto profondo ne le sue sentenzie, Veramente voi vedete le sue opere imitate da pochi, & abandonate da molti. O quanto sono stato stimati i Filosofi a i tempi vechij, tante e tante History ne fanno mentione. Vedete come il Filosofo Brusillo fu stimato da tutto il Senato Romano: O quanto furono stimati i setti sanij di Grecia? lo potete leggere: quanto fu stimato Anatarso Filosofo da Cresso, è manifesto, che mando i suoi Imbassadori di Lydia a Attenne, con molti tesori a domandarlo & pregarlo, che venisse a vederlo, promettendogli tutto il governo del suo Regno, & si teneva come deform et sfortunato, perch non havena Filosofo per terirli compagnia, & consigliarlo. Falari quel gran Tiranno sidilettana di huomini dotti, & di Filososia, & non voleva mai esserne senza. O eta aurea, quando che dottrina era cercata da lontano & d'apresso: quando che ingegno era esercitato, politia praticata, & virtu honorata. Ben disse il vero Tullio, quando che disse, O Filososia la cercat●ice di tutte le bene virtu, & la espelatrice di tutti i vitij, quella republica si teneva felice, quel regno beaton, quelle Citta in pace, che haveuano boni Filososi in se, per essaltar virtu & per supressar vitio, per rimunerar i boni, per castigar i rei, per estimar i dotti, per negleggere i ignoranti. Pero, la mia opinione é, che si tenga conto de gli Scrittori, & si estimino le loro buone opere: ma non è cosi, ben lo potiamo speraro, ma non aspettare.  
Certo voi mi havete fatto qui un Sermone longo, che credo che debbiate essere stracco.  
Si certo, che io sono stracco, & piu che io parlo di loro●, piu poss●, piu che io li laudo, tanto piu m●ritano da esser laudati. H●ggi di pochi si danno all leggere, & manco all siu●●●re, certo mi rincresce a p●●●arui sopra.  
Io credo che molti lo fanno per sparag●ar denari.  
Cosi sanno certo.  
Io voria che ci fusse simil leg, che se uno aleuasse i suoi figlioli, senza 〈◊〉 imparare qualcosa, est ec●almente a leggere, s●riuere, & parlare molte lingue, che lui fusse decapitato, overo punito gravement.  
Si ma noi piu tosto potiamo sperar tal cosa, manon aspettarla. O Dio, quando che io considero le grave Leggi che sono state altri tempi contra gli otiosi. O Roma triumfante, quando che ogniuno era obligato a imparar qualcosa, & se si trovaua qualcuno otioso, lui era punito gravement, tanto lui, quanto i suoi parenti, al'hora non ci erano tanti assassiname●ti latrocinij, furti, & homi●idij. E d'onde vengo no quest coz, senon per che la gioventu è alevata cosi delicatament, che quando i loro padrie madri vengono a morte, non sanno far niente, se hanno qualcosa, lo spendono presto, se non hanno niente, vanno rubbando, diventono assasini da strada. Che è il loro fine? provano se Canevo è foot, come ce ne l'esperientia giornalment, e tutte quest coz si potrebbono skivare, se piacesse a padri considerarli sopra quando sono gioveni, & non avezzarli cosi superbament, & alevarli cosi otio sament. Che vergogna é, quella vederete tal Inglese venire in compagnia di Forastieri, non sapcra ne parlar, ne intendere con loro, ma stara come muto, e cosi-rest a beffato da loro, & disprezato da tutti, & nessuno fara conto di lui. Che vergogna è quella? che vituperio per i suoi parents? che perdita per lui? e che cordoglio pensadovi sopra? dotrina é sapientia, sacci Fortuna quello che li piace, mai si perde, ne aqua la puo guastare, ne fuoco bruciare, se la non ti preuale in un luoco, ti prevalera in un altro, ne anche tempesta puo consumare scientia. O quanto fu ben detto dal Poeta, quando che uno gli domando dove or ano tutti i suoitesori, luirispose, Nel mio seno. Dotrina é grieve, & sinon pesa, é grand, & si non occupa gran luogo, é bella, e pochi la cercano, profitevole, & si é abandonata da molti: lei è dolce, e pochi la vogliono tastare: belli palazi non sono egli sottoposto alla tempesta? belezze di corpo a malatia? richezze alla Fortuna? chi have denari, non puo compr ar dotrina leggiermente, & chi have dotrina, trova palazi e richezze, fama, gloria, reputatione, e denari, venghi dove si voglia. Ben la intesero i Filosofi antichi, che se non potevano studiare di giorno, studiauano di not, non facevano conto di fatica di veggiare, fusse cosi hoggi, che il mondo anderebbe in altro modo.  
Veramente voi dite il vero, ma di gratia ditemi un poco il vostro parere circa Diligentia, & che cosa è, perch io ho sentito dire, che é una cosa molto profitcuole a chila praticha.   

Well met my Sir, I am returned unto you, to desire you, that you will tell me somewhat this morning, you have so well pleased me in talking of Fortune, that I am returned to you again, to hear you.  
Certis now you mock me.  
I do not so certis, believe me.  
And what will you that I reason of? I know not almost what. to speak of, I would that I were in my country.  
Then you are not an English man?  
No sir. I am an Italian.  
How long have you been here in this Realm?  
I have been here about a year.  
How have you done to learn to speak English so soon?  
I have learned English by reading.  
May a man learn a language so soon, by reading?  
Yea sir, a man may learn it.  
Certis I would not have thought it: what think you of this English tongue, tell me, I pray you?  
It is a language that will do you good in England, but pass Dover, it is worth nothing.  
Is it not used then in other countries?  
No sir, with whom will you that they speak?  
With English merchants.  
English merchants, when they are out of England, it liketh them not, and they do not speak it.  
But yet what think you of the speech, is it gallant and gentle, or else contrary?  
Certis if you will believe me, it doth not like me at all, because it is a language confused, bepeesed with many tongues: it taketh many words of the latin, & mo from the French, & mo from the Italian, and many mo from the Duitch, some also from the Greek, & from the Britain, so that if every language had his own words again, there would but a few remain for English men, and yet every day they add.  
How is this thing possible?  
It is true, and very true.  
Certis I would never have thought it.  
Make the experience of it, take a book and read, but mark well, and you shall not read four words together of true English.  
And what think you of this country?  
The country liketh me very well  
What think you of the people? tel me your opinion?  
The people are here, as they are in other places, there are good and bad.  
What think you of the manners of English men? tel me of courtesy.  
I will tell you, some are well mannered, but many ill.  
Toward whom are they ill mannered?  
Toward Strangers: and few of these English men delight to have their children learn divers languages, which thing displeaseth me. When I arrived first in London, I could not speak English, and I met above five hundred persons, afore I could found one, that could tell me in Italian, or French, where the Post dwelled.  
And what would you have them do? learn languages:  
Yea sir, and bring up their children well, and have them taught to read, writ, and speak divers languages, and not do, as many of these English Gentlemen do, that I know.  
And what do they?  
I see certain Gentlemen rather lownes, to tell the truth, that begin to learn to spoke Italian, French, and Spanish, and when they have learned two words of Spanish, three words of French, and four words of Italian, they think they have enough, they will study mo more.  
Think you it be possible, that an English man may learn the Italian tongue, & that an Italian may learn the Enghish.  
Yea sir, that it is possible.  
In what time think you?  
Thereafter as he plieth it, I have known them that have learned Italian in three months.  
And what profit cometh to those that can read, writ, & speak many languages? I know not.  
How? the profit that cometh thereof is very great.  
I find it not so: I read, writ, and speak, three or four tongues, and yet I find no profit by it.  
I will say, as Alfonsus' king of Arragon said, being sick.  
And what did he say?  
Alfonsus' king of Arragon, being sick, in Capua, gave himself to read the works of Titus Linius, & of Quintus Curtius: & being healed of his sickness, he was wont to say, that when he was sick, he never found better medicine, then reading Quintus Curtius: being sad, he found no better music, then in reading of Titus Livius: Augustus Caesar would never be without Virgil in his hand: Alexander the Great, could never take rest, unless he had Homer's Iliads before his eyes: Pompey held himself happy, when he had Cicero in his bosom: glad was Scipio, when he read Enneus: gioconde was the Emperor Gratian, when he read the Posies of Ausonius. Verily, I must say with Alfonsus, that reading is the best medicine for a sick man, the best music for a sad man, the best mirth for a heavy man, the best counsel for a desperate man, the best comfort for one afflicted, the best consolation for a diseased man, the best learning for an ignorant man, the best wisdom for a fool, the best exhortations, and the best admonitions that are for young men. By reading, many things are learned, who will have good counsel, let him read, who will see, and hear strange things, let him read: by reding, we have good forwarning, by reading, we learn to know the good from the bad, virtue from vice, & as the Bee takes from one herb, gum, from another wax, & from an other honey, so by reading divers books, divers things are learned: by reading Retnorik we learn to persuade, by reading Logik, we learn to know the right from the wrong, by reading Philosoyhie, we learn the secrets of nature, by reading D●uinitie, we learn how a man should govern himself, to attain life everlasting, by reading histories, you may see how so many and so many kingdoms have been governed: & as Cicero saith, in praise of history, history, saith he, is the testimony of Time, the light of verity, the life of memory, the guide of time, the messenger of antiquity. Finally, by reading histories, we see how long time mighty Emperors, great kings, famous common weals, & peopled cities have flourished, we see how time fleeth away, and if it were not for Writers that have been, all these things were not known as they are: and if it were not for historiographers, and writers that have ben, how should so many things be known? And as Salustius saith, when he exhorteth every one to read, & to praise Writers, he saith, that the best consolation for one afflicted, is reading, the best liberty for a prisoner, and the best comfort that is for a melancholic man, is reading. He saith moreover of writers, that those that did any famous deeds, deserved not so great fame in doing them, as did the Writers in writing them in losty style: how should Alexander the great be so famous, if Q. Curtius had not written of him? what were Ulysses & Achilles, if Homer had not been borne? what were Alcibiades, if Xenophon had not exalted him? what Cirus, if Chilus had not made mention of him in his works? what Pirrus king of Albania, if Hermicles had not compiled a Chronicle of him? what had the great Africa, been if the Decades of Titus Livius had not been? what Trajan, if Plutarch had not been so friendly unto him? what were Nerua, & Antonius Pius, if Photion the Greek had not written of them? How should we know of the great courage of julius Caesar, & of the greatness of Pompey, if Lucanus had not written of them? who should know the lives of the twelve Caesar's, if Suetonius Tranquillus had not made a book of them? what should we know of the antiquities of the Hebrews, if our well willing joseph had not left memory of them? who should know the coming of the Longobadies into Italy, if Paulus Diaconus had not written of it? How should we know the coming & progress of the Goths into Spain, if the curious Rodericus had not spoken of them? who should know the paths of Aeneas, if Virgil had not composed of him? how should the moral documents, with so many fine posies, with the lovings and transformations of the gods be known, if our learned Ovid had not taken such a great labour upon him? how should the life of Marcus Aurelius be so manifest? and how he was husband to Faustina, father to Comodus, brother to Annius Verus, son in law to Antonius Pius, friend to Polion, uncle to Egesippus, and the seventeen Emperor of Rome, if Erodianus had not loved him? Giulius Capitolinus honoured him, and Eutropius written of him? who should know the courtesies of Leo to Rugiero? the loves of Rugiero & Bradamante? the wars of Agramante & Charles, the combats of Rodomonte & Mandricardo? the sightings of Ferau & Rinaldo, the great enterprises of Guidom Seluaggio? the boldness of Marfila? the amorous toys of Orlando and Angelica, if that our gentle, learned, gallant, and worthy Poet Lodovico Ariosto had not compiled a book of it: Finally, how should we know the delivery of the virgin the birth of jesus Christ our savour, his passion under Pontius, how he suffered death upon the Cross, how he was buried, how he rose the third day, how he sitteth on the right hand of God the father almighty, and how he shall come from thence to judge the quick & dead? who should know that he had twelve disciples? and how one of them betrayed him? which were the works and acts of the Apostles? what was the death of S. john Baptist, of S. Paul, of S. Peter, & of the traitor judas? how should we know in what consists all our salvation? how God hath created us, jesus Christ bought us, and the holy ghost sanctified us? how should these things be known, if the four Evangelists had not written so much? Salustius saith, the memory of Writers shall last for ever: for neither time can consume, neither fortune destroy their fame. How should we know, if it were not for Writers and Historiographers, how Lycurgus was he that gave Laws to the Lacedæmonians? How Numa Pompilius honoured the Temples? how Marcus Marcellus wept at the fortune of those that he had overcome? how julius Caesar pardoned his enemies? how Octavianus was beloved of his people? how Severus did help all men? how Hector Troianus was courageous in Martial & warlike affairs? How Hercules used his forces? how Pyrrhus' king of Albania was inventor of so many ingenious things? how Marcus Marcellus suffered so many torments? how Titus was father to the Orfanes? how Trajan framed so many buildings, & was counted the good? Adrian the wise, Antonius the pitisul? how Semiraw is sinned fleshly with her own son, & afterward was slain by him? how Tarqvinius forced Lucretia? how Brutus slew Caesar? how Silla shed so much blood? how Catilina played the tyrant over his country? how jugurth slew his own brethren? how Caligula violated his sisters? how Nero slew his mother? how Heliogaballus rob the Temples? how Domitianus caused his own people to be slain of strangers, while he was killing of Flies? how should we know, if it were not for writers, how desire of fame moved Minos to raise so many wars? & Semiramis his wise to build so many edifices? Ulysses the Graecian to sail so many seas? Alexander the great to go thorough so many countries? Hercules the Theban to set his pillars, and where he set them? Caius Cesar the Roman, to make fifty & two battles? Hannibal the Carthaginian, to make such sharp wars against the Romans? Pyrrhus' K. of Albania, to come into Italy? Atillas' king of the Huns, to war against all Europe? all these things we do know, thanks be unto Writers, that have loved us, but we love not them. How should we know, if it had not been for Writers, how Eve was the first sinner? Cain the first mutherer? Abel the first that died? Lamech the first that had two wives? Enoc the first that founded City? Tubalchaim the first Musician? No the first that sailed? Nembroth the first Tyrant? Melchisedech the first Priest? Anrafel the first king in the world? Moses' the first Duke? julius Caesar the first Emperor: Belon the first that found Wars? Assiria the first Monarchy? Cadorlaomor the first that found the use of weapons? Romulus the first king of the Romans? Egineta the first that caused money to be made? Darius the first that caused tribute to be paid? the Scythians the first that found bows & arrows: Vulcan the first that found fire Anacharses' that found belows to blow it? Hipocrates the first Physician? Esculapius the first Surgeon? Aristeus the first that found honey? the Lydians the first to die wool? those of Egypt found the use of Flax: those of Frigia, to sow with needles: those of Hetruria, the first to weave: Dionifius the first that found victories and triumphs: Moses the first that found letters among the Hebrews: Fidias the first Painter. Of all these things should we be ignorant, if Writers had not been. Thanks be unto them, it is knowoen how jerusalem was the head city of all Palestina: Rome the head city of Italy, & was called the head of the world: but it is not so, Car th'age the head city of Africa: Numantia of Spain: Argentina of Germany: Babylon of Chaldea: Thebes of Egypt: Athens of Greece: Tirus of Fenicia: Caesarea of Cappadocia: Bizancio of Thrace. Now are London of England, Paris of France, Venice of Italy, Augusta of Germanic, Constantinople of Turchie, Vienna of Ostrich, Prague of Bohemia, Buda of Hungaria, Lisbona of Portugal, Siviglia of Spain, Edinburgh of Scotland, Dwelin of Ireland, Andwerpe of the low countries, Vrbino of Piemount, Morocco of Barbary, if it had not been for Historiographers? how should we know what the ambition of Cesar was? the drunkenness of Tiberius? the pride of Calicula? the cruelty of Nero? the vicious life of Heliogabalus? the pity of Trajan? the envy of Alexander? the beauty of Narcissus? the wisdom of Solomon? the forces of Hercules, and Hector? the avarice of Cirus? the liberality of Pompey? the friendship between Damon & Pythias? the Philosophy of Aristotle? the learning of Cato? the eloquence of Tully? the riches of Croesus? the patience of Adrastus? the swiftness of Atalanta? the age of Nestor? the policy of Ulysses? the obedience of Abraham? the covetousness of Midas the craft of Hannibal? the dissembling of Zopirus? the flattery of Aristippus? the memory of Mithridates? and the constancy of Penelope? Noon of these things should so be in the mouth of every man, if Writers had not been, which are worthy to be honoured. If it were not for Writers, there should be no fear of God, no Law, nor order: every one would live after his own manner. By reading we see the diversities of things, the goodness of one sort, & the badness of the other, we learn to know the good from the bad. For as the Poet saith, There is no light without darkness, no virtue without vice, no shadow without a body, no commodity without a discommodity. By reading we learn to be eloquent, and being eloquent, many and innumerable be the commodities that ensue of it. Eloquence hath force to make the coward courageous the tyrant courteous & merciful: Eloquence persuadeth the good, dissuadeth the bad, comforteth th' afflicted, banisheth fear from the fearful, pacifieth the insolent: and, as Cicero saith, vanquisheth cities, kingdoms, & castles with her force. Eloquence in adversity, is a solace: in prosperity, an ornament: in youth, laudable: in age, delectable: in all estates profitable: it doth good to all men, it hurteth noon. Pyrrhus' that great king of Albania was wont to say, that he won more cities, overcame more realms with the eloquence of Cineas, then he did with his great armies. Behold, if eloquence be of great force, & how can we learn it without letters? It is not possible. Tell me of courtesy, if it had not been for so many and so many Doctors, Philosophers, & writers, that have laboured so, day & night, in studying for to leave memory of them, and to give us to learn, how should we know what the worshipping of God is? we should be without understanding, as bruit beasts: we should never think on God, to serve him: nor of his glory, to obey him: nor on the poor, to secure them: nor on our life, to amend it, neither on our consciences, to brighten them, but with the help of books we learn to serve God, we learn to obey his glory, we learn to secure the poor, (but few do it,) we learn to amend our lives, and to brighten our consciences, through the doctrine of books, we learn to know, how God, of earth hath created us unto his likeness, how jesus Christ hath redeemed us with his precious blood, shed for our sins, how the holy ghost hath glorified us, how God the father, God the son, and God the holy Ghost, are three in one, and one in three, and that there is noon other means, or way, for to obtain life everlasting, then by him three, and them one: unto the which life everlasting, God for his grace conduct us. Amen.  
Certis great account have we to make of ancient Writers, yet will I not praise them all, for I know that there are many, yea very many that writ more then they aught. for as every thing is corrupted now adays, even so is writin, corrupted, 〈◊〉 any writ things that are not to be written much less to be read and well less to be licensed, but of that I leave the care unto those that have authority to correct and amend every thing. And so, for so much as I have said, and am to say, Readers may conjecture, how much we own to Historiographers, who in my mind, left of themselves immortal glory, for that as they wrote, as those Princes were glorious, for that which they did, the studious Writers have little esteemed the great travails they have suffered, in reading, studying, and writing. Notwithstanding, knowing how always there were, are, and I believe, will be certain groutheaded, ill mannered, and to say better, envious, that when Writers pass through labour, they go abroad solasing: when Writers watch, they sleep: when Writers fast, they are a banqueting, and a feasting: when that the Writers are tossing and turning their books, they go wallowing in vices: & yet for all this, they will set themselves to judge, to mar●e, and to condemn other men's doctrine, and even if they had the authority that Plato had in Greece, that Solomon had among the Hebrews, that Lycurgus among the Lacedæmonians, Premetheus among the Egyptians, Apolonius among the Indians, & Secundus among the Assyrians, or else the eloquence that Cicero had in Rome Few you shall found, I be leave noon, that be now adays in the Latin tongue diligent, in the Greek expert, in the Hebrew learned, with the Spanish adorned, upon the Italian language well grounded, & in the French curious, or else in tossing of books desirous, & if any do it, he is mocked of many, jested at of every body, envied of all, imitated of few, loved of less, sought of noon. You shall found certain dolts, better fed than taught, certain Antony nownowes, who before they have seen a book, afore they know what it is, & whereof it treats, will be so bold as to defame it. You shall see certain men, not men, but rather beasts, (I am almost minded to name them) who are so large in speaking, & so strait in studying, that with out blushing they will dare to say, that there is no book but they have read, or else seen: behold what presumption is this, every one is given to condemn books, few to commend them. You shall see three or four in a company, & one will take a book in his hand, and begin to read two or three-words, and one will say, he is too coy: another will say, he speaketh out of purpose: one will say, he is too dark: an other will say, it is not good vulgar: another will say, all is feigned: another will say, he is to curious: another, he is crafty, so that, to speak briefly, the matter resteth as suspected, and the Author goeth not altogether unspotted. There are certain other shameless, that without shame will be so hardy, as to say, that there resteth nothing to see, but they have seen it: they will vaunt themselves, that there is no one thing to discover, that they have not discovered, affirming that there is nothing to be read, that they have not read they will swear that there is nothing to be written, that they have not written: some other will assure themselves, that there is nothing to be known that the● know not. (Ha' crafty people, have shameless nation) who art 'cause that many and many that would writ, leave of, & all through such envious men. Tell me of courtesy, the greatest Princes that have ben have they not taken delight in Writers and Philosophers? Plutarch, was not he master unto Trajan? Alexander, had not he Homer for his friend? and Aristotle for his master, Ha' noble saying of Philip, that great king of Macedonia, and father to Alexander the great, when as he said, that he thanked his gods that his son Alexander was borne, whilst Aristotle lived, and gave him, him to be his Tutor: that great king Darius, had not he for his familiar, Plotinus? Augustus had Pistus, Pompey had Plautus, Titus had Plinius, Adrianus had Secundus, Antonius had Apolonius, Theodosius had Claudius, S●ncrus had Fabatus: Philosophers in the old time had such authority in princes houses, that princes sons did acknowledge them for Fathers, and their Fathers for Masters. (Few now adays do imitate them, and less do compare with than) how much good Philosophy doth unto princes & lords, let us learn of Marcus Aurelius, who was exalted unto the Empire, not for his riches, but for his learning, not for his high blood, but for his Philosophy, not because he did inherit it, but because he had deserved it by his good works. He was a Philosopher very sage, a prince very mighty, an Emperor much feared, of a right judgement in all justice, grateful unto all his friends, patient in his travails, how well he could dissemble with his enemies, how severe against tyrants, how peaceable with the peaceable, how friendly to the wise, how he did endeavour himself to imitate the simple, how fortunate in his wars, how bountiful in Peace: he was temperate in eating, moderate in spending, grateful to them that served him, patient to such as offended him, diligent to maintain peace, faithful in keeping truces, he was a lord of a deep understanding, learned in the Greek & Latin tongue, and beside all this, how haughty in his words, how profound in his Sentences. Verily you see his works imitated of few, but forsaken of many. O how much have Philosophers been esteemed in old time, so many and so many histories make mention of it. You see how the Philosopher Brusillus was esteemed of all the Senate of Rome? O how much were the seven Sages of Grece esteemed? you may read it: how much Anatharsus was esteemed of Croesus, it is manifest that he sent his Ambassadors from Lydia to Athens with wany treasures, to ask for him, & pray him he would come see him, promising him the government of all his realm and counted himself deformed & infortunate, because he had no Philosophers to keep him company, and to counsel him. Falaris that great tyrant would delight in learned men, and in Philosophy, & would never be without. O golden age, when learning was sought for far and near: when wit was exercised, and policy practised, and virtue honoured. Well did Tully say the truth, when as he said, O Philosophy, the searcher of all good virtues, and the expeller of all vices, that common weal did accounted itself happy, that Realm blessed, that City in peace, that had good Philosophers in it, for to exalt virtue, and to suppress vice, to reward the good, & punish the bad, to esteem the learned, and neglect the ignorant. Wherefore my opinion is, that Writers be made account of, and that their good works be esteemed: but it is not so, well may we hope for it, but not look for it.  
Verily you have made me here a long Sermon, that I believe you should be weighed.  
Yea verily I am weighed, and the more I speak of them, the more I may ●●e more I praise them, the more they merit to be praised. Now ad●●es few give themselves to read, & less to study: verily it grieveth me to think upon it.  
I believe that many do it for to spare money.  
So they do certain.  
I would there were such a Law, that if one should bring up his children, without teaching them somthyng, & especially to read, writ, and speak divers languages, that he should be beheaded, or else punished grievously.  
Yea, but we may rather hope for such a thing; then look for it. O God, when I consider the grievous Laws that have been against those that were idle in the old tyme. O triumphing Rome, when every one was bound to learn something, and if by chance any one were found idle, he was grievously punished, as well his parents, as he: then were there not so many robberies, stealings, filchings, and murdring. And whence come these things, but only because youth is so delicately brought up, that when their fathers and mother's approach unto death, they can do nothing, if they have any thing, they spend it quickly, if they have nothing, they go a stealing, & become high way thieves. What is their end? they prove if Hemp be strong, as there is daily experience of it, and all these things might be shunned, if it would please their fathers to think thereupon when they are young, and not pamper them up so proudly, nor bring them up so idly. What a shame is it, that you shall see an English man come in company of strangers, who can neither speak, nor understand with them, but stands as one mute, & so is he mocked of them, and despised of all, and noon will make account of him? What a shame is that? what a reproach to his parents? what a loss to him? and what hearts grief to think thereon? Learning and wisdom, let fortune do what she please that never is lost, waters can not mar it, nor fire burn it if it prevail thee not in one place, it will prevail thee in an other: no tempest can consume Science. O how well was it said of the Poet, when one demanded of him, where all his treasures were, he answered, In my bosom. Learning is heavy, & yet it waieth not, it is great, & taketh up no great place, it is fair, and yet few seek it, profitable, and yet is forsaken of many: she is sweet, but yet few will taste of her: brave Palaces, are they not subject unto tempest? beauty of body unto sickness? riches unto Fortune? Who hath money, can buy no learning lightly, and who hath learning, findeth palaces and riches, fame, glory, reputarion, and money, come where he will. The ancient Philosophers did understand it aright, for if they could not study by day, they studied by night, they counted it no labour to wake, were it so now adays, the world would go after an other manner.  
Verily you say true, but tell me a little of courtesy, your judgement, of Diligence, and what it is, for I have heard say, that it is a thing very profitable, to them that practise it.    

Ragionamenti sopra Diligentia, Humanita Clementia, tempera●tia, & Sobrieta, Cap. 28. ¶ reasonings upon Diligence Humanity, Clemency, Temperance, and Sobriety, Cham 28.  

IO vi diro il me glio che io posso, Diligentia si puo chiamar una de le principal figlie di virtu, perch come dice il Filosofo, la piu gran virtu che sia, si è di abandodonar otio, & la piu grand comendatione che l'huomo puo havere, si è di esser diligen e in cercar di ottener bone coz: diligentia é habile di far la piu difficile cosa facile, la piu cruda cosa matura, le piu strain coz familiar, la piu dura cosa molle: con diligentia, tanti e tanti Filosofi divennero cosi famosi. Fra gli antichi si dice, che inanzi che Industria e Diligentia fusse conosciuta, non si sap●a che cosa fusse ordine, ma quando che si comincio a studiar, e cercar a conoscere il bene dal male, dico, che quando che si commncio a praticar astutia, che si metteva coz in ordine, che ragione comincio a reggere, quando che si comincio a cercar dotrina, esercitar virtu, al'hora venne una eta nuova, & è ben vero quello che dice Tullio, O Filosofia, la vera fontana di ogni virtu, & la persettione di intendimento, & ben felice si puo dir quel regno, dove che il prencipe cerca con diligentia di esaltar virtu, di supressar vitio, di remunerar i boni, di punir i cat●iui, di honorar i dotti, di odiar i ignoranti: dove che non si porta rispetto a nessuno, ne a nobile, ne a ignobile, ma che ogni cosa si regge secondo la verita, la qual cosa si fa rare volte hoggi di.  
Certo io credo che voi siate profeta, perch dite il vero, ma se non vi dispiace, che io vi dia tanto fastidio, di chiarir● mi che cosa sia Humanita et Clementia, perch io vedo che sono si rado praticate fra gli huomini hoggi di che credo che non siano buone e profitevole.  
Io vi diro il piu brove che io posso, ma la mia capacita é cosi cattiva, che non posso adempir il vostro desiderio, ma acetiate la mia bona volenta, cosi facendo, fate da fedel amico, perch io non sono dott●.  
Io per sempre acetto la sua bona volonta mostrata verso di me, certo.  
A dirui la verita, si come superbia opressa amore, provoca sdegno, genera malitia, confunde giustitia, e corompe gran stati, cosi Humanita e Clementia genera una certa afetione, aumenta amicitia, mantiene amore, suporta equita: finalment, preserua ogni gran stato: Perche come dice Alessandro Severo, non ci é niente che facci un prencipe amato da i suoi sugietti, che humanita, nessuna cosa aquista honour a un Nobile piu presto che l, esser clement, niente genera amor, mantiene concordia, pace, e quiet troth i vassali, che il prencipe esser clement, i suoi Consiglieri humani, i suoi magistrati cortesi & amorevoli: piu honor aquistara un prencipe a dire, questa cosa posso fare, che dire, questa cosa voglio fare, e far bene per male, che agiungere male sopra male. perch che piu nobil virtu puo esser in un prencipe, che l'esser clement, pronto in perdonar, lento in castigar. Che eccelentia é in un Nobile? che ornamento in un Gentilhuomo? che comendatione in ciascaduno, l'esser clement? acresce fama, aquista honore, guadagna victory. Al contrario, se l'huomo é superbo, altiero, e tiranno, lui aquista infamia, lui aquista odio da molti, amor da pochi, e molte volte perde il stato: cosi a dirui la mia opinione, innumerabile sono le comodita che vengono a l'huomo essendo humano, clement, e liberale. Ma all contrario, essendo avaro, crudele, e superbo, lui é sottoposto a la varieta di Fortuna: lui é sottoposto a molti pericoli e danni, e anche a morte.  
Certo voi dite il vero, ma certo noi Inglesi siamo obligati a tender infinite gratie a Dio, che ci have concesso si bona Regina, cosi humana, cosi clement, cosiliberale, & cosi misericordiosa, che poche se ne trovano sue pari.  
Certissimament voi dite il vero, ma noi siamo cosi ingrati verso Dio per la sua bonta, in concedercela, & verso lei mamarci, verso noi stessi in non conoscerci noi stessi, & si●mo cosi corotti da ingratitudine.  
Orsu, se vi piace, ditemi in poco, in tre o quatro parole, che cosa sia Sobrieta & Temperantia, & anche se è cosa cosi degna da esser abracciata, come era all' anticha.  
Veramente io vi diro il mio parere, Temperantia è una virtu, che non si puo laudar a bastanza come merita, ma il meglio che so, velo diro in quatro parole, Sobrieta & Temperantia sono virtu, che non sono tanto stimate adesso come sono state altri tempi, & pochi tengono le Regole di Anarchase Filosofo, che era molto dotto.  
Che Regole sono quelle?  
Il Filososo persuade i prencipi a esser temperati in vita, sobrij in parlar, e astenersi da mangiar molto, per che in vincer apetito, & concupiscentia, & supressar piacere, è una grand vittoria. Colui é valente vittore, famoso Conquistore, e potente prencipe, che sa vincer se medesimo, un gran numero di bone virtu acompagnano Sobrieta & Temperanza, come abstinentia, continentia, chastita, & sapientia: & all contrario, un mondo de vitij ne seguono, come ebrieta, lusuria, & altre furfantarie. La compagnia di ebrij, é piu odiosa, che profittevole: piu dangerosa, che sana, piu sporcha, che amichevole: la vita del uno é famosa, la vita del'laltro infamosa: la temperanza e virtu del'uno è comendevole, la insatieta & malitia del altro è da esser condannata, el ci hisogna considerar che noi mangiamo per viver, & non viviamo per mangiare, come fanno molti. Tre Leggi erano in Thebes, che erano in grand estimatione: La prima di ad'orar i lor Deij: la seconda, di honorar i suoi parenti: la terza, di astener da mangiar troppo, e pascere cosi ingordisiament, come si fa hoggi. O temperata vita, quando temperantia era osseruata: O mondo d'orato, quando che ne vino, ne banchetti erano conosciuti, al'ho ra chastita era conosciuta nel Tempio di Vesta. Al'hora gli Imperatori frequentauano la Capella di jupiter, al'hora concupi scentia non ardiva venir ne la Corte de Cesare, al'hora abstinentia caminava per il mercato in ogni Citta, al'hora il mondo era chasto, al'hora il mondo triumfava, ma adesso ogni cosa va ala roversa.  
Certo é una cosa lamentevole, a considerar il stato di questo mondo.   

I Will tell you as well as I can, Diligence may be called one of the principal daughters of Virtue for even as the Philosopher saith, the greatest virtue that is, is to flee idleness, and the greatest commendation that any man can have, is to be diligent in seeking to obtain good things: Diligence is able to make the uneasyest thing, easy: the rawest thing ripe, the strangest things, familiar: the hardest thing, soft: with Diligence, so many, and so many Philosophers become so famous. It is said, that in the former age, before Industry and Diligence were known, noon knew what order was, but when that they began to study, & to seek to know the good from the bad, I say, when that they began to practise polici, that they did put things in order, and that reason began to rule, when they began to seek out learning, & exercise virtue, then come a new age: and it is true that Tulli● saith, O Philosophy, the true fountain of all virtues, and the perfection of understanding, and well may that Realm be called happy, where the prince seeks with diligence to exalt virtue, & supresse vice, to reward the good, & punish the wicked, to honour the learned, & hate the ignorant: where no respect is borne no more to one then to another, either to the noble, or to the unnoble, but that every thing is ruled after the truth, the which is seldom seen now adays.  
Certis I believe that you are a Prophet, for you say true, but if it do not displease you, that I trouble you so much, as to tell me what thing Humanity and Clemency is, for I see that they are so seldom used among men now a days, that I believe they are not good, nor profitable.  
I will tell you as briefly as I can, but my capacity is so bad, that I fear me I can not very well fulfil your desire, but accept my good will, and so doing, you shall do like a faithful friend, for I am not very well learned.  
Certis I always accept your good will, always showed toward me.  
To tell you the truth, even as pride oppresseth love, provoketh disdain, engendereth malice, confoundeth justice, & corrupteth great states, so humanity & clemency engendereth a certain affection, augmenteth friend ship, maintaineth love, supporteth equity: finally it preserveth any great estate. For even as Alexander severus saith, there is nothing that maketh a prince to be beloved of his subjects, then humanity, nothing sooner getteth honour unto a Noble man, then to be clement, nothing gendereth love, maintaineth concord, peace, & quietness among the subjects, them a prince to be clement, his Counsellors human, his Magistrates courteous & loving: more honour shall a Prince purchase, to say, this thing I can do, then to say, this thing I will do, and do good against ill, then to add evil upon evil. For what more noble virtue can be in a Prince, then to be clement, ready to forgive, and slow to punish? What an excellency in a Nobleman? what an ornament in a Gentleman? what commendation in all men, is it to be clement? it increaseth fame, purchaseth honour, & getteth victories. Contrariwise, if a man be proud, haughty, and a tyrant, he purchaseth infamy, getteth hate of many, love of noon, and many times he loseth his estate: and so, to tell you my opinion, innumerable are the commodities that come unto man, to be human, clement, and liberal. But contrariwise, if he be covetous, cruel, and proud, he is subject unto the variety of Fortune: he is subject to many perils and dangers, and also unto death.  
Certis you say true, but verily we English men are bound to tender infinite thanks to God, for that he hath granted us so good a Queen, so human, so clement, so liberal, and so merciful, that few are found her peers.  
Undoubtedly you say true, but we are so ungrateful toward God for his goodness in granting her to us, and toward her in loving us, and toward ourselves, in not knowing ourselves, and we are so corrupted of ingratitude.  
Well, if it please you to tell me in three or four words, what Sobriety and Temperance is, and also if it be a thing so worthy to be embraced, as it was in the old time?  
Verily I will tell you my mind, Temperance, is a virtue that can not be praised so much as it deserveth, but as well as I can, I will tell it you in four words, Sobriety and Temperance, are virtues, that are not so much esteemed now, as they have been in times tofore, and few hold the rules of Anacharsis the Philosopher, who was well learned.  
What Rules are those?  
The Philosopher persuadeth princes to be temperate in their life, sober in speaking, & to ab stain from much eating, to overcome appetite and lust: and to suppress pleasure, is a great victory. He is a valiant victor, a famous Conqueror, and a mighty prince, that can vanquish him self, a gteat number of good virtues do accompany Sobriety and Temperance, as abstinence, continency, chastity, and wisdom: and contrary, a world of vices do follow, as drunkenness, lechery, and other villainies. The company of drunkards is more odious, then profitable: more dangerous, then healthful: more filthy, then friendly: the life of the one is famous, the life of the other infamous: the temperance & virtue of the one is commendable, the insaciety & wickedness of the other is to be condemned: we must consider, that we do eat to live, and not live to eat, as many do. Three Laws were in Thebes, that were in great estimation: The first was, to worship their Gods: the second, to honour their parents: the third, to abstain from too much eating, and feeding so excessively, as is used now adays. O temperate life, when temperance was observed: O golden world, when neither Wine, nor banquets were known, then was chastity known in the Temple of Vesta. Then the Emperors did frequent the Chapel of jupiter, then Lust durst not come to the Court of Cesar, then abstinence walked through the market in every City, then the world was chaste, then the world did triumph, but now every thing goeth contrary.  
Certis it is a lamentable thing, to consider the state of this world.    

Ragionamenti sopra Silentio, & Liberalita, & in laud di Eta. Cap. 29. ¶ reasonings upon Silence and Liberality and in praise of Age. Chap. 29.  

DItemi vi prego, comendate voi Silentio, e Taciturnita, come hanno fatto molti al tempo vechio?  
Silentio è cosa degna da esser comendata da tutti, abracciata da molti, & accarezata da ogni stato.  
Socrate insegnava á i suoi scolari tre coz: la prima, da esser taciturno nela lingua: la seconda, vergognoso in viso: la terza, savio in cuore: perch dice, La sapientia del pazzo, é ne la sua lingua, & la lingua del savio é ascosta nel suo cuore. Demostene dice, Silentio in un Prencipe, é cosa necessaria: Silentio é una rara virtu, Silentio é gioia di gran valore: Tu non fai male a nessuno, tu non tradisci nessuno, tu non inganni nessuno, e pur Silentio é la piu pesante soma che sia, il piu grieve pensier, un disagio che sempre brucia, chesempre stimola l'huomo. O quanto pochi seen trovano di quelli hoggi di, che sanno tacere fra gli huomini? manco fra le donne.  
Certo voi dite il vero, pochi se ne trovano.  
Ditemi di gratia, che cosa è liberalita, io credo che sia un gran vitio.  
perch dite voi cosi?  
perch si pochi la usano.  
E per quello debbe esser vitio?  
Che so io? Io vedo che si pochi usano Liberalita, che io pensava che fusse, come a dir un gran tradimento, perch si usa cosi rare volte.  
Ma non vedete voi, che il mondo va al contrario, dove che l'huomo doveria usar liberalita, lui usa avaritia e cupidita, Liberalita é una gran virtu, & per quello pochi la usano, e manco la praticano. Liberalita è una virtu accarezata da pochi, disprezata da molti, pochi se ne trovano, che in dare sono presti, & in acettar lenti: pochi vogliono creder a Curtio, quando che lui dice, Che á posseder assai non é richezze, ma avaritia e cupidita, e al contrario, á non desiderar niente, ma donar assai, quello é un posseder gran richezze, & esser liberale. Pochi credo nessuno se netrouera hoggi di, che siano come molti sono stati in Roma, che erano franchi e liberali verso la piu paate, benefattori de tutti, e avari verso nessuno, e i richi tenivano casa aperta. Liberalita in un prencipe, gli aquista amore e fede: a un Nobile, seruitio & bona volonta da tutti. Liberalita aguista a ogniuno beneficij: ma pochi dicono con Alessandro Imperatore.  
Che cosa dice lui?  
Lui dice, che il preucipe doveria sempre essere piu pronto & presto in dare, che in pigliare.  
O nobil detto da un prencipe.  
Furio un altro che domando a Alessandro, dove erano tutte le sue richezze, che lui haveua aquistate in tante guerre che lui haveua fat: lui fece segno verso i suoi sudditi, & disse, ne li cuori de la la mia gente.  
O nobil prencipe.  
Dice lui, che piu gran cosa puo desiderar un prencipe da i suoi sugetti, che fede e verita verso lui? che piu laudabil cosa in un prencipe, che liberalita & lenita verso i suoi sudditi: la liberalita di un povero, si è il suo bon volere. Che piu gran dono puo dare l' huomo, che quello che gli vien dal cuore? Fu vo Re in Thebes, che fu si liberale mentre visse, che quando mori, non si gli trovo tanti denari apresso per sepelirlo: non si gli trovo denari in Banchi, oro in casse, gioie in cofani, richezze nascoste.  
De quelli se ne trova pochi. perch piu che l'huomo há, piu lui há da temer la mutabilidilita di Fortuna. Ogniuno è liberale in parlare, ma pochi franchi in donare: ogniuno parla contra invidia e malitia, e pur ci odiamo l'un l'altro. Noi continualment esclamiamo contra tirannia, e pur siamo senza misericordia, noi dispreziamo superbia, e pur siamo senza humanita, noi abhoriamo glotonia & ebrieta, & pur sempre siamo a banchetti, a feste: noi sempre cridiamo contra otio, e pur sempre siamo otiosi: noi sempre diciamo male de la lingua che scandaliza, e pur non sapiamo dir bene di nessun●. O Dio, a che termine siamo, ogniuno have invidia all suo prossimo, ogniuno cerca di avanza l'altro.  
Io credo che il mondo sia quasi ala fine.  
Cosi credo anche io.  
Certo signor voi mi havete compiaciuto in molte coz, ma anchora vi prego a dirmi qualco sa di Eta.  
Bione quel Filo sofo dice, che Eta é il ultimo porto di riposo, il fine di ogni miseria, la porta di vita, la osseruatrice de tuttii pilgrimaggi, & una cosa honorevole, desiderata da tutti. Furio uno che gli doman do perch lui laudava tanto Eta? lui rispose, se bene la prima vera é piacevole, l' Autuno é fertile, i fiori che crescono nela prima vera ne l' Autuno si maturano, cosi lui compara l'eta del'huomo ale quatro stagione del'anno, il tempo che lui cresce, è come la prima-vera, il tempo de la sua fortezza é la State: il tempo che lui comincia a esser savio, è come l' Autunno: & la sua vechiezza, è come l'inuerno, il qual finisce ogni cosa. Dolci sono i detti de i vechi, i loro consigli perfetti, il loro governo sicuro. O come é fragile e debile gioventu, quante citta e castella sono state ruinated, per haver consiglio de gioveni? quanti regni sono stati subverti, per haver hauuto consiglio de gioveni. Eta come é piena di prouisione, di sapientia, di esperientia, e di studio. Il governo di una republica, non consist solament in forza, ma nela virtu de lament. un huomo é come un pomo, che non é maturo ●l quale é brusco, ma essendo ma●uro, divien dolce, cosi l'huomo essendo giouine, é furioso e brusco, non vuolp●egar, ma essendo vechio, e d●lce, humile verso tutti. Eta non have piacere in questo mondo, non frequenta banchetti, abhorisce libidine: quello che piace a vechi, non piace a gioveni: quello che i vechi sanno per esperientia, i gioveni non lo vogliono creder, ne con ingegno, ne con consigli. O quanto mal é stato fatto per gioventu? quante republiche sono state river sciate? quanti regni sono stati subnerti, prencipi traditi, amici ingannati. Per la qual cosa, nela mia opinione, noi siamo meglio accettar eta, che gioventu.  
Certo io credo cosi.   

I Pray you tell me, do you commend Silence, and Taciturnity, as many have done in the old time?  
Silence is a thing worthy to be commended of all men, embraced of many, and cherished of every estate.  
Socrates did teach to his scholars three things, the first was, to be silent in speech, the second, to be shamefast in the face: the third, to be wise in heart: for saith he, the wisdom of a fool is in his tongue, & the tongue of the wise man is hidden in his heart. Demosthenes saith, that silence in a Prince, is a necessary thing: Silence is a rare virtue, Silence is a jewel of great valour: Thou hurtest no man, thou betrayest no man, thou deceivest no man, and yet Silence is the heaviest burden that is, the weightiest thought a disease that always burneth that always pricketh a man. O how few are there found now adays among men, that hold their peace? but fewer among women.  
Verily you say true, few there are found.  
Tell me of courtesy, what thing Liberality is, I believe that it is a great vice.  
Wherefore say you so?  
Because so few do use it.  
And for that is it a vice?  
What can I tell? I see so few use Liberality, that I thought it had been as it were a kind of great treason, because it is used so seldom.  
But see you not that the world goeth contrary, for where man should use liberality, he useth avarice and covetousness. Liberality is a great virtue, and therefore few do use it, and less do practise it. Liberality is a virtue cherished of few, despised of many: few there are found, that in giving are prompt and ready, & in taking slow: Few will believe Curtius, when as he saith, that to possess much, is no riches, but avarice and covetousness, and contrariwise, to covet nothing, but give much, that is a possessing of great riches, and to be liberal. Few I believe, or noon at all, there are to be found now adays, that are, as many have been in Rome; that are frank in giving; liberal toward the most part, benefactors unto all, and covetous toward noon: such men did keep open house. Liberality in a Prince, purchaseth him love and faith: in a Noble man, service and good will of all. Liberality purchaseth unto all men benefits, but few say with Alexander the Emperor.  
And what saith he?  
He saith, that a Prince should always be more prompt and ready in giving, then in taking.  
O noble saying of a prince.  
An other demanded of Alexander, where were all his riches, that he had gotten in so many wars that he had made? he made sign toward his subjects, and answered, In the hearts of my people.  
O noble prince.  
He saith, what greater thing can a Prince desire of his subjects, then truth and faith toward him? What thing can be more laudable in a Prince, then liberality and lenity toward his subjects? the liberality of a poor man, is his good will. What greater gift can a man give, than that as proceedeth from his heart? There was a king in Thebes that was so liberal whilst he lived, that when he died, there was not so much money found by him, as to bury him: he left no money upon banks, gold in chests, jewels in coffers, nor riches hidden.  
Of those there are found few. For the more a man hath, the more he aught to fear the mutability of Fortune. Every one is liberal in speech, but few are frank in giving: every one speaketh against envy & malice, and yet we hate one another: we continually exclaim against tyranny, & yet we are merciless: we despise pride, and yet we are without humanity: we abhor gluttony & drunkenness, and yet we are always feasting and banqueting: we always cry out against idleness, and yet we are always idle: we are always speaking evil of slanderous tongues, and yet we can say well of no body. O God, at what point are we? every one doth envy his neighbour, we all seek to overcome one another.  
I believe that the world be almost at an end.  
So believe I also.  
Certis sir you have satisfied me in many things, but yet I pray you to tell me something of Age.  
Bion that Philosopher saith, that Age is the last port of rest, the end of all misery, the haven of life, the fulfilling of all pilgrimages, and an honourable thing, and desired of al. There was one that asked him wherefore he praised age so much? he answered, although the Spring be pleasant yet the Harvest is fertile, the flowers that grow in the Spring, in Harvest are ripened, so he compareth the age of man, unto the four seasons of the year: the time that he groweth, is like the Spring: the time of his strength, is the Summer: the time that he beginneth to be wise, is like the Harvest, and his age is like winter, which finisheth all things. Sweet are the sayings of old men, their counsel perfect, their government sure. O how frail and weak is youth? how many Cities and Castles have been brought to ruin thorough the counsel of young men? how many kingdoms have been subverted through young men's counsel? Age is full of provision, of sapience, of experience, and of study. The Rule of a common weal doth not only consist in strength, but in the virtue of the mind. A man is like an apple, that is not ripe, but sour, but being ripe, becometh sweet: so a man buyng young, is furious and sour, and will not bend, but being old, is sweet, & humble toward al. Age hath no pleasure in this world, frequenteth not banquets, abhorreth lust: that which pleaseth old men, delighteth not young men: that which old men know by experience, young men will not believe it, neither with understanding nor counsel. O how much evil hath been done thorough youth? how many common Weals have been overthrown? how many kingdoms subverted, Princes betrayed, friends deceived? Wherefore in my opinion, we are better accept age, then youth.  
Verily I believe so.    

¶ De li costumi de certe genti. Cap. 30. ¶ Of the manners of certain Nations. Chap. 30.  

D Itemi di gratia, se sapete i costumi di certe natione, io so che li sapete. 
Tell me of courtesy, if you know the customs of certain nations, I know you know them.  Io vi diro il piu breve che io posso: gli Ethiopij sono un certo popolo di Caria, sono semplici, brutti, e sciavi: I Cartaginesis sono fal●i, & ingannatori: quelli di Babilonia, sono malitiosi, & corotti: I Persiani, ebrij, & glottoni: I Siciliani scarsi avari, & pur fedeli: quelli di Caspia sono crudeli: quelli di Lesbian, sporchi: quelli di Scythia senzalegge: quelli di Corintho, fornicatori: I Boetiani, molto rudi: I Simeriani, ignoranti: I Sibariani, molto bestiali: quelli di Lacedemonia, molto arditi: gli Atheniesi, delicati: I Romani superbi, & gloriosi: I Spagnoli, viandanti, sdegnosi, & disprezatori: gli Italiani, superbi & vendicatori: I Franzesi astuti, & s●eri: I Todeschi sono guerrieri: I Sassoni, dissimulatori: quelli di Suevia, cianciatori: il Britanno (cio è l' Inglese,) negotratore: il Irlandese, saluatico: il Cimbriano, seditioso, & horribile: Il Boemo, molto discortese, & cercatore di novelle: Il Scozzese, pergiuro: Il vandallo, mutabile: Il Baviero, buffoon. De gli aliri, non mi ricordo troppo bene. 
I will tell you as briefly as I can: The Ethiopians are a certain people of Caria, they are simple, soul, and slaves: the Cartaginians are false, and deceivers: those of Babylon, are malicious, and corrupted: the Persians are gluttonous, and drunkards▪ the Sicilians are very niggards, & yet faithful: those of Caspia are cruel: they of Lesbian, filthy the Scythians Lawless: the Corinthians, fornicators: the Boetians, very rude: the Simerians, ignorant: the Siberians, very beastly: they of Lacedemonia, very hardy: the Athenians, delicate: the Romans proud and glorious: the Spaniards, travelers, disdainful, and despisers: the Italians, proud and revengers: the Frenchmen, crafty & fierce: the Germans, warriors: the Saxons, dissemblers: those of Sucuia, tattler: the Britain, (an Englishman) a busy body: the Irish man, wild: the Cimbrian, seditious, and horrible: the Boemian, very discourteous, and desirous of news: the Scottish man, perjured: the Vandal, mutable: the Bauarian, a scoffer. Of other I do not well remember.  Certo viringratio per questo, di bon core. 
Verily I yield you thanks for this, with a good heart.     

¶ Discorsi sopra Musica & Amor. Cap. 31. ¶ Discourses upon Music, and love. Chap. 31.  

COme vi piace la Musica a voi? 
How doth Music please you?  La mi piace bene, & a voi. 
It pleaseth me well, and you.  Musica é cosa laudabile. 
Music is a laudable thing.  Signior si, perch anche i Santi l'hanno usata, come Re David, quando che lui era malinconico, si ralegrava in sonar e cantar Salmi in laud di Iddio suo signore. Musica si dice esser l'alegrezza di cuore: Musica conforta il tuo animo, fa paura il nimico, perch si come Musica è piacevole, cosi é dolente, & anche è piena di harmonia & melodia, cosi é anche terribile, paurosa, e spaventosa: ma ci sono molti, che la abusano hoggi di, la qual cosa mi dispiace. 
Yea sir, for Saints have also used it, as king David, when he was any thing sad, or melancholic, he took delight in playing & singing Psalms in praise of God his lord. Music is said to be the rejoicing of the heart: Music comforteth the mind, and feareth the enemy, for even as Music is pleasant, so is it doleful, and also it is full of harmony and melody, and also it is terrible, fearful, and terrifying: but there are many that do abuse it now adays, which thing displeaseth me.  Voi dite il vero. 
You say true.  Che cosa é amore? 
What is love?  Amor é un dilett ●uole dispetto, & un dispettevole diletto. Amor honesto é ordinato da Iddio: amor dishonesto é prohibito da Iddio, la piu difficile cosa che sia, amor la fa facile: la piu dura cosa che sia, amor fa molle: la piu pericolosa cosa che sia, amor si arischira per andempir il suo volere. Ma hoggi di troverete dove uno ama honestamente, cento amano dishonestamente. 
Love is a delectable despite, and a spiteful delight. Honest love is ordained of God: dishonest love is forbidden of God: the difficultest thing that is, Love maketh it easy: the hardest thing that is, Love maketh it soft: the most perilous thing that is, Love will venture to bring it to pass. But now adays you shall find, that whereas one loveth honestly, an hundred love dishonestly.  Veramente voi dite il vero. 
Verily you say true.  Non aecade parlar tanto di amore, ogni libro ● p●eno di amori, con tanti Autori che sarebbe pena persa, a parlar di amore. 
We need not speak so much of love, all books are full of love, with so many authors, that it were labour lost to speak of love.     

¶ Discorso sopra libidine, & la sua forza. Cap. 32. ¶ A Discourse uton Lust, and the force thereof. Chap. 32.  

DItemi di gratia, qual è il piu gran vitio che sia piu praticato hoggi di? 
OF courtesy tell me, which is the greatest vice that is most practised now adays?  Io vi diro, mi pare che tutti i vitij sipraticano. 
I will tell you, me thinks that all vices are practised.  Voi dite il vero, ma qual é il piu grand, é di piu forza, e posanza? 
You say true, but which is the greatest, and of most strength and puissance?  Io credo, Libidine. 
I believe, Lust.  Cosi credo anche io. 
So believe I also.  perch Libidine è in tutti li stati, tanto ne l'prencipe, quanto ne l'suddito, tanto ne l'uno, come l'altro, ogniuno gli è suggetto. Superbia principalment have la sua sedia fra prencipi è gran stati: Cupidita fra gli vechij, Magistrati, & Officiali: invidia fra tutti i mecanichi: Vsura fra Cittadini: Simonia fra vescovi & preti: Hipocrisia fra gli Religiosi: Inganno fra gli Mercanti: ma libidine have sedia in tutti questi stati: Libidine è signor di tutto: have vinto Signori, Dotti, Savij, & eloquenti: have vinto i piu gran paladini che siano stati: Libidine fu causa che Cleopatra giaque con suo fratello, come suo marito: fu causa, che il Re Cynare dormi con sua figliola: Libidine fece dormir Macareo con sua sorella Canace: f●ce che Menephron dormi con sua madre, che Oedipo giaque con sua madre, & hebbe siglioli di essa. O crudel mostro, O bestial furor, O furia infernal, che incanti i savij, che inganna i dotti, che vinci i piu forti, che sottometti ogniuno al ivo gioco. Libidine fu causa de la ruina di Troia: Libidine fu causa che Sodoma e Gomorrah furono destrutte, che David pecco con Bersabe, che Amon pecco con Thamar, che Absalon giaque con la Concubina di suo padre, che i duo vecchi cercarono di sforzar Susanna, che Holoferno sinamoro di judith. Libidine fu causa che la testa fu tagliata al santo evangelista: Libidine fu causa che il Delwio anego tutto il mondo, Iddio per la sua misericordia voglia aprir i cuori de i suoi sugetti, e dare li gratia, che libidine non habbi for za nessuna. 
For Lust is in all estates, as well in the prince, as in the subjects, as much the one as the other, all men be subject unto it: Pride principally hath her seat amongst Princes and great Estates: Covetousness among old men, Magistrates, and also Officers: Envy among handicraftsmen: Usury among citizens: Simony among Bishops and Priests: hypocrisy among the religious & deceit among Merchants: but Lust hath a seat among all Estates: Lust is lord of all: it hath overcome Lords, Learned men, Wise, and eloquent: it hath vanquished the greatest knights that have ben Lust was cause, that Cleopatra lay with her brother, as with her husband: was 'cause that king Cinaris lay with his daughter: Lust made Machareus lie with his sister, Canace: it made Menephron lie with his mother, that Oedipus lay with his mother, and had children by her. O cruel monster, O beastly rage, O infernal Fury, thou inchantest the wise, thou deceivest the wise, thou overcommest the strong, thou subduest all men unto thy yoke. Lust was the cause that Troy was ruinated: Lust was the cause that Sodom & Gomor were destroyed: that David sinned with Bersabe, that Airmon sinned with Thamar that Absalon lay with his father's Concubine, that the two old men sought to ravish Susanna, that Holofernes fell in love with judith. Lust was the cause that the Evangelists head was cut of. Lust was cause, that the Flood drowned all the world. God for his mercy grant, to open the hearts of all his subrectes, and give them grace, that Lust may have no force at al.  Iddio lo acconsenti che sia cosi. 
God grant it be so.     

Ragionamenti sopra virtu, con le sue figlie, che cosa é il fine di Guer ca, quale sono bone opere, quatordeci bone Regole, con altri diversi discorsi. Cap. 33. ¶ reasonings upon Virtue, with her daughters, what is the end of war, which be good works, fourteen good Rules, with divers other discourses. Chap. 33.  

IO ho sentuto dir molte volte, che virtu have certe figliole, Io vo ria saper quale sono. 
I Have heard say many times, that virtue hath certain daughters, I would know who they be  Virtue have quatro figliole. 
Virtue hath four daughters.  Quale sono esse? 
Which be they?  Sforza, Prudentia, Giustitia, & Temperantia. 
Force, Prudence, justice, & Temperance.  Io ho inteso che forza have figliole anchora lei. 
I have heard say, that Force hath daughters also.  E vero ella ne have quatro, come magnanimita, magnificentia, patientia, & perseverantia, & tutte sono bone. 
It is true, she hath four, as Magnanimity, Magnificence, Patience, and Perseverance, and all are good.  Quale sono le figliole di Temperantia, e quante? 
Which be the daughters of Temperance, and how many?  Elle sono dieci, come Vergogna, Honesta, Abstinentia, Chastita, Sobrieta, Continentia, Clementia, Modesta, Studiosita, & Humilita. 
They are ten, as Shame, Honesty, Abstinence, Chastity, Sobriety, Continency, Clemency, modesty, Studiositie, and Humility.  Quale sono le figliole di Giustitia, & quante sono? 
Which be the daughters of justice, and how many are they?  Ci sono due sort di Giustitia, come comutativa, & distribuitiva: le sue figliole sono quindeci, come Innocentia, Religione, Oratione, Pieta, Osseruatione, Obedientia, Gratia, Gratitudine, Penitentia, Verita, Fedelta, Liberalita, Misericordia, Equita, & Amicitia. 
There are two sorts of justice, as Commutative, and Distribuetive: their daughters are fiftiene, as innocency, Religion, prayer, godliness, Observation, Obedience, Grace, Gratitude, Penitency, Verity, Faithfulness, Liberality, Mercy, Equity, and Amity.  Quale sono le figlie di Prudentia? 
Which be the daughters of Prudence?  Quest sono esse, come Dotrina, Consideratione, Bon desiderio, Intendimento, bona Volunta, memoria, ragione, fede, Charita, & Speranza. 
These be they, as doctrine, consideration, good desire, understanding, good will memory, reason, faith, charity, and hope.  Dite mi di gratia, che cosa é il fine di guerra. 
Tell me of courtesy, what is the end of war.  Il fine di guerra, é questo: Iddio é bestiamato, renegato, detestato, le Cheese sono profanizate, e sacrilegiate, le Ville brugiate, le Citta destrutte, i Castelli subverti, le Fortezze ruinated, gli huomini uccisi, le donne for zate, le vergine violate, i beni presi e rapiti. In guerra non ci é fede, leg, amor, humanita, humilita, charita, ne honesta: ma oogni orgoglio, ambitione, crudelta, arogantia, disobedientia, furto, anaritia, latrocinio, pilagio, pergiuro, fraud, impieta, fornication, adulterio, ira, incesto, furor, bestemia, invidia, vendetta, sceleragine, ogni fur fam eria siusa in guerra, non si harispet to a nessuo. 
The end of war is this, God is blasphemed, denied, & detested, Churches are profanizated, and sacrileged, Villages are burned, Cities destroyed, Castles subverted, Forts ruinated, men slain, women forced, Virgins violated, goods taken, and rapt. In war there is no faith, law, love, humanity, humility, charity, nor honesty: but all pride, ambition, cruelty, arrogancy, disobedience, stealth, avarice, pilfering, pillage, perjury, fraud ungodliness, fornication, adultery, wrath, incest, horror, blaspheming, envy, revenge, villainy, all knavery is used in war, there is no respect borne to any.  Quest sono buone opere: Visitar gli amalati, far limosina a gli poveri, insegnar a li ignoranti, dare bon esempio, dare bon consiglio, consolar gli aslitti, insegnar bona dottrina, non scandalizar nessuno, cercar il profitto del tuo prossimo, perch lo comanda iddio honorar' Dio, ben edirlo, laudarlo, magnisicarlo, & esaltarlo. 
These are good works to visit the sick, to do al●nese unto the poor, to teach the ignorant, geue good example, give good counsel comfort the afflicted, teach good doctrine, slander no body, seek the profit of thy neighbour, for God commandeth it, honour God, bless him, pray see him, magnify him and exalt him.  Quatordeci bone Regole per adornar un Gentilhuomo: esser sempre humile di cuore: parlar poco, eragionevolment: non esser pronto e facile a ridere: tacer sia che un sia interogato: tener i Statuti, & or li●● de i tuoi superiori, tanto spiritueali, come Temporali: farc unto di esser il minor de tutti: tien ti i de no di far ogni cosa: Confessa i tuoi peccati a Dio: Habbi paci●ntia in adversita: Sottometti ti a tuoi superiori: Vinci il t vo volere: accorda al' opinione del sau●o: va ves●●to mother at ament: prega Iddio, & credi n●l padre, nel sigliolo, & nel spirito sarto, e non cercar di esser saluato per altro mezo che per lui. 
Fourtiene good rules for to adorn a Gentleman: to be always humble in heart: to speak little, and reasonably: be not ready and prove to laugh: hold thy peace, till thou be asked: keep the statutes of thy superiors, as well Spiritual, as Temporal: account thyself the least of all: accounted thyself unworthy to do any thing acknowledge thy sins to God: have patience in adversity: submit thyself to thy superiors: vanqui he thine own will: agreed with the opinion of the wise: apparel thyself moderately: pray God, & belene in the father, the son, & in the holy ghost & seek not to be saved by any other means, then by him.  Io vi prego, ditemi qua li sono li nimici de le quatro virtu morale. 
I pray you tell me, which be the enemies of the four moral virtues.  Ce ne sono assai, come pergiuro, disordine, follia, afett●one, apetito, fastidio mondano, concupiscentia, orgoglio, ambitione, simulatione, hipocrisia, troth limento, ingratitudine, mentire, insacieta, superbia, oblivione, gelosia, utolentia, desperatione, importunita, dispetto, furore, arogantia, malitia, & invidia. 
There are a great many, as perjury disorder folly, fond affection, appetite, worldly care, concupiscence, wrath, ambition, dissimulation, slattery, hypocrisy, treason, ingratitude, lying, insacietie, pride, forgetfulness, jealousy, violence, desperation, importunity, despite, horror, arrogancy, malice, and envy.  I Ministri di adversit a sono, Tentatione, infirmita, ignorantia, guerra, pest, fame, processo, discordia, perdita d'amici, fastidio, & diver si accidenti, & altri inconuenienti. 
The Ministers of adversity are, Temptation, sickness, ignorance, war, plague, hunger, process, discord, loss of friends, care, and divers accidents, and other in conveniences.  I ministri di prosperita sono, Innocentia, humilita, specialta, favour, pieta, conscientia, amor, discretione, benignita, integrita, amicitia, sede hon desiderio, gratia, & timor di Dio. 
The ministers of prosperity are, innocency, humility, specialty, favour, pitic, conscience, lone, discretion, benignity, integrity, amity, saith, good desire, grace, and fear of God.  Questi sono i messi di peccato, Sugestiune, cogitation, diletto, banchetto, festino, dissolutione givoco, & ballo, follia, piacere, prodigalita, inconstantia, inconsideratione, et cattiva compagnia. 
These are the messengers of sin, Suggestion, cogitation, delight, banqueting, feasting, dissolution, play, and dancing, folly, pleasure, prodigality, inconstancy, inconsideration, and evil company.  Questi sono i cinque sensi di Natura, cio é, Vedere Se●tire, Toccare, Gustare, et odorare, ma guarda come, quando, quale, che, & dove. 
These are the five senses of Nature, that is to say, To See, to Hear, to Feel, to Taste, to Smell, but look how, when, which, what, and where.  Quatro sort di tentatione, Concupiscentia, ambitione, Hipocrisia, & vana speranza. 
Four sorts of temptation, as Concupiscence, ambition, hypocrisy, and vain hope.  Quatro humori regnano nel'huomo, secondo i quatro clementi, cio é, una complessione é sanguigna, l'altra cholericha, l'altra flemmaticha, l'ultima Malinchonicha. 
Four humours reign in man, according to the four Elements, that is to say, One complexion is sanguine, an other cholerik, an other phlegmatic, and the last, melancholic.  Si vede de gli huomini che divent ano poveri per tre cause: alcuni per esser troppo pietosi: ma de quelli ce ne pochi. alcuni per esser troppo liberali: de quelli ce ne manco, alcuni per esser troppo prodighi: ma de quelli ce ne assai in Londra. 
There are men, that become poor through three causes: some because they are too pitiful: but of those there are few. Some for being too liberal: of those there are less: some other for being to prodigal: of those there are a great many in London.  Da tre coz guardate, cio é, Da un Sicophante, da un Adulatore, da un presuntuoso. 
Of three things beware, that is, of a Sicofant, of a flatterer, & of a presumptuous man.  Tre coz bone in un prencipe, Misericordia, Eloquenza, & Dotrina. 
Three good things in a prince, mercy, eloquence, and godliness.  una cosa in tre fal'huomo saluo da ogni male, Padre, Figliolo et lo, spirito santo. 
One thing in three maketh man safe from all evil, Father, Son, and holy ghost.  I tre corsi del'huomo, Pueritia, Gioventu, & Vechieza. 
The three courses of man, childishness, youth, and age.  Tre bone Pegole per ogniuno, Reggi il tuo volere: tempera la tua lingua: rafrena il tuo ventre. 
Three good rules for every man Rule thine own will, temper thy tongue, refrain thine own belly.  Tre bone coz: Verita, charita, e virtu. 
Three good things, truth, charity, and virtue.  Tre sort di flagello, Fame, pest, & guerra. 
Three sorts of destruction, Famine, plague, and war.  Tre coz bone per una donna, le richezze di Giuno, la sapi●tia di Pallas, la belezza di Cerere. 
Three good things in a woman, The riches of juno, the wisdom of Pallas, the beauty of Venus.  Tre sort di eloquentia, Gramatica Retorica, Dialettica. 
Three sorts of Eloquence, Gramar, Rhetoric, & Logic.  Tre sort di Filosofia, Naturale, Morale, Loica. 
Three sorts of Philosophy, Natural, moral, and Logical.  Tre sensi del'huomo, Naturale, vitale, ragionevole. 
Three senses of man, Natural, Vital, Reasonable.  I quatro Elementi, Aqua, Foco, Air, & terra. 
The four Elements, Water, Fire Air, and Earth:  Tre sort de huomini possono mentire per auctorita, un Medico, un Vechio, & un che é stato lontano. 
Three sorts of men may lie by authority, a Physician, an Old man, and a traveler.     

L'opinione di Marco Aurelio, & Ouidio, sopra amore, et che cosa é. Chap. 34. The opinion of Marcus Aurelius, and Ovid, upon Love, and what it is. Chap. 34.  

DItemi di gratia (se vi pia ce) la vostra opinione in questa cosa, se vi par meglio chel, huomo ami donna, o no. 
I Pray you tell me (if you please) your opinion in this thing, If you think best, that a man love a woman or no.  Io vi diro, lui puo amare, se li piace, ma grandi & innumerabili sono i pericoli, a che si sottomotte l'huomo che conversa con donne, & grand e il riposo & quiet, che viene a quelli che del tutto le abandonano. 
I will tell you, he may love, if he please, but great and innumerable are the dangers, that he submits himself unto, that doth haunt women, and great is the rest and quietness that cometh unto those that altogether abandon them.  Come puo essere, che ne riesca affanno & dolore in amar donna, & ripeso & quiet in non amarle. 
How can that be that there may come care & grief in loving a woman, and rest and quietness in not loving them.  Sapete come dice Marco Aurelio, gia Imperator di Roma? 
Know you how Marcus Aurelius, sometimes Emperor of Rome, saith?  Signior no, per cortesia ditemelo. 
No sir▪ of courtesy tell me.  Lui dice, parlando di questo ponto, se l'huomo non ama donna, sui é reputato villa●o: se luile a na, lo tengono legero● se lui le lascia, persano che lui si ● timido, e cotardo: se lui le segue, lui è pillar: se lui le serve, non fanno contodi lui: se lui non le serve, lohanno in grand 'odio: se lui le vuole havere, non ló vegliono haver lui: se lui non le desidera, lo cercano: se lui gli t●en compagnia, lui perde il suo nome: se lui non gli t●en compagnia, pens●no che non sia huomo: se lui le cerca, lo fuggono: se lui non le cerca, lo vanno ●ercando: lui: se lui le ad'ora, lo disprezano: se lui non le adora, piangono) che cosa volete dunche che ●acci il misero huomo, se non del tutto abandonarle? 
He saith, speaking of this point, if a man love not a woman, he is reputed as a villain: if he love them, he is counted light: if he leave them, they think him to be fearful & a dastord: if he follow them, he is lost: if he serve them they make no account of him: if he serve them not they hate him greatly: if he will have them, they will not have him: if he do not desire them, they seek him: i● he keep them company, he loseth his name: if he keep them not company, they think him no man: if he seek them, they slay him: if he seek them not, they go seeking him: if he worship them, they despise him: if he do not worship them, they weep: what will you that the wretched man do, but altogether forsake them:  Ma Iddio have comandato, che l'huomo debbe lasciar padre, e madre, fratelli e sorelle, per acostarsi a donna. 
But God commanudeth, that man shall leave father & mother, sister, and brother, to join himself with a woman.  E vero ogni volta, che lei sia pudica & honesta, perch il tener compagnia a donna, non essendo sua legitima moglie, e tenuto gran peccato, come é vero. 
It is true, so she be honest and chaste: for to keep company with a woman, if s●ee be not his lawful wife, it is counted a great sin, as it is in deed.  Ma ditemi di gratia, d'onde viene questo amore, che gli huomini portano all donne? Ho sétuto d●re, che fino li dei hanno amato: amor have fatto diventar homini savij, pazi: homini dotti, ignoranti: homini forti, deboli. D'onde viene questa cosa. 
But tell me of courtesy, whence cometh this love, that men ●eare unto women? I have heard say, that the gods have loved: Love hath made wise men become fools, learned men ignorant, strong men weak: from whence cometh this thing?  Come volete che io lo sappi, quando che gli dotti, savij, & forti, & anche li Dei non lo hanno potuto sapere. Ouidio dice, cosi, amore è, non so che cosa, lui viene non so d'onde, chi l'ha mandato, io non lo so: lui genera, io non so come: lui é contento, io non so de che: amor si sent, non so quanto spesso. Amor mi da fastidio, non so perch: amor mi penetra la carne, & si non sparge sangue: lui piglia radice nel mio core, & non mi rompe carne. Che ingegno, che sapientia, che forza, che dotrina, che inganno, che fortuna mi puo difender da amore? io non so certo. 
How will you have me know it, when learned men, wise, and strong, yea gods could not know it? Ovid saith, that Love is, I wot not what, he cometh, I wot not whence, who hath sent him, I know not: he engendereth, I know not how: he is contented I know not with what: Love is felt, I know not how often: love trobleth me, I know not wherefore: love doth pierce my flesh, & shedeth no blood: he taketh root in my heart, & breaketh no flesh. What engine, what wisdom, what strength, what learning, what deceit, what fortune can defend me from Love? I know not certain.     

¶ Diversita de gli huomini. Cap. 35. ¶ The Diversities of men. Chap. 35.  

SE lui é rustico, nessuno tien conto di lui ● se lui é di alto sangue, lui é santuoso: se lui é ricco, lui é vitioso: se lui é povero, lui é avaro: se lui è valente, lui é trogpo ardito: se lui é cotardo, lui é defamato: se lui é parlatore, lui ment: se lui parla poco, é tenuto pazzo: se lui é bello, lui é desiderato: se lui é brutto, lui è geloso: se si intramette, è chiamato importuno: se lui tace, é tenuto semplice: se lui ride, é detto ignorant: se é liberale, é tenuto prodigo: se non é liberale, é tenuto scarso & avaro. Vedendo si questo, udendo si questo, & sapendosi questo, che fara l'huomo tristo, doloroso, & spectalment se have prudentia: perch se si vuol separare dal mondo, la carne non li da licentia, & se vuol seguire il mondo, il suo cuore non lo consent. Pensino tutti gli huomini che hanno a contentar ciascuno con seruitu, & benevolenza: perch to gli fo a sapere, che mai non contenteranno tutti gli huomini, Anchora che faccia quanto puo come huomo, & faccia quanto due, come bon vicino, & che cavi forza de la deboleza con molta fatica & rimedij alla poverta, coni suoi sudori, & si ponga per compiacer a ciascuno in ogni pericolo, al sine non potra mai contentar tutti: da alcuni sara amato, da alcuni odiato, da alcuni ripreso, da alcuni adulato: se lui fa bene, é invidiato da molti: se lui fa male, é disprezato da assai. O povero homo, se tu havessi tutti gli ochi di Argo, le many di Briaro, la sapientia di Salomone, con le ricceze di Mida, & la eloquentia di Cicerone, & le belezze di Assolone: tu non compiacerai mai tutti.  
Certo voi dite il vero.   

IF he be rustical, noon account of him: if he be high of blood, he is sumptuous: if he be rich, he is vicious: if he be poor, he is covetous: if he be valiant, he is too hardy: if he be a dastard, he is defamed: if he be a tatler, he is a liar: if he speak little, he is counted a fool: if he be fair, he is desired: if he be soul, he is jealous: if he be a meddler, he is called importune: if he hold his peace, he is counted simple if he laugh, he is called ignorant: if he be liberal, he is deemed prodigal▪ if he be not liberal, he is counted covetous & scarce. Man seeing this, hearing this, and knowing this, what shall the poor and wretched man do, and specially if he have any wisdom? for if he will separate himself from the world, the flesh will not let him: and if he will follow the world, his heart consenteth not to it. Let all men think, that have to content every one with service and benevolence: for I let them to know, that they shall never content all men, although he do as much as man can do, and though he do as much as he aught, like a good neighbour, and that he take force from weakness, with much labour and remedy unto poverty, with his sweat, and put himself in all perils only to please all men, at the last he shall never content all men. of some he shallbe loved, of some hated, of some checked, of some flattered: if he do well, he is envy of many: if he do il, he is despised of many more. O poor man, if thou hadst all the eyes of Argos, the hands of Briareus, the wisdom of Solomon, with the riches of Midas, and the eloquence of Cicero, & the beauty of Absalon, thou shalt never please all men.  
Verily you say true.    

¶ Certi belli, dotti, et galanti detti, tolti da Antonio Guevara, scritti da lui, sopra diverse ocasioni. Cap. 36. ¶ Certain fine, learned, and gallant sayings, taken from Antonio Guevara, written by him, upon divers occasions. Cham 36.  

ANtonio Guevara chiama Dio, quel solo verbo divino, unigenito del padre, signor perpetuo delle Gierarchie, piu antico di tutti i secoli, prencipe delle eternita, principio dal quale ogni cosa hebbe principio, primo genito di Dio, creatore di tutte le creature, saluatore di tutti i dispersi, Sacerdote universo, Intercessore per tutti i peccatori, & redentore di tutta l'humaua gente: habbi mi sericordia di tutti noi. 
ANtonio Guevara calleth God, the only divine word, only begotten of the father, everlasting Lord of the Gierarchies, more ancient than all ages, prince of all eternities, beginning, from whom all things had beginning, first begotten of God, creator of all other creatures, Saviour of all the dispersed, universal priest, Intercessor for all sinners, and redeemer of all the human people, have mercy upon us all.  Il medesimo in laud de la chiedi Dio. 
The self same in praise of the Church of God.  O gloriosa Chiesa militant la qual non sei altro che Oro ne la feccia, Rosa troth la spin, grano troth la paglia, midolla troth le ossa, perla troth le conche marine, anima santain carne putrida, unica fenice ne la cabbia, nave troth le fiere onde ingolfata, la quale tanto piu é combatuta tanto piu si mostra gagliarda, tu non mostri mai la tua potentia, seron quando sei da tuoi nimici ofesa, & sei ofesa da i piu potenti Re, & defesa da i piu deboli & poveri, Iddio per la sua gratia longo tempo ti mantenga & difenda. 
O glorious militant Church, which art naught else but gold in dross, a rose among thorns, grain amidst straw, marrow amidst bones, pearl amidst the sea shells, a holy soul in rotten flesh, one only Fenix in the cage, a ship amidst the fierce waves engolfed, which the more it is striven withal, the stronger thou showest thyself thou showest not thy might, but only when thou art of thine enemies offended, & art offended by the mightiest kings, & defended of the weakest and poorest. God for his grace long time maintain and defend thee.  Il detto in laud de Iddio. 
The same in praise of God.  Io confesso & dico con la religione cristiana, che non vi é altro che un solo Dio, creatore del Cielo, & de la terra, della cui eccelentia, potentia, maesta, & gloria, poco ne puo esp●m●re la lingua nostra, perch non puo il nostro ing gno comprendere le coz divine, ne il nostro intellet to discernerle, ne la nostra memoria ricordarsene, & molio meno la nostra lingua dimostrarle, ne la nostra ment capirle, & da lui, per vi, & in lui, credo ottene● saluatione. 
I confess, and say with the Christian Religion, that there is but one only God, creator of heaven and earth, of whose excellency, puissance, majesty, and glory, our tongue can little express, for our wit and reason can not comprehend the Divine things, neither our understandying discern them, neither our memory remember it, and much less our tongue show it, neither our mind conceive it: and by him, thorough him, and in him, I hope to obtain salvation.  Poco apresso dice in laud de Dio, Io dico & confesso, che non ci é che uno solo Dio creatore, perch creo tutto il mondo: potente, perch have potentia in Cielo, & in terra: Immortal, perch non hebbe mai principio, & mai non hauera fine: incorutibile, perch non patisce ne corutione, ne diminuitione, immutabile, perch non muta mai l'eterno conseglio: inconprensibile, perch la sua maesta non si puo conoscere, no la sua potentia intendere: onnipotente, perch have potentia sopra vini & morti, sopra buoni & cattivi: & l'huomo non have da adorar che uno solo Dio, perch si come il mondo fu creato per uno solo, cosi tutte creature devono adorare uno solo, perch si come un prencipe non consent che un altro si chiami prencipe nel suo regno, cosinon vuol Iddio che si aderi aliro Dio, che lui nel m●ndo: fu gran benesicio che il padre ei cre●sse senza che noi ie p●●g●●●m●, che il figliolo ci ●comp●r●sse, senza essere aiu●●●o ●●● alcuno, & sopra tutto, in f●●●i Christiani, & che il santo Spirito ci santificasse, senza che noi lo merit●ssimo. 
A little after he saith in praise of God, I say, and confess, that there is but one only God creator, because he created all the world: mighty, for he hath puissance in heaven and earth: immortal for he never had beginning, & never will have end: incorruptible, for he bideth neither corruption, nor diminuition: immutable, for he never altereth his eternal counsel: incomprehensible, because his majesty can not be known, neither his puissance be understanded: almighty, for he hath power over the living & the dead: over the good & bad. & man aught not to worship but one only God, for even as the world was created by one only, so all creatures aught to worship one only: for even as a Prince will not grant that another shall be called Prince in his Realm, so will not God that any other God shall be worshipped in all the world: it was a great benefit, that the father should created us, & we not pray him, that the son should buy us, and not be helped of any: & besides all this, in making us Christians, and that the holy ghost should sanctify us, and we not deserve it.  Detto delmedesimo autore, parlando di vntiranno. 
A saying of the same Author, speaking of a tyrant:  Io vedo de prencipi che diventano tiranni, per quello che gli mancha, & alcuni diventano vitiosi, per quello che gli soprabonda, dimando hora, quale di questi male é il minore, o che il prencipe sia povero, & tiranno, o che egl●sia ricco et vitioso, a me pare assai meglio, che egli sia ricco et vitioso, che povero, et tiranno, perch finalment si dannera se medesimo con il vitio, et con larichezza giouera al popolo: ma essendo povero, con la tirannia ofendera a molti, et con la poverta non giouera ad alcuno, perch il prencipe povero, non puo porgere a i ricchi, ne soccorere a i poveri: il prencipe che siahuomo cattivo, et ricco prencipe, é assai piu utile allarepublicha, et piu tolerabile fra gli huomini, che un buon prencipe, che sia povero huomo. 
I see Princes that become tyrants for that which they want, and some become vicious, for that which they have too much of. I ask now which of these evils is the lest, either that the Prince be poor and a tyrant, or else, that he be rich, & vicious? unto me it seems far better, that he be rich & vicious, then poor, & a tyrant: for at last, with the vice he will condemn himself, & with riches he will do good unto the people: but being poor, with tyranny he will offend many, and with poverty, he will help no man, for the poor prince can not gone unto the rich, neither secure the poor: the Prince that is an evil man, and a rich Prince, is far more profitable to the common weal, & more tolerable to men, then a good prince, that is a poor man.  Detto del medesimo sopra honore. 
A saying by the same, upon honour.  Non mai ho letto, che siano altra cosa le conditioni che si trovano nel'honore, la onde molto beavi debbono mirare coloro, che maneggiano in quello, et sono tali le sue qualita, Egli domanda chi non lo conosce: parla con chi, non lo ascolta: pratica con chi non lo have uèduto: corre dietro a chi lo fugge: honora, chi non lo stima: cerca, chi non cerca lui: domanda, chi non lo domanda: Fidasi di che egli non conosce: et finalment, l'oficio del honore è tale, che egli siparte da chi lo tien in gran stima, et si ferma con chi ne tengono poco conto: i curiosi viandanti non dimandano che luoco sia questo, o quello, ma solamente cerca●o d sapere quale sia il camino, che gli conduce a quel luogo dove vanno. Et per●io voglio inferire che i baroni Heroici, & generosi, non debbono di subito voltar gli occhi all'honore: ma solament mirare al camino di virtu, che va ad aparecchiar ci gli honori, per che altrament vediamo ogni giorno, molti restare infami, solamente perch cercano honori, & che molti piú rimangono honorati, perch fuggono gli honori, O mondo immondo, tu sai bene, che io conosco i tuoi andamenti, come tu sei un sepolcro de morti, una pregion de vivi, una botega de vitij, un castigo de virtuosos, uno scordamento de passati, inimico de presenti, un rovinator deal coz grand, un turbatore delle picciole, una stanze de pelegrini, una piazza de vagabondi: finalment, O mondo, tu sei un riversciatore de buoni, & uno che desta i mali, & uno che inganna tutti, & dicendo il vero, in té niuno puo viver contento. 
I have never read, that the conditions that are found in honour are any other, so that they aught to look well, that deal in it, and such are his conditions, he asketh those, that, know him not, speak●●● to them that hear him no●: practiseth with those that have not seen him: runneth after those that flee him: honoureth such as esteem him not seeketh those, that seek not him: he trusteth them, he knows not: and finally, the office of honour is such, that he departeth from those that account of him, and abideth with those, that make no account of him: the curious wayfarers ask not what place is this, or that, but only seek to know which is the way, that leadeth them unto that place wither they go, Whereupon I will infer, that the heroical and generous knights aught not of a sudden to turn their eyes toward honour, but only behold the way of virtue, & that goeth to prepare us honours, for otherwise we see every day, many rest defamed, only because they seek honours, and that many rest honoured, because they flee honours. O filthy world, thou knowest well that I know thy proceed, how thou art a grave for the dead, a prison for the quick, a shop of vices, a punishment for the virtuous, a forgetting of the passed, an enemy of the present, a destroyer of great things, a disturber of the small, a dwelling place for pilgrims, a market place for vagabonds: finally, O world, thou art an overthrower of the good, and one that dost awake the evil, and one that deceivest all, and to say the truth, in thee noon can live content.  Il medesimo Autore invita i prencipi a esser virtuosos, & di temer Dio. 
The self same Author doth invite Princes to be virtuous, and to fear God.  Quando i prencipi non temeno Dio, & non osseruano i suoi commandamenti, ne segue che i loro vassali non sono boni Christiani, perch essendo la font salsa, gli é impossibile che i Rivi suoi siano dolci, vediamo per esperientia, come un freno refrena un cavallo, una ruota muoue un Molino, un timone regge una nave, & cosi unprencipe buon● o tristo, trabera seco tuttol' suo regno, se esso adora Dio, tutti fanno il medesimo, se esso gli serve tutti gli seruono, se esso lo lauda tutti lo laudano, perch l'albero non puo far, altri frutti, ne fiori, senon conformi al'humore, che piglia la loro radice. 
When Princes fear not God, and keep not his commandments, there followeth, that their subjects are not good Christians, for the Spring being salt, it is unpossible for the rivers of it to be sweet, we see by experience, how one bridle doth bridle ahorse how one wheel doth move a Mill, how a Rudder ruleth a ship, even so a prince, be he good or bad, draweth to him all his Realm, if he worship God, they do all the like: if he serve him, they all serve him likewise: if he praise him, they all praise him: for the tree can yield no other flowers nor fruits, but agreeable to the humours that the root taketh.  Bel detto del detto autore. 
A fine saying of the said Author.  Iddio non si puo ingannare con parole, ne corompere con doni, ne convincere con prieghi, ne spaventare con minaccie, ne satisf●● gli con excuse, perch lui sá tutti i pensieri del huomo. 
God can not be deceived with words, nor corrupted with gifts, nor overcome with prayers, neither feared with threatenings, nor satisfied with sense, for he knoweth all the thoughts of man.  Bel detto del detto Autore. 
A fine saying of the said Author.  Le guerre civili le piu volte si levano, per la superbia de magiori, che per la disobedientia de minori. 
The 〈◊〉 r●s are ofter times raised through the pride of the greatest, them through the disobedience of the lest.  Il detto autore ciinuita a obedir un solo Dio, & un solo prencipe. 
The said Author inviteth us to obey one only God, and one only prince.  Non senza gran misterio ordino Dio, che in una famiglia vi fusse solament un padre di famiglia: in un popolo comune, vuole che comandi un Citadino solo: in una Provincia, un solo governatore: che un regno sia governato per un Re solo, & un esercito per un Capitano solo: & che uno Imperatore sia Monarcha & signore di tutto il mondo, lui viene a inferire che non bisogna adorar, senon un Dio solo, & seruir un solo prencipe. 
Not without great mystery did God ordain, that in a family there should be only one father of family: in a common people, he will that one only citizen command: in a Province, one only governor: and that one Realm be governed by one only king, & a camp by one only captain: & that an Emperor be Monarch & lord of all the world. His meaning is, we must worship but one only God, and serve one only prince.  Detto del medesimo autore dice. 
A saying of the said Author.  Andando per il mondo, ho visto che il seditioso comanda al pacefico, il superbo all'humile, il tiranno al giusto, il crudele al piatoso, il cotardo al' ardito, l' ignorant al'prudente: ho visto i peggior ladroni, apiccar in piu innocenti. 
Going thorough the world, I have seen, that the seditious command the peacible, the proud command the humble, the tyrant the just, the cruel the pitiful, the dastard the hardy, the ignorant the prudent: I have seen the worst thieves hung the most innocent.  Bel detto & verissimo, del detto autore soprai nostri prelati. 
A fine saying & a true, of the said Author, upon our Prelates.  Hora vediamo alcuni governare anime nelle Cheese, che non sono bastanti a governar pecore ne le montagne, & che questo sia vero, se ne vede giornalment, el 'efctto, perch tali prelati non governano, ma guastano: non giovano, ma ofendono: non resistono a i nimici, anzi gli danno in mano gli inocenti: non sono Giudici, ma tiranni: non sono clementi, ma carnesici: non aumentano la republicha, ma dissipano la giustitia, non conseruano le leggi, ma trouano nuovi tributi: non suscitano il bene ma suscitano il male: questi sono i vescovi del nostro Papato. 
Now we see some govern souls in Churches, that are not sufficient to govern sheep in the mountains, and that this be true, we see the effect thereof daily, for such Prelates do not govern, but mar: they do not help, but offend: they do not resist enemies, but rather yield the innocent into their hands: they are not judges, but tyrants: they are not clement, but hangmen: they do not augment the common weal, but spoil justice: they do not keep the laws, but find new tributes: they do not raise the good, burr raise the bad: these are the Bishops of our Popedom.  Il detto Autore parlando de prencipi. 
The said Author speaking of princes.  Da un albero piccolo, altro non siricerca, senon che egli renda il frutto al suo tempo, ma dall' albero alto & ponderoso, si aspetta che egli sostenti: gli alberipiccoli et debili faccia ombra a gli stanchi, dia il srutto a gli affamati, et che si mantenghi contra i venti importuni: perch i prencipi virtuosos hanno da essere vn' ombra per ristorare tutti i buoni, che sono stanchi, la chiesa ci invita a fare molte coz, & la conscientia ci rimorde, che si guardiamo da molte. Percio se mi prometteno i prencipi, che farano solament due coz, cioé, che sarano fedeli a la legged 'Iddio, la quale adorano, & che non vseranno tiranna contra i popoli, i quali governano, fino ad'hora gli prometto la gloria, & la beatitudine, la quale bramano, perch solament quel prencipe muore securo, il quale muore in carita di Cristo, & have viwto nell' amore del prossimo. 
We seek naught else of a little tree, but that he yield fruit in his due time: but of the high and mighty tree, we look that he sustain: the weak and little trees, make shadow unto the weighed, give fruit unto the hungry, & that he keep himself against the importune winds: for princes that are virtuous, should be a shadow for to restore all the good that are weary, the Church inviteth us to do many things, & conscience doth remember us to take heed of many, Wherefore if princes do promise' me, that they will do only two things, that is, that they will be faithful to the law of God, which they worship, and that they will not use tyranny against those people whom they govern, until then, I promise' them the glory & bless sednes which they desire: for only that prince dieth secure, which dieth in the charity of Christ, and hath lived in the love of his neighbour.  Bel detto del detto autore. 
A fine saying of the said Author.  Gli é Regola infallibile, & esperimentata da buoni, & huomini rei, che tutti naturalment bramano piu tosto che gli avanzi, che gli manchi, & tutto quello che si brama, con molta diligentia si cerca, & quello che si cerca, con fatica si aquista, & quello che si aquista con fatica, si possede con amore, & quello che con amore si possede, si perde con dolore, & sempre si piange quello, che si possede con amore. 
It is an infallible rule, and experienced of the good and bad men, that all men naturally desire rather to have to leave, then to lack, and all that, that is desired, with much diligence is sought, and that which is sought with labour, is gotten, and that which is gotten with labour, is possessed with love, and that which with love is possessed, is lost with sorrow, and that always we weep for that, which we possess with love.  Il detto Autore poco apresso. 
The said Author a little after.  Quanto tiene il prencipe in bocca, sia pieno di verita, quanto egli tiene in mano, sia manifesta misericordia, & tenga le orecchie chiuse all bugie, & il core aperto alla clementia. 
So much as the Prince holdeth in his mouth, let it be verity, so much as he holdeth in his hand, let it be manifest mercy and keep he, his ears close from lies, and his heart open to clemency.     

Parole di Plutarco scritte da lui, a Traiano Imperatore, con diversi altri detti di Antonio Guevera. Cap. 37. Words written by Plutarch, to the Emperor Trajan, with divers sayings of Antonio Guevara. Chap. 37.  

PArole di Plutarco scritte all Imperatore Traiano. 
Words written by Plutarch, unto the Emperor Trajan.  Faccio ti a sapere, O Traiano mio signore, che tu, & il tuo Imperio siate un corpo mistico, a foggia di un corpo vivo & vero, perch debbono quest due coz stare tanto conformi, che l' Imperatore siralegri di havere tai sogetti, & che i popoli si rechino a ventura di haver un tal Signore. Et perch dipingono il corpo mistico, & l' Imperio a foggia di huomo vivo, è da sapere, come il capo, il quale é superiore a tutte le parti, signisica il prencipe che comanda a tutti: gli occhi, con i quali vediamo, sono gli huomini da bene, i cui virtuosos esempij seguiamo nella republicha: le orecchie cou le quai udiamo, sono i vassalli, i quali obidiscono a i nostri comandamenti, la lingua con la quale parliamo, significa i savij, le cui leggi et dotrina stiamo a udi re●i capelli che sono nel capo, so no gli huomini aggravati, che dimandano dal re giustitia: lamano, et i bracci, sono i cavalieri, i quai resistono a i nimici: i piedi che sostentano tutti i membri, sono i lavoratori, i quai danno da mangiare a tutto l' popolo: le ossa dura che sostentano la carne debile, sono gli huomini savij, i quali solievano dalla fatica la republicha: i cori che non vediamo con li occhi, sono gli amici, che danno i consiglij secreti: finalment: la gola che unisce la gola al capo, è l' amore troth il Re, et il regno, che mostrarepub licha. 
I let thee to know, O Trajan my Lord, that thou & thine Empire are one mystical body in manner of a true and living body: for these two things aught to be so conformable, that the Emperor may rejoice to have such subjects, and the people may accounted themselves fortunate, to have such a lord And because they paint the mystical body & the Empire in manner of a living body, it is to be known how the head which is superior of all the other parts, it signifieth the prince that commandeth all, the eyes, with the which we see, are honest men, whose virtuous examples we follow in the common weal: the ears, wherewith we hear, are the vassals which obey our commandments: the tongue, wherewith we speak, signifieth the wise nien, whose laws, and learning we do hear: the hears that are on out head, are the grieved men, that ask justice of the king: the hands and the arms are knights, which resist our enemies: our feet that sustain the members, are labourers which give meat unto all the people: the hard bones, that sustain the weak flesh, are wise men, which ease the common weal from labour: the hearts, which we see not with the eyes, are friends that give us secret counsels: and lastly, the throat, that doth unite the throat and the head, is the love betwixt the king and his Realm, that the common weal showeth.  Detto di M. Antomo Guevara. 
A saying of M. Antonio Guevara.  Vediamo che tutte le coz da la Naturacreate, fanno la loro operatione verso la part di sopra. Vediamo la terra che manda i vapori all' insú, le piante cres●ono ali' insú, i mari ondeggiano all' insú, gli arbori germogliano versosú, il fuoco va insú, solament il misero huomo cresce all' ingiú, perch la carne humana, la quale é solament terra, é nasciuta di terra, e vive di terra, procura di avicinarsi alla terra. Ben disse Aristotele, che l' huomo era un albero, piantato alla riverscia, nel cui capo sono le radici, il tronco é il corpo: i rami sono i bracci, la scorza ela carne, i nodi sono gli ossi, la m idolla é il core, le roditure de i vermi, sono la faccia, la gom ma é l' humore, i fiori sono l e parole, & i frutti sono le b vone opere, & l' huomo per andar dritto: dove tiene i piedi, doveua tenere il capo, perch il capo é la radice, & i pie di sono i rami. 
We see that all things created of Nature, show their operation toward the upper part. We see that the earth doth send her vapour upward, the plants grow upward, the seas flow upward, the trees bud upward, the fire goeth upward, only the wretched man groweth downward, for the human flesh, which is only earth, is borne of earth, and liveth of earth, procureth us to draw near to earth. Well did Aristotle say, that man is a tree, planted contrary, in whose heads are the roots: the stock is the body, the branches are the arms, the bark is the flesh, the knots are the bones, the pith is the heart, the gnawing of the worms, is the face, the gom is the humour, the blossoms are words, & the fruits are good works, & man to go right: where he hath his feet, should be his head, for the head is the root, and the feet are the branches.  Detto del detto Autore. 
A saying of the said Author.  Colui che ama di cuore, non diviene arogant e nelle prosperita, ne si ritir a ne la contraria fortuna, non silamenta nella poverta, non si affligge del poco favore, non si part nella persecutione, & finalment, l' amor & la vita non hanno fine sin 'alla sepoltura. 
He that loveth heartily, becometh not arrogant in prosperity, neither withdraweth himself in contrary fortunes time, doth not lament in poverty, doth not despair through little favour, doth not departed in time of persecution: and lastly, lou e and life end not, until to the g rave.  Bel detto del detto Autore. 
A fine saying of the said Author.  Tarquinio fu molto ingrato al suo Suocero, infame all suo sangue, traditore della sua patria, crudele alla sua persona, & commesse adulterio con Lucretia, ma tutta via non fu chiamato ingrato, ne infame, ne crudele, ne traditore, ne adultero, ma Tarquinto superbo. 
Tarqvinius was very ingratful to his father in law, infamous to his blood, traitor to his country, cruel to his person, and committed adultery with Lucretia, but yet for all that he was not called ingrateful, neither infamous nor cruel, neither trayter, nor fornicater, but Tarqvinius the proud.  Il detto in laud di un suo amico. 
The said Anthour in praise of a friend of his.  Io ti s●riuo, come ad un particolar amico, & compagno antico, come a colui che é fedel segretario de i miei desiderij, nella cui conversatione, non ho mai sentito dispiacere, nella cui bocca non ho mai trovato menzogna, & nella cúi promessa non trouai mai manca mento. 
I writ unto thee, as unto a particular friend, and to an ancient fellow, as unto him that is a faithful Secretary of my desires, in whose conversation, I never felt displeasure, & in whose mouth, I never found lie, and in whose promise, I never found want.  un bel modo di rispondere, del detto autore, essendoli domandato una difficile questione. 
A fine way to answer, of the said Author, he being demanded a hard question by one.  Giuroti caro amico, che la tua dimanda mi spaventa, vedendo come non basta la mia Filosofia per rispondere alla tua dimanda, perch se mi dimandi per tentarmi, mi moteggi di prosuntuoso, ma Se mi dimandi da scherzo, mi moteggi di leggierezza: se mi dimandi da dovero, mi tratti da ignorant: se mi dimandi per insegnarmi, io sono parcchiato per imparare: se mi dimandi, perch brami di saperlo, io ti confesso, che non te lo so insegnare: se mi dimandi, perch altri te ne habbino interogato, puoi esser certo che nessuno sara satisfatto della mia risposta: & se a caso me ne dimandi, perch te l' habbi sognato dormendo, poi che sei desto non creder a sogni, perch sono vani. 
My dear friend, I swear unto thee, that thy demand doth fear me, seeing my Philosophy is not sufficient to answer unto thy demand, for if thou ask me, to tempt me, thou mockest me of presumption, but if thou ask me in jest, thou mockest me of lightness: if thou ask me in earnest, thou usest me as ignorant: if thou ask me, to teach me, I am ready to learn: if thou ask me, because thou desirest to know it, I confess I can not teach it thee: if thou ask me, because some other body hath asked thee, thou mayest be sure that noon shall be satisfied of mine answer: and if perchance thou ask me, because thou hast dreamt it, sleeping, since thou art awake, believe not dreams, because they are vain.     

¶ Discorso del detto autore, sopra Belta Cap. 38. ¶ A Discourse of the said author, upon Beauty. Chap. 38.  

IL detto Autore parlando di Belta.  
L' huomo molto bello, altro non é senon vn' ombra di donna: & la donna molto brutta, altro non é, che una bestia di Montagna. Noi che siamo Cristiani, dobiamo stimar poco la belt a corporale: poi che da quella piu volte nasce la bruttura dell' anima: sotto la ghiaccia Cristalina, sta il fango pericoloso: dentro la mar aglia lavorata, si nutrisce il mala detto Serpe: dentro dal dente bianco, road il tarlo importuno: ad un panno molto fino, la tarme fa maggior straccio, & il verme piu noce all' arbore fruttifero. Lui vuole inferire, che sotto i corpi belli, & le fac cie di vago aspetto, si nascondono horribil vitij, per certo i gioveni poco prudenti, & alquanto leggieri, la buona dispositione, & la belta del corpo altro non é che la madre de molti vitij, et la rovina di tutte le virtu. O cecita mundana, O vita che non vive, O morte che non mai have fine: io non so per qual ragione alcuno huomo ardisce di vanagloriarsi di questa belta vana, sapendo che non é che la forma per empir la sepoltura, et che tutta la delicatezza de suoi membri, have da esser in poter de gli afamati servi. Par mi veramente, che quantunque i Cipressi siano molto dritti, i Lauri molto belli, i Platani molto ombrosi, i Cedri molto alti, i Ginepri molto odoriferi, gli, Olmi molto grandi, & ventosi: Non per cio sono questi albert, de gli altri piu belli. Per questa comparatione voglio dire, che quantunque vn' huomo generoso sia molio dritto di corpo, di alto lenaggio, molto ombroso de favori, molto bello di faccia, molto odorifero per fama, molto alto di sangue, molto potente nella republica, egli non percio é di miglior vita. Se non m' ing anno sotto il faggio seccho, si conseruano gli animali grossi, l' albero nano è il primo a dare il frutto: troth le pungenti spin, nascono le Rose odorifere: il Castagno inrizzato ne da le Castagne saporite. Voglio dire, che gli huomini brutti & piccoli all volte sono piu utili nella republica, perch faccie picciole et brune, sono inditio de cuori valorosi. O prencipi pieni di follia, O arditi figlioli di vanita, non vi pensate, che tutta la vostra pazzia sta sogetta all' opilatione del polmone, al caldo del fegato, al' dolore dello stomacho, all' enfiature de i piedi, a i movimenti del Cielo, all congiontioni della Luna, all' Eclissi del Sole, alla noiosa Estate, all' importuno inverno: Non vedete che solament una febre, non solo lieva la belta, ma anchora fa venire la faccia scolorita, vedo certi (senza ingegno) che vogliono che tutto il corpo sia lampeggiante, la roba monda. il saio netto, il letto ben fatto, la tauola delicata, i vasi ricchi, & solament consentono, che la trista anima sia sozza: sono ardito a dire, & da Christiano posso afermare, che chi vuol tener monda la cosa, la qual f●ce l' huomo: & consent, che sia sozza l' anima, la quale fece Iddio. Questo gli awiene, o perch manca di giuditio, o perch abonda di pazzia: vorrei sapere quale eccelentia hanno coloro, che sono dottati di belta, piu che chi ne sono mancati? force che l' huomo bello have due anime, & il brutto una sola: force che i belli sono savij, & i brutti ignoranti: force che i belli sono sani, & i brutti infermi: force, che i belli sono gagliardi, & i brutti cotardi: peraventura che i belli sono bene aventurati, & i brutti sgratiati: force, che solament i belli sono essenti da i vitij, & i brutti sono privati di virtu: force, che solament i belli hanno per patrimonio perpetuo la vita, & i brutti ad habitare nelle sepolture: Io dico di no: non vediamo noi ogni giorno, che la bruttura é fatta bella con virtu, et la beleza fatta brutta con vitij.  
Se bene un giouine fusse cosi bello, & di cosi bella dispositione che tutti cibino i suoi occhi a mirarlo, & sipieghino i cuori adamarlo: Che diremo, quando ci abattiamo (in questa fiorita eta) che nell' abbero hieri stava sana, & bella, & intiera, senza sospetto alcuno, che si potesse perdere, & che poi vien un caldo, & l' abrucia, un vento importuno di una tribulatione la torce, il coltello in●mico l' accorcia, le Api di non pensati casi la consumano, l' aqua della tribulatione la desfa, il caldo de la persecutione la consuma: & finalment, il verme de la corta vita la arde & guasta, & pei il putrido de la morte, la getta a terra. O vita humana, che sempre sei sgratiata, mi maraviglio come non prendi sospetto, & ricordarti che la tua belta è sottopofra alla sepoltura? Non vedi tu che gli alberi che sono ne gli giardim, dalla varteta de i fruit ti, si conosce la loro diferenza, cioé, la quercia dalle sue giande, la palma a i datoli, il Platano all foglie, la Vite all Grappe, il Castagno, all castagne, ma quando si secca la radice, si taglia il troncone, i quai gittati nel suoco, tornano in cenere. Dimando, se alcuno in esse cenere conoscera qual fusse la diferentia da un albero all' altro? Per questa comparatione voglio dire, che troth tanto che la vita di questa morte, o la morte di questa vita, ci viene a trovare, siamo tutti come alberi nel giardino: de i quali uno si conosce a le radice de suoi passati fatti l' altro all foglie delle sue parole, quello a i rami de i suoi favori, quell' altro a i frutti delle sue richezze, altri alla sua scorza brutta, & altri ne fiori di esser belli, altri per esser pi●cioli come nani, altri per esser grandi come giganti, altri essendo secchi come vecchi, altri per esser verdi come gioveni, altri per esser fruttiferi come ricchi, altri sterili come poveri: finalment, siamo tutti una cosa simile, & caminiamo tutti alla sepoltura, & come siamo fuori di questo mondo, qual diferentia sara troth i belli & i brutti? Certo nessuna. Non vedete che quantunque il Cedro sia alto & bello, non percio have il suo carbone piu bianco, & bench la quercia sia picciola & brutta, non percio é piu nera la sua cenere, tanta diferenzia ci sara troth le ossa di un prencipe, & quelle di un povero. O huomo senza inteletto, non sai tu, che Iddio ti creo accio tu morissi? tuo padre ti genero accio che tu morissi? tua madre ti partori, per morire? & tu sei nato di donna, per morire? & finalnalment, tu vivi, per morire: & pur non voi sentire nominar morte. Certament l' huomo giouine é come un coltello mozzo, il quale in processo di tempo, si guasta nel taglio de i sentimenti, l' altro di si spunta nel giudicio, hoggi perde l' aciale delle forze, domatina lo piglia la rugine dell'infirmitá, hora lo torce con le aversitá, horra intoppa nella prosperitá: quando é molto acuto di taglio per esser ricco, se ne va saltando: quando é molto grosso di taglio, non taglia per povertá: equanto piu il coltello é tagliente, in tanto piu pericolo met la vita dell' huomo▪ Non é cosa spaventevole, a pensarui sopra, a veder certi bravi, belli gioveni, in poco di tempo si gli muta la belta in bruttura, si gli muta la proportione della bocca, si perde il lustro della faccia, la barba negra diventa bianca, il capo nero si muta in caluo, le mascielle si fanno crespe, le nwole ciecano gli occhi, come fusse una cortina avanti a quelli, i denti come avorio bianchi si fan neri, la gotta a i pie leggteri met i ceppis, l' Apoplesia di spasimo a i brazzi galanti,   

THe said Author speaking of Beauty.  
A man very fair, is naught else but a shadow of a woman, and a woman very fowl, is naught else, but a beast of the mountain. We that are Christians, aught little to esteem corporal beauty, since that from it many times come great deformities to the soul: under the Crystal ice, is the dangerous mire: within the wrought wall, is the cursed serpent nourished: within the white tooth, doth the importune worm fret: in the finest cloth, doth the Moth great hurt, and the worm also annoyeth the fruitful tree. His meaning is, that within the beautiful bodies, & face of a pleasant countenance, are horrible vices hidden, verily in youth, who are not very prudent, & somewhat light, the good disposition, & beauty of the body, is naught else but the mother of many vices, & the ruin of all virtue. O worldly blindness, O life that liveth not, O death that never hath end, I know not by what reason any man dare vain glory of this vain beauty, knowing that it is naught else but the form to fill the grave, and that all the delicacy of his members, shall be in the hands of the hungry worms. Verily me thinketh, that although the Cypress be very straight, the Bay very fair, the Platan of much shadow, the Cedar very tall, the Gineper very odoriferus, the Elm very boisterous & windy: Not for all this are these trees fairer then the other. By this comparison I will say, that although a Noble man be very strait of body, of high lineage, well shadowed with favours, very fair of beauty, very odoriferous through fame, very high of blood, very mighty in a common Weal, he for all this is not of better life. If I deceive not me self, under the Beech, great beasts do keep themselves, the little tree is the first that giveth fruit: amongst the pricking briars, grows the odoriferus Rose: the crabbed Chestnut tree yell death the savoury Chestnuts. I will say, that the little and fowl men, many times are more profitable in the common weal: for small and brown faces, are tokens of valiant hearts. O Princes full of folly, O hardy children of vanity, do not you think, that all your foolishness is subject to the oppilation of lights, to the heat of the Liver, to the ache of the stomach, to the swellings of the feet, to the movings of heaven, to the conjunctions of the Moon, to the Eclipse of the Sun, to the noisome Summer, to the importune Winter. Do you not see, that one ague not only taketh away the beauty, but also maketh the face become colorles. I see certain (without wit) that will have all their bodies glistering, their gowns neat, their coat clean, their bed well made, their table delicate, their plate rich, and only will consent, that the poor soul be filthy & soul: I dare say, & like a Christian may affirm, that who will keep clean the thing that man made, and will consent, that the soul, which God made, be soul: this chanceth, either because he wanteth judgement, or else, because he flows in foolishness: I would know what excellency they have, that are endued with beauty, more then those that want it? perhaps the beautiful man hath two souls, & the deformed man but one: perhaps the beautiful are wise, & the soul, ignorant: perhaps the fair are healthful, and the soul sick: perhaps the fair are strong, and the fowl cowards: perhaps the fair are fortunate, and the soul unlucky: perhaps the fair are void of vices, and the soul void of virtue: perhaps the fair only have life in perpetual patrimony, and the fowl must devil in their graves: I say no: do we not see every day, that foulness is made fair with virtue? and beauty is made soul with vices?  
Although a youngman were so fair, & of so fair a disposition, that all should feed their eyes in beholding him, & bend their hearts in lowing him: What shall we say, if we meet (in this flourishing age) that in the tree yesterday was whole & sounded, without any suspicion to be lost, and that then cometh a heat, and burneth it, an importune wind of tribulation doth wry it, the foreign knife doth disbarke it, the Bee of unaspected causes doth consume it, the water of tribulation doth undo it, the heat of persecution consumeth it: and lastly, the worm of the short life doth burn it, and spoil it, & then the rot of death doth cast it to the earth. O human life, that always art unhappy, I marvel that thou dost not suspect and remember, that thy beauty is subject unto the grave? Dost thou not see, that the trees that are in the Gardens, by the variety of their fruits, is their difference known, I mean, the Oak by her Akernes, the Palm by the Dates, the Plain tree by leaves, the Vine by the grape, the Chestnut tree by the chest nuts: but when the root dieth, the stock is cut down, which is cast into the fire, & cometh to ashes. I ask, if any, by these ashes can know, which is the difference from the one tree to the other? By this comparison I will say, that so long as the life of this death, or else the death of this life doth come to meet us, we are all like trees in the Garden, the which some are known by the roots of their passed deeds, another by the leaves of his words, another by the boughs of his favours, another by the fruits of his riches, some other by their soul bark, & some by their flowers, for being fair, others for being as little as dwarves, others for being as big as giants, others for being dry like old, others for being green like youngmen, others by being fruitful like richmen, others by being barren like poor: lastly, we are all one like thing, and we walk all toward the grave: and when we are out of this world, what difference will there be between the fair & the soul? verily noon. See you not, that although the Cedar be high and fair, for all that is not his coal whiter, and although the Oak be soul & little, yet is not the ashes of it blacker: so much difference will there be between the bones of a prince, & those of a poor man. O man without understanding, knowest not thou, that God created thee that thou shouldest die? thy father begat thee that thou shouldest die? thy mother delivered thee, to die: & thou art borne of a woman, to die: and last of all, thou livest to die: and yet wilt not thou hear death named. Certainly a young man is like a blunt knife, the which in tract of time is spoiled in the edge of the senses, another day he is blunted in judgement, to day he loseth the steel of his strength, to morrow the rust of sickness taketh him, now he is made crooked with adversity, now he stumbleth upon prosperity: when he is very sharp of edge, & rich withal, he goeth leaping: when he is very gross of cutting, he cutteth not for poverty: and the more sharp a knife is, in so much more peril doth man put his life, It is no fearful thing to think upon, to see certain brave fair young men, in a short time their beauty is changed to foulness, the proportion of their mouth is altered, the brightness of their face is lost, the black beard becometh white, the black head is changed to hore, his cheeks become wrimpled, the clouds blind his eyes, as it were a curtain before them, the Ivory white teeth are changed to black, the gout, to nimble feet, putteth on fetters, the fearful palsy cometh to the gallant arms,    


vitij, & delle virtu molto attenti, ma nel castigarli, & osseruarle molto negligenti, molti non sanno resistere al vitij ch'anno vituperati, ne mantenersi ne la vita c'hanno lodata. 
vices, and of virtues very attentive, but in punishing them, and keeping them, very negligent, many can not resist the vice, which they have abhorred, nor maintain themselves in the life they have praised.  E gran male per gioventu, acompagnarsi con i cattivi, & separarsi da buoni, perch assai nuoce a uno la presentia de cattivi, & anche la assenza de buoni. 
It is great hurt for youth, to accompany with the evil, & separate himself from the good, for the presence of the evil, & the absence of the good, hurteth much one.  In casa di un prencipe, non sta bene, chi non have dolce parole in bocca, da comandare, & humile cuore da ubidire. 
In the house of a prince, he doth not well, that hath not pleasant words in his mouth, to command, and an humble heart to obey.  Guai guai a quella terra dove il signor é vitioso, il sogetto seditioso, il riccho avaro, & il consigliero ignorant. 
woe, woe unto that city, where the lord is vicious, the subject seditious, the rich covetous, & the counsellor ignorant.  Gli animi Generosi non mirano a quanto gli vien donato, ma a la intentione del donatore. 
The worthy minds look not unto what is given them, but unto the givers mind.  Cresso Re de Lydia scrivendo a Anatharso Filosofo, lo prega, che venga a vederlo, & dice all fine della sua lettera, Credi, & accetta quanto il mio Imbassadore ti dira & dara, & per questa lettera ti prometto che quando sarai gionto qua, di farti tesoriero, de mioi tesorri unico consigliero de miei affari, segretario de miei segreti, padre de miei siglioli, reformatore del mio regno, maestro della mia persona, capo della mia republica, & finalment, Anatharso sara Cresso accio che Cresso doventi Anatarso. 
Croesus' king of Lydia, writing to Anatharsus the Philosopher, prayeth him, that he will come fee him, and saith at the end of his letter, Believe, & take so much as my Ambassador will tell thee, & give thee, & by this letter I promise' thee, that when thou art come hither, I will make thee treasurer of my treasures, the only counsellor of my affairs, Secretary of my secrets, father of my children, refourmer of my kingdom, master of my person, head of my common Weal, and finally, Anatharsus shall be Croesus, to the end Croesus may become Anatharsus.  Pochi prencipi fariano il simile, se ci fussero Filosofi hoggi di. 
Few Princes would do the like, if there were Philosophers now adays.  E bono per saper la vita de i vitiosi, por emendar la nostra, ma é meglio cercar di sapere quella de i savi & buoni, per imitarla. 
It is good to know the life of the vicious, to amend ours, but it is better to seek to know the life of the wise and good, to imitate it.  Dice Anatharso, scrivendo a Cresso, Re di Lydia, I veri Filosofi di Grecia, non atendevano ad imparare a comandare, ma humiliarsi: non a parlare, ma a tacere: non a resistere, ma a ubidire: non ad'aquistare molto, ma a contentarsi di poco: non a vendicarsi delle offese, ma a perdonare le ingiurie: non a pigliare l'altrui, ma a dare del nostro: non ad esser honorati, ma ad esser virtuosos: imparauano ad abhorire quello che altri bramano, cioé, richezze: & all contrario, ad amar quelle coz, che gli altri abhoriscano, cio é, la poverta, pochi lo fanno hoggi di. 
Anatharsus saith, writing to Croesus' king of Lydia, the true Philosophers of Greece, did not attended to learn to command, but to be humble: not to speak, but to be silent: not to resist, but to obey, not to purchase much, but to be content with little: not to be revenged of offences, but to pardon injuries: not to take that which is others, but to give of ours: not to be honoured, but to be virtuous: they did learn to abhor that, which other men desire: that is, riches: and contrariwise, to love those things, that other men abhor, that is, poverty: few do it now adays.  Non ci é Leone tanto feroce, ne Serpent tanto venenoso, ne Vipera tanto furiosa, ne altro animale tanto schivo, che una voltal' anno, non si unisca il maschio con la femina. 
There is no Lion so fierce, no Serpent so venomous, no Viper so furious, neither other beast so fearful, that once in the year, the Male doth not join with the Female.  Gli é antico proverbio, che l' odor de gli odori, si é il pane: il sapore de sapori, si é il sale: l' amor de gli amori, sono i figlioli. 
It is an ancient proverb, that the odour of odours, is the bread: the savour of savours, is the fault, & the love of loves, is children.  La moglie che have tristo marito, faccia conto di haver il Demonio in casa: & il marito c'ha la moglie cattiva, facci conto di haver l' inserno in casa. Et dico oltre, che le femine cattive sono peggio de le Fury infernal, perch nei' Inferno sono tormentati solament i cattivi: male femine indomite tormentano i buoni & cattivi. 
The wife that hath a naughty husband, let her make account to have a Devil in the house: and the husband that hath a naughty wife, let him accounted to have hell in his house. I say moreover, that ill women are worse, then the infernal Furies, for in Hell the bad are only tormented, but the unruly women, do torment both good and bad.  Il modo del governare, ricerca non solament la scientia, & l' esperientia, ma etiandio la forza per aprendere gran imprese, prudentia per conoscerle, valore per eseguirle, solecitudine per continuarle, pacientia per sostenerle, mezzi per sustentarle, & sopra tutto, animo per fornirle, a honour Dio, & beneficio del prossimo. 
The manner to govern, hath not only need of science and experience, but also force to undertake great enterprises, prudence to know them, valour to execute them, diligence for to continued them, patience to sustain them, means to uphold them, and over all this, a mind to accomplish them to the honour of God, & benefit of his neighbour.  La vita del'huomo non é altro che una longa giornata che principia quando lui nasce, et finisce quando muore. 
The life of man is naught else but a long journey, that beginneth when he is borne, and endeth when he dieth.  una bella donna altro non é, che una pilola d' orata, la qual ciba gli occhi, a esser mirata, & é poi sprezzata, quando se ne fatta la pruova 
A fair woman is naught else but a guilt pyl, the which feedeth the eyes being looked on, & is despised, when trial is made of it.  una donna da bene, é come un fasano, la cui piuma é stimata poco, & de la carne ne faciamo gran conto. 
An honest woman is like a Pheasant, whose feathers is little accounted of, and of the flesh we make great account.  Le triste donne sono come la Volpe, la cui pelle teniamo cara, & sprezziamo la loro carne. 
The naughty women are like the Foxes, whose Skins are held dear, and the flesh is despised.  Se un huomo riprende la moglie inanzi testimonij, altro non fa che sputare in Cielo, perch lo sputo gli torna nella faccia. 
If a man do check his wife before witnesses, he doth naught else but spit in the heaven, for the spittle doth return upon his face.  Le donne sono fretollose nel dimandare, determinate nel operare, inpaciente nel soferire, estreme ne i loro desiderij, perch vedo certe donne che si metteranno a desiderar tal coz che non sono state ne veduti da morti, ne vdite da vini. 
Women are hasty in asking, determined in working, impatient in suffering, extreme in desiring: for I see certain women that will set themselves to desire such things as were never seen of the dead, neither heard of the living.  Vedo che se donna have desio di qualcosa, comanda alla lingua che la dim indi, ai piedi che la cerchi, a gli occhi che la miri, all many che la conserui, anche al cuore che l' ami. 
I see if a woman hath lust to a thing, she commandeth her tongue to ask it, her feet to seek it, her eyes to behold it, her hands to preserve it, and also her heart to love it.  Vedo anche se una donna have timore di qualche persona, non lascia per vergogna di acusarla, ne per poverta di perseguitarla, ne per timore di farlo ucidere. 
I see also, if a woman be afraid of some body, she letteth not for shame to accuse him, neither for poverty to persecute him, neither for fear to 'cause him to be slain.  Vedo certe donne, che se subito non hanno quelche domandano, si mutano di faccia, dicono con la lingua parolo di affanno, fanno risonar la casa con la loro voce, scandalizano tutta la vicinanza: finalment gettano la spuma per la bocca, fino che hanno il loro desiderio. O misero huomo, che sei sottoposto a donna. 
I see certain women, that if presently they have not that they ask for, they altar their countenance, they speak with their tongue fond words, with their noise they make the house resound, they offend all their neighbours: lastly with their mouth they cast some, until they have their desire. O wretched man, that art subject to a woman.  Ci sono certi huomini hoggi di, che sono dotati di gratie, ma poveri di virtu, piu belli che virtuosos, piu gagliardi che piatosi, piu ricchi che elemosinarij, piu crudi che giusti, piu valorosi che pudenti, piu curiosi che savij. 
There are certain men now adays, that are adopted with graces, but poor of virtue, more fair than virtuous, more strong then pitiful, more rich than almose givers, more cruel then just, more valiant than prudent, more curious then wise.  Bel detto di Gratiano, andando alla guerra, Se io vinco, ho quanto desidero: se io muoro, satisfaccio quanto son debitore. 
A fine saying of Gratianus, going to war, If I overcome, I have as much as I desire: if I die, I satisfy so much as I owe.  Essendo il prencipe ginsto, il Clero santo, la Chiesa ben favorita, la Republica emendata, et tutto il regno pacefico, quel Prencipe, quel Clero, quella Chiesa, quella republica, & quel regno saranno benedetti a Dio. 
The Prince being just, the clergy holy, the church favoured well, the common weal amended, and all the realm peaceable, that prince, that Clergy, that Church, that common weal, and that realm shallbe blessed of God.     

¶ Discorso in laud di Henrico ottavo, Re di Inghilterra. Cap. 40. A discourse in praise of Henry the eight, king of England. Chap. 40.  

HEnrico ottavo, Re di Inghilterra, fu di sangue generoso, ne le armi esperimentato, di ingegno acuto, per i capelli canuti venerabile, di aspetto grave, nel parlare polito, dritto in giustitia, chiaro ne la sua vita, puro in conscientia, integro di Nobilita, alto nell' eloquentia, profondo ne la sapientia, elegante nel scrivere, dolce nel pronontiare, virtuoso in operare, savio nel conoscere●, giusto nel sententiare, diligent nel castigare, prudente nel disimulare, presto in soccorer i poveri, pronto in aiutar gli aflitti, vigilante in esaltar la parola de Iddio, constant ne la fede, largo nel dare lemosina, solecito nel riscuoter prigioni, piatoso verso i opressati, magnanimo di cuore, sobrio nel vivere, valoroso ne le guerre, verace nel suo procedere, conform all parer de savij, amico de dotti, grato a ibuoni, temuto de gli insolenti, honorato da molti altri prencipi, amator de la pace, conseruator de le tregue, mantenitore de la sua parola, fedele ne le sue promise, liberale verso molti, avaro verso pochi, famoso in clementia, diligent nell' esaltar virtu, & punir vitio, vegligente nel'mantener vitio, & abandonar virtu: finalment, dottato di tutte quelle bone virtu che apartengono a bon prencipe, essente de tutti i costumi di tiranno o crudele: pochi se ne trovano suoi pari. Iddio per la sua misericordia longo tempo voglia mantener sua figlia. Amen. Cosi sia.   

HEnry the eight, king of England, was of a generous blood, in his Arms experienced, of a sharp wit, thorough his hoary hears worshipful, of countenance grave, in his speech neat, in justice right, in his life clear, in conscience pure, perfect in Nobility, high in eloquence, profound in wisdom, eloquent in writing, pleasant in pronouncing, virtuous in working, wise in knowing, just in giving of sentence, diligent in punishing, prudente in dissembling, ready to secure the poor, prove to help the afflicted, vigilant in exalting the word of God, constant in faith, large in giving of alms pliant in redeeming of prisoners, pitiful toward the oppressed, of a stout courage, sober in living, valiant in wars, true in his proceedings, agreeable with the wise, a friend to the learned, grateful to the good, feared of the insolent, honoured of many other princes, a lover of peace, a preserver of truces, a maintainer of his word, faithful in his promises, liberal toward many, covetous toward few, famous in clemency, diligent in exalting virtue, and punishing vice, negligent in maintaining of vice, and abandoning virtue: lastly, adopted of all those good virtues that appertain unto a good prince, void of all the customs of either tyrant or cruel: few are found his peers. God for his mercy long time maintain his daughter. Amen. So be it.    

¶ Belli discorsi di Antonio Guevara, sopra diverse occasione. Cap. 41. ❧ Fine discourses of Antonio Guevara, upon divers occasions. Chap. 41.  

IDdio creo tutte le coz che seruissero al' huomo con conditione che l' huomo seruisse solament a Dio, & l' huomo è tanto ingrato, che vuol posseder ogni cosa, & non vuol seruir a Dio. 
GOd created all things, that they should serve man, upon condition that man should serve God only, and man is so ingrateful, that he will possess every thing, and will not serve God.  un cattivo prencipe fa che i suoi soget ti siano rubelli, & il servo ribello, fa il suo signor tiranno. 
An evil prince causeth that his subjects are rebels: and the servant a rebel, maketh his lord to be a tyrant.  Spaventa piu la parola dell'animoso che la lanza del cotardo. 
The word of the courageous, feareth more then the spear of the dastard.  E impossibile, che la malitia humana possa disordinare quello, che la divina providentia have ordinato. 
It is impossible for human craft, to disorder that, which the divine providence hath ordained.  Noi vediamo con gli occhi, & non conosciamo: udiamo con le orecchie, & non comprendiamo: parliamo con la lingua, & non intendiamo: il nostro intelletto é tanto debole, che a conparatione é assai piu quello che non sapiamo, che quello che sapiamo. 
We see with our eyes, and yet we know not: we hear with our ears, and yet we do not comprehend: we speak with our tongue, and yet we understand not: our understanding is so weak, that in comparison, that which we know not, is far more, then that which we know.  Vediamo che quando le radici del albero sono tagliate via, presto i frutti si secchano. 
We see, that when the roots of the tree are cut away, the fruit of it do quickly dry.  E meglio assai morire con honore, che vivere con vergogna: proverbio Romano. 
It is far better to die with honour, then to live with shame. a Roman proverb.  un Filosofo essendo domandato che cosa fusse la moglie, lui rispose, la moglie è il naufragio del'huomo, la tempest a di casa, l' impedimento di ogni quiet, una prigione della vita, un danno continuo, guerra cotidiana, animal malitioso, un danno che mai non cessa: & finalment, la donna non é altro, che una bestia a lato all' huomo, & pur la donna é un male necessario. 
A Philosopher being asked what was a wife, he answered, The wife is the shipwreck of the man, the tempest of the house, the impediment of all quietness, a prison of life, a continual damage, a daily war, a malicious creature, a damage that never ceaseth: and finally a woman is naught else then a beast by the side of a man, and yet a woman is a necessary evil.  E facile cosa ocupar l' altrui, ma é cosa dificile a conseruarselo. 
It is an easy thing, to occupy that is other mens, but it is an uneasy thing, to maintain it.  Bel modo di parlare. 
A fine manner of speech.  Poco giova il Timone, quando la nave é spersa: poco giovano le arm, quando il campo é rotto: poco val la medicina, quando l' huomo é morto: & poco vall' aqua, quando la casa é brucciata. 
Little availeth the Rudder, when the ship is lost: little avail weapons, when the camp is broke: little helpeth the medicine, when the man is dead: and little helpeth the water, when the house is burnt.  Bello discorso sopra la Morte. 
A fine discourse upon death.  La Morte altro non é, che un eterno sonno, una dissolutione del corpo, un spavento de ricchi, un desio de poveri, un caso inevitabile, un pellegrinaggio incerto, un latrone d'huomini, una madre del sonno, sorella del riposo, compagna di quiet, vn' ombra di vita, un separarsi da viventi, una compagnia de morti, una resolutione de tutti, un fornire le fatiche, et un fine de vani desiderij: finalment la morte é un carnefice de cattivi, & un grandissimo premio de buoni. 
Death is naught else but an eternal sleep, a dissolution of the body, a fright to the rich, a wish of the poor, a case that can not be avoided, an uncertain pilgrimage, a stealer of men, a mother of sleep, a sister of rest, a companion of quietness, a shadow of life, a parting from the living, a company of the dead, a resolution of all, a finishing of labours, and an end of vain desires: finally, Death is an executioner of the evil, and a great reward of the good.  Bella descrittione del mondo. 
A fine description of the world.  Il mondo è un ricutto de cattivi, un carnefice de buoni, una somma de vitij, un tiranno di virtu, uno inimico di pace, un amico di guerra, un dolce accetto de vitiosi, un fiele de virtuosos, un defensore da bugie, uno inuentore di nouita, un lagho di vanita, un deserto di follia, un mare di fur fanterie, la pro fondita di leggierezza, vn' inquietudine d'ignoranti, un martello de huomini maluagi, un tauoliero de golosi, un forno di concupiscentia: & finalment, il mondo altro non é, che una Caribdi oue pericolano i nostri cori, & una Scylla oue si affuocano tutti i nostri pensieri, perch il mondo altro non have in se, senon superbia, invidia, lussu, ria, odio, ira, bestemia, avaritia, & pazz●a, ogni cosa in se é instabile, misero, ingannevole, immondo, & tristo, & veramente si puo dir mundano, perch la terra in esso é l' evaritia, il fuoco é il desio, l' aqua, l' inconstantia, l' air, la pazzia, le pietre, la superbia, i flori, il contento, gli alti alberi, sono i pensieri: il mare profondo, é il core: il Sole di questo mondo, é la prosperita, la Luna significa il mutamento continuo: il mondo si é nostro crudel nimico, nostro falace amico, che sempre ci da fatiche, sempre ci lieva il riposo, lui ci priva de nostri tesori, lui é temuto da buoni, lui é amato da tristi, lui é dissipatore d' altrui beni, & avaro de suoi, lui é macinatore de tutti i vitij, & il carnefice de tutte le virtu: il mondo trattiene i suoi con inganni, lui trahe a se i stranieri con delitie, lui robba la fama de i morti, met a sacco la fama & vita de i vivi, lui tiene conto di noi, et noi non osiamo tenir conto di lui, & ogni cosa in questo mondo, non é che vanita. 
The world is an assembly of the evil, an headsman of the good, a sum of vices, a tyrant of virtue, an enemy of peace, a friend of war, a sweet accepting of the vicious, a gall of the virtuous, a defender of lies, an inventor of novels, a lake of vanity, a desert of folly, a sea of knavery, the depth of lightness, an unqnietnesse of the ignorant, an Hammare of naughty men, an exchequer of the gluttons, an oven of concupiscence: and finally, the world is naught else, but a Charybdis, where our hearts do perish, and a Scylla, wherein all our thoughts are smothered, for the world hath nothing else in it, but pride, envy, lechery, hatred, ire, blasphemy, covetousness, and folly: every thing in it, is unstable, wretched, deceitful, unclean, and naughty, and verily it may be called worldly, for the earth in it is covetousness: the fire, is desire: the water, in constancy: the air, folly: the stones are pride: the flowers, contentations: the high trees, are the thoughts: the deep sea, is the heart: the Sun of this world, is prosperity: the Moon signifieth the continual mutability: the world is our cruel enemy, our failing friend, that always giveth us labours, always taketh us from rest, he depriveth us of our treasures, he is feared of the good, he is loved of the evil, he is a destroyer of other men's goods, and covetous of his own he is a forger of all vices, & the hangman of all virtues: the world holdeth his, with deceit, he draweth strangers to him with dainties, he stealeth fame from the dead, he sacketh the fame & life of the living he keepeth account of us, & we dare not keep account of him, and all things in this world are but vanity.  Chi si lascia vincer da la malinconia, si gli turbano i pensieri, la memoria si gli confonde, la carne gli trema, il giuditio si gli altera, & la ragione si ritira da lui▪ 
He that letteth himself be overcome with sadness, his thoughts are troubled, confoundeth his memory, his flesh trembleth his judgement altereth, & reason is withdrawn from him.  Le qualita de gli Elementi, la Terra é fredda & secca, l' aqua é humida & fredda, l' air é caldo & humido, il fuoco é caldo & secco. 
The qualities of the Elements, The earth is cold and dry, the water moist and cold, the air hot and moist, the fire hot and dry.  L' Autore scriue in laud di un Senator Romano, & dice, Lui fu di sangue generoso, moderato nelle prosperit á, patient nelle adversitá, animoso nelle fatiche, solecito nelle imprese, prudente ne i consigli, fedele con gli amici, accorto con gli inimici, geloso del suo nome, honesto della persona, ne con la lingua, ne con la vita non mai scandalizzo, ne affilisse persona. 
The Author writeth in praise of a Roman Senator, & saith, He was of an high blood, moderate in prosperity, patient in adversity, hardy in his labours, careful in his enterprises, prudent in counsels, faithful with his friends, wary with his enemies, jealous of his name, honest of his person, neither with tongue, nor yet with life, did he ever slander, or trouble any person.  Le con litione del huomo assannato & tribulato, lui sospiradi giorno, lui veglia di not te, in compagnia si afligge, solo piglia riposo, abhorisce la luce, ama le tenebre, bagna la terra conlagrime, penetra l' aria con sospiri, del passato scent pena, il presento non li piace, l' awenire gli da pensiero, si affigge quando vien consolato, & narrando le sue pene, piglia conforto, con compagnia non sta contento, & solo sta mal disposto. 
The conditions of an afflicted & troubled man, he fighteth by day, he waketh by night, with company he is troubled, alone he taketh rest, he abhorreth light, he loveth darkness, he wetteth the earth with tears, pierseth the air with sighs, he feeleth pain of that is past, that is present pleaseth him not, he museth of that to come, when he is comforted he afflicts himself, & in reciting his pains, he taketh comfort, with company he is not content, and alone he is ill disposed.  Bel modo di scrivere, del detto Autore, scrivendo a un suo amico che era bandito. 
A fine way to writ, of the said Author, writing to a friend of his, that was banished.  Non vediamo noi, quanto é varia la Fortuna, & in quanto poco spacio accade una disgratia? In questo che hora voglio dire, condanno me, accuso te, mi lamento de i Dei, cito i morti, chiamo i vivi, perch veggono loro, & vediamo noi, come habbiamo avanti gli occhi il male, & non sappiamo conoscerlo, lo palpiamo con le mani, & non lo sentia●no, lo habiamo ananti a i piedi, & non lo vediamo, il male ci parla all' or●chie, & non lo udiamo, ci chiama spesse volte, & non l'vdiamo, ci avisa ogni giorno, & non gli crediamo, non vogliamo antiveder il pericolo, fino che non ci e piu rimedio. Non pensiamo di viver sicuri, a pensar che le coz piccole non portino pericolo: Non vediamo noi per esperientia, che un poco di vento fa cader i frutti da gli alberi, una picciola scintilla abrucia una montagna, con una picciola punta di un sasso, sirompe una nave, una picciola pietra fa intoppar il piede, un piccolo hamo piglia un gran pesce, vnapicciola ferita fa morire una gran persona? Per quanto ho detto, voglio inferire, che la nostra vita étanto frale, & la fortuna tanto sciolta, che ci viene da quella part il pericolo, dove stavamo piu securi. Molti sono i peri coli a che siamo sottoposti, de quali non dubitamo niente: non vediamo noi per esperientia che il Cirugico teme piu la Fistola chiusa, che l' aperta, il Piloto teme piu l' aqua bassa, che l' alta, il buon gueriero teme piu un assalto secreto, che una manifesta bataglia. Voglio dire, che l' huomo prudente non si debbe guardare dastranieri, ma da i suoi, non da nimici, ma da amici, non dalla crudel guerra, ma da la finta pace, non dal danno publico, ma dal occulto pericolo. See not conoscessimo le qualita de la Fortuna, non si lamenteressimo cosi all' improvisa di lei, perch a dire il vero, lei doveria essere tutta per tutti, & doveria tener tutti contenti, & lei fa al contrario, & si scherza di noi, essa ci mostra i suoi beni, & noi li pigliamo per heredita, essace li impresta, & noi li pigliamo per continui, essace li dá da scherzo, & noi li pigliamo da dovero: finalment, non vediamo, che ella non fa altro, che darsi la baia, ci da quello che é d' altri, & ci piglia il nostro: finalment io es●rto, prego, avertisco, amorisco, & supplico tutti i miei amici a imparar a conoscer Fortuna, & non temer i suoi venti furibo● li de i suoi travagli, ne spaventar si de i suoilampi, & t●●i●, ne creder alla ser●mta de i suoi piaceri, ne darsi delle sue dolci lusing he, non far stima de i suoi amici, non acompagnarsi con i suoi nimici, non pigliar piacer di quello che ci da, ne sentir affanno per quello che ci lieva, & non rider per esser amato da quella, ne piangere per esser disprezzato da essa: perch Fortuna é tanto falsa, che molte volte t●ra l' Arco, & non ferisce, & molte volte non tira, & ferisce. 
Do we not see how variable fortune is, and in how little space a mischance happeneth? In that which now I will say, I condemn me self, I accuse thee, I complain of the gods, I still the dead, & call the living for they see, and we see how we have before our eyes, the e●yl, and we can not know it, we touch it with our hands, and yet we do not feel it, we have it before our feet, and yet we see it not, it speaketh to us in our ears, & yet we hear him not he calleth us often, and we hear him not, he adviseth us every day, and we believe him not, we will not foresee the peril, until there be no more remedy. Let us not think to live secure, & think that small things bring no peril: Do we not see by experience, that a little wind causeth fruit to fall from the trees? a little spark burneth a mountain? with the small point of a stone, is a ship broken, a little stone maketh once feet to stumble? a little hook taketh a great fish? a little wound maketh a great person to die? For that which I have said, my meaning is, that our life is so frail, and Fortune so lose, that dangers come to us from that part, that we thought we were most sure. Many are the perils that we are subject unto, of the which we doubt nothing. Do we not see by experience, that the Chirurgeon feareth more a close Fistule, then the open: the Pilot feareth more the low water, then the high: the good warrior feareth more a secret assault, then a manifest battle. I will say, that a prudent man aught not take heed of strangers, but of his own: not of his enemies, but of his friend: not of the cruel war, but of the feigned peace: not of the public damage, but of the hidden peril. If we did know the qualities of Fortune, we would not so suddenly complain of her, for to say the truth, she should be all in all, for all men, and should keep all content, and she doth the contrary, and jesteth at us: she showeth us her goods, and we take them to our inheritance: she dareth them us, and we take them for a continuance: she giveth us them in jest, & we take them in earnest: finally, we see how she doth nothing else, but mock us: she giveth us that which is other mens, & taketh from us, that which is ours: finally, I exhort pray, warn, admonish, & beseech all my friends to learn to know Fortune, and not to fear the raging winds of her travails, nor to be affrighted of her lamps and thunders, neither believe the clearness of her pleasures, nor trust her sweet flatter, nor to esteem her friends, nor accompany with her enemies, nor take pleasure in that she giveth us, neither feel grief for that which she taketh from us, nor laugh for being loved of her, neither weep for being despised of her: for Fortune is so false, that many times she draweth the Bow, and woundeth not, & many times she draweth it not, and yet woundeth.     

¶ Discor si del detto Autore circa Capitani et Soldati del nostro tempo, & mostra come bisognerebbe scegliere i Giudici. Cap. 42. ¶ Discourses of the said Author, concerning Captains and soldiers of our time, and showeth how judges should be chosen. Cap. 42.  

IN Roma antica Citta, non si dava ordine di Cavalleria a nessuno, se non era di sangue chiaro, di corpo ben disposto, nel parlare ordinato, nella guerra esercitato, di core animoso, nelle armi fortunato, nella vita modesto bisognava che fusse approvato degno da tutti, & che nessuno si lamentasse di lui, il vero, & non finto Caualiero non bisogna che sia superbo, malitioso, furibondo, goloso, pusillanimo, ne scarso, ne bugiardo, ne bestem●atore, ne pigro, ma valente, humile, scalirito, patient, temperatto, netto, virile, liberale, verace. Maties i Caualieri del nostro tempo non sono cosi, loro lasciano l' oficio di Cavaleria, & si mettono a l' oficio del'agricoltura, i loro caualli sono buoi, le loro lanze sono stimoli, le loro spade scoriade, i loro scudieri sono adesso lavoratori. I nostri Caualieri piu presto anderanno a la villa a lavorare, che andare ala Frontiera a combattere. O quanto degenerano i Caualieri del nostro tempo, da quelli del tempo passato? al' hora i Caualieri si preciauano de gli infideli che haveuano amazato, & i suoi figlioli al present si preciano del grano che hanno colto. Non sapevano sospirare i Caualieri antichi, senon quando si trouauano a qualche passo pericoloso, i suoi successori non piangonon mai, senon quando non pioue di Maggio: contendevano i loro padri l' un con l' altro, a veder chi poteva tener piu lanze, contendono hora i figlioli chi have piu intrate, & chi sa meglio sparagnare. O gran pazzia che é soferto. 
IN Rome that ancient city, there was no order of knighthood given to any, if he were not of clear blood, of body well disposed, in speech ordinate, in wars exercised, of heart courageous, in Arms fortunate, in his life modest, he must be approved worthy of all men, & that noon should complain of him, the true, and not feigned knight must not be proud, malicious, raging, gluttonous, effeminate, filthy, nor scarce, nor liar, nor blasphemer, nor slothful, but valiant, humble, nimble, patient, temperate, neat, manly, liberal, and true. But the knights of our time are not so, they leave the office of knighoode, and put themselves to the office of husbandry, their Horses are Oxen, their Spears are goads for Oxen, their swords whips, their Shield's Rakes, their Esquires are Labourers. Our knights rather will go to the village to work, then go to the Frontiers to fight. O how much do knights of this time degenerate from those of times passed? Then knights did praise themselves of the Infidels which they had killed, and their children at this present praise themselves of the grain they have reaped. The ancient knights could not fight, but when they found themselves in some dangerous straight, their successors never weep, but when it raineth not in May: their fathers did contend one with an other, to see who could keep most spears, their sons contend now who hath more revenues, and who can best spare. O great folly, that it is suffered.  Bella definitione del nostro corpo, del detto autore. 
A fine definition of our body, by the said Author.  O cari amici, non sapete voi che la nostra natura é la corutione del nostro corpo, il nostro corpo é il molino de i nostri sensi, et i nostri sensi sono giudici della nostra anima, et la nostr' anima é madre de i nostri desiderij, et i nostri desiderij so no il boia della nostra gioventu, et la nostra gioventu e la venndetta de la nostra vechiezza, la nostra vechiezza é spia de la nostra morte, & la morte al fine é l' hosteria dove piglia alogiamento la nostra vita. 
O dear friends, know you not that our nature is the corruption of our body, & our body is the mill of our senses, & our senses are judges of our souls, and our soul is the mother of our desires, and our desires are the executioners of our youth, and our youth is the revenge of our age, and our age is the spy of our death, and death at last is the Inn where our life doth take up his lodging.  Il detto Autore descriue la vita de i nostri soldati che sono al di d' hoggi, & dice la verita, I nostri Capitani ne paesi dave passano fanno de le grand opressioni, & ne le Prouincie dove dimorano, fanno de gran fur santerie. Io so dire, et posso afermare, che il verme non fa tanto danno nel legno, ci la tarma ne la roba, et la favilla ne la stoppa, le locust ne le biade, come fanno i Capitani nelli popoli, non lasciano animale che non amazzino, ne furto che non facciano, ne vino che non bevano, ne denna che 〈…〉, ne buso che 〈…〉, ne temp●o che 〈…〉, ne seditione che non causino, ne vita che non intendano, mangiano & leveno, et non vogliono pagare, non vogliono servire, che non siano ben pagati, et é peggio del tutto, che se sono pagati, subito lo givocano, se non sono pagati, subito vanno a robbare, o siribellano, di sort che con poverta sono mal contenti, et con le richezze vivono vitiosi, et é venuto il caso a tanto corompimento che adesso un Capitano somiglia un capo de homicidiali, origine de seditiosi, tormenta●ore de buoni, suegliator de tuttii mali, capo de ladroni, pirato de corsari: finalment non dico quello, che pareno, ma affermo quel che sono, sono carnefici de virtuosos, et hosteria de vitiosi. Io percio non li biasimo tutti, perch so che ce ne de buoni qualcuno, ma sono molto rari, rarissimi. 
The said Author describeth the life of our soldiers that are now adays, and saith true, Our Captains in the countries where they pass, do great oppressions, and in Provinces where they tarry, they do great villainies. I can say, and may affirm, that the worm doth not so much hurt in the wood, & the moth in the cloth, & a sparkle in the the tow, the Locusts in the corn, as captains do among the people, they leave no beast unkylled, no stealth that they do it not, no wine that they drink not, no woman that they force not, no hole that they find not, nor temple that they spoil not, sedition that they 'cause not, not no life that they understand not, they eat & drink, & will not pay, they will not serve, if they be not well paid, & that is worst of all, if they be paid, straight they play it: if they be not paid, straight they go and rob, or else rebel, so that with poverty they are not contented, and with riches they live viciously: and the case is come to such a corruption, that now a capitain resembleth a head of slaughters, an original of seditions, a tormenter of the good, a waker of all evils, a head of the eves, a pirate of Rovers: and finally, I say not what they seem, but I affirm what they are, they are headsmen of the virtuous, and a lodging place of the vicious. I for all this blame them not at all, for I know, that there are some good, but they are rare, yea very rare.  Il detto Autore ci narra come bisognerebbe s●egliere i giudici, ma lui e obedito da pochi. 
The said Author doth tell us, how judges should be chosen, but he is obeyed of very few.  Ascegliere buoni giudici, bisogna scegliere de molti, i pochi: de i pochi, piu savi: de i piu savi, i piu esperti: de i piu esperti, i piu prudenti: de i piu prudenti, i piu quieti: de i piu quicti, i piu vecchi: de i piu vecchi, i piu degni: perch in vero, un vero et degno giudice bisogna che sia di sangue generoso, vecchio di eta, honesto di vita, et dipoca pazzia, ma di molta csperientia, et nel parlar resoluto, perch il vero giudice non bisogna inchinarsi per preghi, ne esser corotto con doni, ne lasciarsi ingannar con parole, ne lasciarsitorcer con minaccie, ne piegarsi ad accetar denari, ne esser vinto da pieta, ne anche esser troppo severo in giudicare: ma certo, certo, se ne trova pochi di questi, hoggi di, il buon giudice bisogna che habbi sempre una mano presta per sostener i buoni, & l' altra pronta per castigare i cattivi, ma non é cosi, io voria che fusse cosi. 
To choose good judges, you must choose out of many a few: out of the few, the wisest: out of the wisest, the expertest: of the expertest, the most prudent: of the most prudent, the quietest: of the quietest, the eldest: of the eldest, the worthiest: for verily, a true and worthy judge must be of a generous blood, of age old, of life honest, and of little folly, but of much experience, and in speech resolute, for the true judge must not incline himself with prayeinges, neither be corrupted with gifts, nor deceived with words, nor bend with threatenings, nor bow himself to accept money, nor be overcome with pity, and also to be severe in judging: but verily, verily, there are few found now adays, the good judge must always have one hand ready to sustain the good, and the other prove to punish the wicked, but it is not so, I would it were so.  Orsu, per adesso io mi voglio licentiar un poco da voi, io sono stracco a recitar tanti de questi detti, & piu che io scrivo & parlo, piu me ne viene a memoria. 
Well, for this time I will take my leave a little of you, I am weerye to rehearse so many of these sayings, and the more I writ and speak, the more cometh to my memory.  Veramente voi mi havete fatto un grand 'apiacere, & mi havete narrato de belli ponti. Certo quello M. Antonio Guevera mostra bene, che era huomo di grand ' ingegno. 
Verily you have done me a great pleasure, and you have told me many brave points. Certainly that M. Antonio Guevara showeth well, that he was a man of great understanding.  Cosi era certo. 
So he was certain.  Ma di gratia fatemi anchora un apiacere. 
But of courtesy do me one pleasure more  Volentieri, se io posso. 
Gladiy, if I can.  Signior si, che voi potete. 
Yes sir, that you can.  Et che cosa é? 
And what is it?     

¶ Nomi di tutti i membri che apertengono all' huomo, de i parenti, i giorni de la settimana, con le stagioni del'anno, come si debbe numerare, con un certo breve vocabulario. Cap. 43. ¶ Names of all the members appertaining to man, of all parents, of the days of the week, with the seasons of the year, how one shall number, with a certain brief Vocabulary. Chap. 43.  

DI gratia fatemi tanta cortesia, ditemi in Italiano, tutti i membri che apertengono a l' huomo. 
I Pray you show me so much courtesy, as to name me in Italian, all the members which appertayve to man.  Io sono contentissimo. 
I am content.  Cominciate dal Capo. 
Begin at the head.  un homo 
A man  una donna 
a woman  una persona 
a person  Il popolo 
the people  la gente. 
the folk  la plebe 
the commons  la Nobilta 
the Nobility  Il corpo 
the body.  la anima 
the soul  Il sangue 
the blood  la testa 
the head  Il capo 
the noll  I capelli 
the hears  le orechie 
the ears  Il ceruello 
the brains  la fronte 
the brow  la faccia 
the face  Il viso 
the vizard  Il volto 
the face  gli occhij 
the eyes  le galte 
the cheeks  Il naso 
the nose  la bocca 
the mouth  la lingua 
the tongue  le labra 
the lips  I denti 
the teeth  le masighe 
the gums  la gola 
the throat  Il barbotto 
the chin  la coppa 
the hinder part  la barba 
the beard  la Skena 
the back  le spalle 
the shoulders  I braccij 
the arms  Ilgombito 
the elbow  le many 
the hands  le dita 
the fingers  Il policy 
the thumb  le ungie 
the nails  la pelle 
the Skin.  Il petto 
the breast  Il stomako 
the stomach  Il ventre 
the belly  Il collo 
the neck  Il bombeligo 
the awl  la verga 
the yard  la lonza 
the loin  le chiappe 
the buttocks  Il fiancho 
the flank  le reni 
the reins  Il culo 
the arse  le natiche 
the buttocks  Il gallon 
the thigh  Il ginochio 
the knee  le gambe 
the legs  I piedi 
the feet  Il calcagno 
the heel  le zonture 
the joints  un osso 
a bone  le ossa 
the bones  le popille 
the breasts  le membra 
the members  un pugno 
a fist  una brancada 
a handful  In seno 
in the bosom  nel grembo 
in the lap  una costa 
a rib  una vena 
a vain  un neruo 
a sinew  Il polso 
the pulse  le tempie 
the temples  la palma di la 
the palm of the  mano 
hand  le bud●lle 
the guts  Il sputo 
the spittle  sputare 
to spit  Il cuore 
the heart  le entraglias 
the entrails  Il segato 
the liver  Il rognone 
the kidney  Il feel 
the gall  la panza 
the paunch  un petto 
a breast  la vessiga 
the bladder  un puzore 
a stink  la sola del piede 
the sole of the foot.  la rogne 
the scabs  le tegna 
the scall  sgratare 
to scratch  pizigare 
to pinch  la toss 
the cough  esser rauco 
to be hoarse  la carne 
the flesh.  Veramente voi gli havete nominato in ordine. 
Truly you have named them in order.  Io nu ho scordato quasi tutto. 
I have almost forgotten al.  Ditemi qualcosa circa parenti. 
Tell me something about parents.  Io sono contento. 
I am content.  Mio avolo 
My grandsire  mia auola 
my grandam  Padre 
father  madre 
mother  fratello 
brother  sorella 
sister  barba 
uncle  ameda 
aunt  neza 
niece  nipote 
nephew  cugino 
cousin he  cugina 
cousin she  matrigna 
mother in law  patrigno 
father in law  figliolo 
son  figliola 
daughter  figliozza 
goddaughter  figliozzo 
godson  amico 
friend  amicitia 
friendship  dolceza 
sweetness  amaritudine 
bitterness  herede 
heir  orfano 
orphan  marito 
husband  moglie 
wife  consort 
bedfellow  vergine 
virgine  genero 
son in law  virginita 
virginity  cugnato 
brother in law  sposo 
bridegroom  sposa 
bride  maritagio 
marriage  maritare 
to mary  compare 
gossip he  comare 
gossip she  una balia 
a nurse  infant 
an infant  un becco cornuto 
a cuckold  zeloso 
jealous  avaro 
covetous  amorevole 
loving  cortese 
courteous  pensoso 
thoughtful  I giorni 
the days  Domenichae 
sunday  lunedi 
monday  martedi 
tuesday  mercordi 
wednesday  giovedi 
thursday  veneredi 
friday  sabato 
saturday  una settimana 
a week  un mese 
a month  tre mosis 
three months  un quarto di anno 
a quarter of a year  mezo anno 
hafe a year  un anno 
a year  un hora 
an hour  meza hora 
half an hour  Il tempo 
the time  la state 
the summer  l' inverno 
the winter  la prima vera 
the spring  l' autunno 
the harvest  caldo 
hot  freddo 
cold  I dodeci mesi 
the. 12. months  Gienaro 
january  Febraro 
February  marzo 
March  April 
April  Magio 
May  Giugno 
june  Luio 
july  Agosto 
August  Settembre 
September  Ottobre 
October  Novembre 
November  Decembre 
December.  giorni di festa 
holy days  Natale 
Christmas  la circoncisione 
the Circuncision  primo giorno del anno 
New years day  giorno di tre re 
Twelfth day  la candelosa 
Candlemas day  Carnevale 
Shrovetide  Domenica de le palm 
Palm sunday  Pasqua 
Easter  l' Ascensione 
Ascension day  la Pentecoste 
Whitsonday  tutti i Santi 
Al Saintes  per contare. 
to number.  uno, due, masculino. 
one, two, masculine.  una, dua, feminino. 
one, two, feminine  uno 
one  due 
two  tre 
three  quatro 
four  cinque 
five  sei 
six  set 
seven  otto 
eight  nove 
niene  dieci 
ten  undeci 
eleven  dodeci 
twelve  tredeci 
thirtiene  quatordeci 
fourtiene  quindeci 
fiftiene  sedeci 
sixteen  dieci set 
seventeen  disdotto 
eightiene  disnove 
nientiene  venti 
twenty  venti uno 
twenty one  venti due 
twenty two  venti tre 
twenty three  cosi segue in ordine. 
so followeth in order.  trenta 
thirty  quaranta 
forty  cinquanta 
fifty  sessanta 
sixty  settanta 
seventy  ottanta 
eighty  nonanta 
ninety  cento 
an hundred  mill 
a thousand  un miglion. 
a million  Il numero ordinario 
the ordinary number.  Primo 
First  secondo 
second  terzo 
third  quarto 
fourth  quinto 
fifth  sesto 
sixth  settimo 
seventh  ottavo 
eighth  nono 
nienth  decimo 
tenth  undecimo 
eleventh  duodecimo 
twelfth  terzo decimo 
thirteenth  Cosi segue in ordine. 
So followeth in order.  Mercante 
a Merchant  sensale 
a Broker  fattore 
a factor  cassiere 
a Cassier  seruitore 
a servant  scrivante 
a Scrivener.  respondente 
an answearer.  si curta 
a surety  condutore 
a conductor  asicuratore 
an assurer  usuraro 
an usurer  cambiatore 
a changer  debitore 
a debtor  creditore 
a creditor  ingannatore 
a deceiver  compagno 
a fellow  moneta 
money  denari 
money  limoni 
Lemons  aranze 
Oranges  pomi granati 
Pomegranates  specie 
Spise  Canella 
Cinnamon  Zenzero 
Ginger  Garofoli 
Cloves  pevere 
Pepper  Safrano 
Saffron  Irios 
Irios  Aloes 
Aloes  Arsinico 
Arsenic  Agaricho 
agaric  Tartaro 
Argol  Garanza 
Mad  pastello 
Woad  Lino 
Flax  Canevo 
Hemp  pegola 
Pitch  Cera 
Wax  Nose moscada 
Nutmegs  Zucaro 
Sugar  pomo 
an apple  pero 
a Pear  persico 
a Peach  Fico 
a Fig  Prugne 
Plumbs  Mandole 
Almonds  Vua 
Grapes  Corintij 
Corences'  Cerese 
Cherries  Meloni 
Melons  zucha 
a Gourd  Lana 
Wool  panno alto 
broad cloth  Carisee 
Carsies  Fustagno 
Fustian  Ostada 
Woorsted  tela di lino 
linen cloth  peso 
weight  misura 
measure  oncia 
an ounce  libra 
a pound  verga 
a yard  ala 
an ell  braccio 
a brace  caro 
dear  bon mercato 
good cheap  riccho 
rich  povero 
poor  assai 
enough  niente 
nothing  acordo 
agreement  zedola 
a schedule  a tempo 
at time  a credito 
at credit  vn' obligo 
a bond  po●●ere 
powder  〈…〉 
a penny  gr●sso 
a groat  riale 
a ryal  soldo 
a shilling  scudo 
a crown  fiorino 
a florence  ducato 
a ducat  angelotto 
an angel  talero 
a dolor  lira 
a pound  interesso 
interest  un nobile 
a noble  un marcho 
a mark  datio 
toll  botega 
a shop  pacuzo 
a warehouse  magazzino 
a pack house  contare 
to number  pagare 
to pay  perdere 
to lose  ricevere 
to receive  barattare 
to batter  scrivere 
to writ  rendere 
to tender  vendere 
to cell  spendere 
to spend  sparagnare 
to spare  ricordare 
to remember  smentigare 
to forget  fidare 
to trust  credere 
to believe  pentire 
to repent  acordare 
to agreed  la voce 
the voice  Il pensiere 
the thought  sospirare 
to sigh  sognare 
to dream  dormire 
to sleep  lacrime 
the tears  orefice 
a goldsmith  sartore 
a tailor  calzolaio 
a shoemaker  drapiere 
a draper  tessidore 
a weaver  tentore 
a dyer  fabro 
a smith  fornaio 
a baker  pistore 
a baker  ferraro 
an iron-monger  berettaro 
a capper  coco 
a Cook  capellaro 
a hatter  spadaro 
a Cutler  stringaro 
a point maker  guantaro 
a glover  fa caldiere 
a kettle maker  vetraro 
a grass maker  tubbaro 
a Cooper  merzaro 
a M●r●er  barbiere 
a barber  muratore 
a Di●●klayer  pescatore 
a Fishmonger  marangone 
a Carpenter  pelizaro 
a Skinner  Sellaro 
a Sadler  Tamburino 
a Drummer  Certo io credo, che questo piccolo vocabulario mi seruira. 
Certis I believe, that this little vocabulary will serve me.  Io so che ci sono tanti di questi vocabulari in stampa, che voi ne potete comprar uno bon mercato. 
I know that there be many of these vocabularies in print, which you may buy good cheap.  Dunche non acade pigliartanta pena di recitarne tanti, ma basta certa. 
Then you need not take so much pain to rehearse so many, but it sufficeth certis.     

¶ Certain preghiere, come il Padre nostro, & il Credo, con altre, con certe Regole Inglese. Cap. 44. ¶ Cer ta'en prayers, as the Pater noster, and the Creed, with others, with certain English Rules. Chap. 44.  

VEramente voi mi havete fatto un grand 'apiacere: adesso se mi volete insegnare qualche oratione, io per sempre vi restero obligato. 
VErily you have done me a great pleasure: now if you will teach me some prayer, I always shall rest as bound unto you.  Cosi voleva fare, inanzi che me lo dicessi. 
So I would have done, afore you told it me.  Padre nostro che sei ne li Cieli, sia santificato il nome tuo, venga il regno tuo, sia fatta la tua volonta in terra, come é fatta in Cielo. Donaci hoggi il nostro pane quotidiano: & perdonaci i nostri peccati, come noi perdoniamo a quelli che ci hanno offeso, & non ci indurre in tentatione, ma liberaci dal male, perch tuo é il Regno, la potentia, la gloria, in sempiterno. Cosi sia. 
Our father which art in heaven, hallowed be thy name: Thy kingdom come: thy will be done in earth, as it is in heaven. give us this day our daily bread, and forgive us our offences, as we forgive them that have offended us: and lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil. For thine is the kingdom, the power, and glory, for ever and ever. So be it.  Io credo in Dio padre onnipotente, creatore del Cielo, & de la terra: et in Giesu Christo, unico suo figliolo nostro signore, il qual fu concetto di spirito santo, naque di Maria vergione, pati sotto Pontio Pilato, fucrucifisso, morto, & sepolto, discese all inferno, & il terzo giorno resuscito da morti, & ascese in Cielo, dove side ala destra di Dio padre onnipotente. Di li have da venire a giudicare li vivi, & li morti. Io credo ne lo spirito santo, la santa Chiesa catolica, la Comunione de santi, la remissione de peccati, la resuretione de la carne, & la vita eterna. Amen. 
I believe in God the father almighty, maker of heaven and earth: and in jesus Christ his only son our-Lorde, which was conceived by the holy Ghost, borne of the virgin Mary, suffered under Pontius Pilate, was crucified, dead & buried: he descended into hell: and the third day he rose again from the dead, & ascended into heaven, where he sitteth at the right hand of God the father almighty. From thence shall he come to judge both quick & dead. I believe in the holy ghost, the holy catholic church, the communion of saints, the forgiveness of sins, the resurrection of the body, & the life everlasting. Amen  Gratie inanzi pasto. 
Grace before meat.  Ogni cibo che qui é portato, e che si portera, benedica Iddio per la sua infinita bonta, e misericordia, per jesu Christo signor nostro. Cosi sia. 
ALl meat that here is brought, & will be brought the Lord bless it through his infinite goodness and mercy, through jesus Christ our Lord. So be it.  Dio salui la Chiesa, la nostra Regina, & il nostro regno, e concedici pace per sempre, per il tuo figliolo jesu Christo nostro signore. Amen. 
God save the Church, and our Queen, with our realm, & grant us peace for ever, thorough thy son jesus Christ our Lord. Amen.  Gratie doppo pasto. 
Grace after meat.  TIringratia mo padre celeste, di tanti doni che ci hai fatti, per sustentar questo corpo humano, piacciati anchora signor, farci partecipe de quel tuo santo cibo spirituale, per sustentar le nostre anime, a honour del ●uo santo nome, & a beneficio de nostri prossimi. Amen. 
We yield thee thanks, O father celestial, for so many gifts that thou hast given us, to sustain this human body withal, pleaseth thee also O Lord, to make us partakers of that thy holy & spiritual food, to sustain our souls, unto the honour of thy holy name, and benefit of our neighbours. Amen.  Iddio fa salva la Regina, la tua Chiesa, il suo Consiglio, da pace nel nostro regno, per jesu Christo nostro signore. Cosi sia. 
O God make safe the Queen, thy Church, her Counsel, give peace in our Realm, through jesus Christ our lord So be it.  A desso io resto so dis fatto. 
Now I rest satisfied.  Ma pure io vi voglio anchora recitar certi avertimenti Inglesi, che si usano spesso. 
But I will also rehearse certain English forewarnings, that often are used.  Quali sono, vi prego? 
Which be they, I pray you?  Colui che spend assai, e non guadagna niente: Colui che guardane la sua borsa, & non trova niente: Colui si puol doler, & non dir niente. 
He that spendeth much, & getteth naught: He that oweth much, and hath naught: He that looketh in his purse, and findeth naught: He may be sorry, and say nothing.  Certo questo mi fa quasi ridere, a sentirlo. 
Certis this maketh me almost laugh to hear it.  Colui che puol, & non vuole Colui che vorra, non potra: Colui che vorebbe, & non puole, puo pentirsi, & non sospirare. 
He that may, and will not: He that would, shall not? He that would, and can not, may repent, and sigh not.  Colui che giura tanto, sino che nessuno si vuol sidar de lui: Colui che ment, sino cho nessuno non gli vuol credere: 
He that sweareth till no man will trust him: He that lieth till no man will believe him:  Colui che tuol impresto, sino che nessuno gli vuol prestarpiu, lui puo andar dove nessuno lo conosce. 
He that borroweth, till no man will lend him, he may go, where no man knoweth him.  Colui che have un bon patron, & non lo sa tenire: Colui che have un bon seruitore, & non si contenta di lui: Colui che have tal costumi, che nessuno lo ama, puo ben sapere che nessuno si fidara di lui. 
He that hath a good master, & can not keep him: He that hath a good servant, and is not content with him: he that hath such conditions, that no man loveth him, he may well know, that few will trust him.  Certo, certo, voi mi havete mostrato tanta cortesia, che io ho quasi vergogna a domandar altra cosa da voi. 
Truly, truly, you have showed me so much courtesy, that I am almost ashamed to ask any other thing.  Domandate pure se vi piace, ogni cosa che io possa, io sono al comando vostro. 
Ask what you please, any thing that I can, I am at your commandment.  Io vi rendo mill gratie, io vorei se non vi fosse noia, che mi in-segnaste qualche regola da poter imparar a legere, parlare, pronuntiare, & scrivere la lingua Italiana. 
I give you a thousand thanks, I would, if it were no annoyance to you, that you would teach me some rules, that I might learn to read, speak, pronounce and writ the Italian tongue.  Io sono contento, il meglio che io posso, ma anerti te che quello lo voglio far tutto in Inglese, accio che ogniuno lo possa intendere, & poi piacendo a Dio, voglio dare certe regole a gli Italianij, per poter imparar la lingua Inglese, & quello voglio (piacendo a Dio) farlo tutto in Italiano, ma vi prego, che mi vogliate venir a trovarmi domatina, perch adesso io non mi trovo ben disposto. 
I am content, the best I can: but look, for that which I will do, I will do it all in English, to the end every one may understand it, and then, pleasing God, I will give certain rules to the Italians, that they may learn the English tongue, & I will (plesing god) make that all in Italian: but I pray you, that you will come to me to morrow morning, for now I find not me self well disposed.  Orsu, domatina io verro a trovarui, piacendo a Dio. 
Well, to morrow morning I will come to you, pleasing God.  Fate cosi, io vi aspettero, ma venite a bon 'hora. 
Do so, I will tarry for you, but come betimes.  Io verrò a otto hore. 
I will come at eight a clock.  Venite dunque or sù, Dio vi dia la bona not. 
Come then: well, God give you good night.  Et a voi il simile. 
And to you the like.  Mi racomando a voi. 
I commend me unto you.  Vi bacio le mani, a Dio. 
Baso les manos. God be with you.     
FINIS.   

¶ Necessary Rules, for Englishmen to learn to read, speak, and writ true Italian,  
GOd give you good morrow sir: you may see, I do not forget our appointment yester day, for I am come according to promise'.  
By my faith sir, you are welcome heartily, but I have almost forgot what our appointment was.  
And are you so forgetful? I believe it not: well let that pass. Truly sir, the profit which I have reaped from out the pleasant conceits of your Dialogues, is such, as would you but prescribe some perfect Method, for the true pronunciation of the Italian tongue, as you have already induced me into a direct course, for the true interpretation of it (certainly) you should not only pleasure me, but a great many more of my Countrymen.  
Sir, to finish the unperfect picture of the most perfect Painter, or make a second description of Troy's destruction, sith Apelles himself found a Shoemaker, and Homer a Zoilus: as the one is to be of no man commended. so is the other to be of all men condemned. The note of Caesar's Popinjays, hath given a Cave to the Cobblers ave: neither will the foulness of a Crow allow his crowing amongst the coloured fowls: neither can the fairness of the Mercer's shop, allow the foulness of the Dyers Led.  
And yet is the Dyers Led, such an accidence in Subiecto, as were it not incident to the Mercer's wares, the finest silk in all his shop would neither Subsistere, nor substare per se. And sith you are a Dyer by profession, we will be Mercers by confession. Only persuade yourself, that the silk is already in the Lead: Now let us see, if all the colours you have, are able, of natural Englishmen, to die us into artificial Italians.  
Sir, your importunity in demanding, inferreth so fit an opportunity in satisfying your request, that as actor of many parts, I have set you before mine eyes, as the only beholder of this untimely Tragedy. But mark you this before hand, if any read to his liking, I include him in your action, and thank you for him. If any look with misliking, I exclude him for you, and frown upon you both. To those, whose trees have already yielded better fruit, then these blossoms are ever like to prove, I send this as a black Post, to furnish a white wall, to those which vouchsafe the whetting of their stomachs with such unsavoury meats, I sand this as a preparative, until a fit harvest shall serve, for the ripening of sweeter fruits. And thus returning to our former purpose, what is it that you would know?  
I would know, first, how many letters are used in the Italian tongue, and how they are pronounced severally.  
The Italians do commonly use thirty letters, and these are they: a. b. c. d. e. é. f. g. g. h. i j. ï. l. m. n. o. o. p. q. r. s. s. s. t. v. u. v. z. z. but we Englishmen pronounce our letters contrary to them: they pronounce their letters thus, aa. bac. came. dae. ea. eaf. gea. ak. ee. kac. ael. aem. aen. oa pae. ku. aer. aes. tae. oo. zaet aet. and so forth.  
Of all these letters, how many vowels be there?  
There are nine by right, and these are they, a. è. e. i j. o. o. V. v.  
And how are these pronounced severally, I pray you tell me.  
I will tell you them all, one after another, God willing.  
The a. first hath divers significations, and divers voices, and especially thus, if it stand alone, and have an accent over the head, as thus, á. it signifieth unto: as for example, á voi, unto you, á Londra, to London: and that is spoken something long, and as it were faint withal. The second voice of the a. is this à. and that cometh most in the end of some words, as cupidità, covetousness, oportunità, opportunity, comodità, commodity, and that is spoken broad, and as it were but meanly in length: as for example, you find here these two words, they are written alike, and yet have two sundry meanings, as honestà, and honèsta, and the first meaneth honesty, and the other honest, how should we know this, but by the accents, which are very necessary for the learner of the tongue, and yet they are seldom used. Wherefore, if you follow this simple rule, that is to take great heed in placing your letters, and give them their right form, you shall not only writ true Orthography, but attain unto the perfection of it in speaking, and reading: and thus is the second a. in voice pronounced broad, high, and not very long, as, honestà, for honesty, and other such like. The third and last voice of the a. is pronounced somewhat low, moist, and in length but meanly, as, honésta, for honest, prudentia, for prudence, alcuna, some one, and many such innumerable: and this I think enough for the vowel a.  
By my troth sir, a good beginning.  
Now the e hath two pralations, the one open, the other close, and it hath also two forms, but they are very seldom used, and that I think is either for spare of labour, or else for want of skill: and yet those that are true, or at lest good Italians do use it: for this is a general rule in the Italian tongue, look how it is written, so it is pronounced: and as it is pronounced, so it is written.  
The open e should have this form, è both in writing, and in printing, but they are seldom used, and that is pronounced wide, open, and somewhat long, as, Cièlo, heaven, térra, earth, sèmpre, always, pièno, full, and so forth.  
The close e hath this form, as e, and that is pronounced somewhat close, and long withal, as vedere, to see, riceuere, to receive, belezze, beauty, and so forth. And when this form of e doth stand alone, in reading it signifieth and, and standeth for &, and is pronounced close, and neither long nor short. Again, when you find an e stand alone with an accent over the head, as thus, é, it signifieth is, as, Lui é un bon huomo, he is a good man, Lui é andato fuori, he is go forth, and so forth.  
The Italian i is sometimes used as a vowel, and sometimes as a consonant, and when it is a vowel, sometimes it is pronounced pure and clean, and sometimes moist, like our Englishy, and it hath this form, i the pure i is that, that is most commonly used: and it is called pure, because it is purely and cleanly pronounced, even as we pronounce our double ee in English, as iniquissimi, for very evil, or else, disiodisissimi, for very desirous, or else, inimici, for enemies, and so forth. That which is moist, hath this form, i, or at lest should have, and that is not so commonly used, as the other, but yet we can not be without it, as piaccia, pleaseth, cjancje, for tattele, ghjaccja, for ice: behold the difference, if I will say naughty, or wicked, I shall say, maluagia, and if I will say, wine of Candia, I shall say, maluagia also. How shall one know the true meaning of these words, in reading them? perhaps you will say, by the accents. Put case there be no accents, how then? (for I see Italians themselves will unawares err in such like letters:) the pure i is pronounced somewhat short plain, and clean. The other i is pronounced somewhat long, and moist withal, and when you find i stand alone, it signifieth, they, as, i suoi bevi, his goods.  
The i that is used for a consonant, I will speak of him amongst the consonantes, when I come to them.  
The o likewise hath two prolations, and also two forms it should have by right, the one is open and the other close, the open should have the form round, like a circle, as o, and that is pronounced open, high, and somewhat long withal, as corpo, for a body, morto, for dead, forte, strong, force, perhaps, and such like words. The close o should have the form of an egg, and not round, as o, and that is pronounced close, and somewhat short withal, as honore, for honour, coloro, they, corrono, they run. In some words you shall find two oes, as corpo, the first is open and high, the last is close, and low, or else, morto, and many such like. But see, you shall find sometimes an o stand alone, as this, without an accent, and that signifieth as it were an invocation, as O Dio, O God: and when it standeth alone, and hath an accent, it signifieth, or else, as Io, o tù, I, or else thou, or else, t 5, o lui, thou, or he. And when you see the accent stand thus, ò, pronounced high, pure, broad, and long, as, tenerò, I will hold, verrò, I will come. etc.  
The V is sometimes a consonant, and sometimes a vowel, of the consont FIVE I will speak among the consonantes, when I come to it. The vowel is sometimes pure, and sometimes moist: the pure hath, or at least should have this form, V, as Vsura, usury, Vso, use, Vlulare, to howl. The moist hath this form, as v, and is pronounced as our double oo in English, as fvoco, fire, gverra, war, nvovo, new, etc.  
The form of the consonant V is this, v. When you see ù thus, with an accent, pronounced long, and high, as tù, up, ottùso, dull, or blunt, giù, down, virtù, virtue.  
Certainly sir, you have done me a great pleasure, but now I pray you to tell me something concerning Dipthonges, if you can.  
With all my heart sir, any thing that I know, you shall command me: the Dipthongs that are used in the Italian language, are divers, and they are framed sometimes of two, sometimes of three, yea sometimes of four vowels: but when they pass two, of force one of the vowels must be as they say in Itnlian, liquido, that is, moist: those of two vowels are as these, fiori, flowers, pieno, full, gvida, a guide. etc. of three are these, as mjei, my, tvoi, thine, guai, woe, and such like. Those of four are as these, fagivoi, a kind of peason that grow in Italy, good to be eaten, and such others. And this I think sufficient for vowels and diphthongs. Now will we come to the consonantes▪  
Do so, I pray you.  
The divisions between the consonantes, which be mute, loud, high, low, moist, or dry, and others they are manifest unto each one: wherefore I think it labour lost to speak any more of that, but yet somewhat I will say in general, of each one of them particularly, examining them one by one. Our Italian language doth so accord with the pleasant pronunciation, and is such an enemy to the contrary, that it can not abide in no word, to have any more then two, or at the most, three consonantes together, and yet most of the words begin with a consonant, and end with a vowel.  
B. is the first, and in stead of that do we often use p. as Lebra, or else, Lepra, a Hare, and with g. as debb'io, or degg'io, shall I, and io debbo, or else, io deggio, I own, and with v consonant, as dobbiamo, or doviamo, shall we.  
The c doth sometimes accord with que as in some places the c can not be without a que so in many words the q can not be without c, but in aiding one another, it must be in the midst of a word, but of that we will speak more, when we come to q. And sir, if you please, you may read the distinction, and pronunciation of these consonantes, in the Grammar that Scipio Lentulo made, and Master Henry Grantham did translate, where they are at large set out, and so doing, shall you save me a great labour, and a long study, for I can not do it better then he hath done, and yet I hope to show perhaps something, that he did not show. Wherefore I hope, that betwixt us both, you shall attain unto the perfect knowledge of the true pronunciation of your letters, with a little study.  
I pray you, how like you his Grammar?  
Truly sir, I like it well, and it is good.  
There is an other Grammar and Dictionary together, that an English man made, called William Thomas, how like you that, I pray you?  
Truly sir, I like it well too, but yet he left many things untouched, both in his Grammar, and also in his Dictionary.  
Why then I hope, with the aid of those two Grammars, and you, I shall attain unto the perfection of the Italian tongue.  
Yea that you shall, I warrant you, by the grace of God, and besides that you may have them for a trifle.  
Now I pray you sir, proceed in your consonantes.  
I will: the d in many words is used indifferently with t, as padre, patre, father, madre, matre, mother, padrone, patron, patron, or master, lido, lito, shore, Imperadore, Imperatore, Emperor, and such other. For the doubling of it, look in Scipio Lentuloes Grammar.  
The f doth sometimes accord with FIVE consonant, as, refe, reave, thread, and many such like.  
The g is of two natures, and also should be of two forms, but it is seldom used: the one is simple, and altogether pronounced, and the other somewhat moist, low, and short, and as it were with a kind of aspiration pronounced. The simple should have this form, g, and doth accord with c, as io giogo, or, io gioco, I play, and gorgo or, gorco, a spout of water, sogiogare, or, sogiocare, to subdue, and many other such like.  
The other hath, or at lest should have this form, g, and is used in such like words as, egli, he, figlio, son, ogni, any one, bisogno, need, and that is most times conjoined with these consonantes, l and n.  
In stead of double gg, many times we use double zz, as, Maggio, Mazzo, the month of May, raggio, razzo, beams, oltraggio, oltrazzo, to do wrong, and many other such like.  
The h in this our Italian tongue, is but seldom used, but only as it were a kind of aspiration, in drawing of the other letters longer, that either go before h, or else come after, as in ahi, alas, ahotti, sometimes, hora, now, hoggi, to day, hor hora, even now, or ahiome, hei, have, for alas: and also it is necessary to the verb have, and there it serveth but only to draw the vowel long, that followeth it, as to hó, I have, tú hài, thou hast, lui há, he hath, not habbiamo, we have, voi havete, you have, loro hànno, they have: and also in the Noun huomo, for a man, it is used: and also it is used often after c and g, as lvoco, a place, lvochi, places, fvoco, fire, fvochi, fires, and such others. After g it is used in such like words, as riga, a line, right, lines, lago, a lake, laghi, lakes, and such others.  
h also followeth many times c, as che, what, cheto, quiet, chiaro, clear, and in such words it is pronounced, even as we pronounce our English k.  
In many places it is used, where they might as well be without it, as honore, honour, honoro, I honour, honestà, honesty, hora, now, they might as well say, onore, onoro, onestà, ora, etc.  
Me thought I heard you even now speak of che, how chanseth it, that it is so often used in the Italian tongue?  
Sir, I will tell you, che hath divers significations, as that, the, which, what, when, then, wherefore, for, because, but only, whereof, or nothing: i may be applied to all these words. etc.  
I pray you follow on with your consonants, you know where you left.  
Yea sir, that I do: sometimes, mary but seldom, we use an i for a consonant, and that is used in such like words, as begin with iu, ia, io, ie, and such as g goeth before them, as Giouànni, john. giùsto, just, Giesú, jesus, Giàsone, jason, for in pronouncing of the vowel that followeth it, the sound of i is a little heard, and as it were doth help to strengthen the consonant that goeth afore it, that it may the better be conceived, for we English men use i in stead of the consonant g, as you may see in the words alone, as john, just, jesus, jason jasper, and such like.  
The k we need not to speak of it, for the Italian tongue may altogether be without it, for in stead of it, we commonly use c alone, and sometime c and h following it.  
The l is used in the Italian tongue, as it is in the Latin and English, and pronuced alike, sometimes single, and sometimes double, thereafter as occasion serveth.  
The m likewise is used so as l, sometime double, sometime single: it is used double always in the first plural persons, as noi fùmmo, we were, noi amàmmo, we loved, facemmo, we did.  
The n is used even as m is, and noon otherwise, many times double, many times single: but it is used in more Nouns then m is.  
The p in Italian, will not have the company of any consonant to go either afore it, or after it, as it hath in the Latin tongue: wherefore we say for ipse, esso, he, Psalmus, Salmo, Psalms, Ptolomeus, Tolomeo, Ptolemy, it is used in the midst of any letter, more double then single, as doppio, double, doppiare, to double, and in these verbs, as seppis, I knew, seppe, he knew, seppero, they knew, and ruppi, I broke, ruppe he broke, ruppero, they broke. Sometimes in some places it doth agreed with V consonant, as ripa, riva, a bank, sopra, soura, upon.  
The q is not altogether pronounced in his whole strength and force, but when there goeth afore it a, or else o, and between them a c, which doth as it were 'cause it to be pronounced fiercely, acqua, water, giaque, he lay, nocque, he did annoyed for the c that goeth before tthe que doth shorten the vowel that goeth before (thus it should be, but it is seldom used.) And when c is not set before it, of force you must lengthen the vowel, as Aquilone, an Eagle, or else Aquila, an Eagle, or such like.  
The r is pronounced just in the Italian, as it is in the English, or Latin, and is used diversly, both single and double. This letter is very well set out by Scipio Lentulo.  
I pray you tell me, is it never used double?  
Yes mary is it, often, and specially in Verbs, as terrò, I shall hold, corrò, I shall gather, verrò, I shall come. It is also doubled in these words, as Càrro, a Cart, Tórre, a Tower, térra, the earth. etc.  
The s is of three prolations, and of three forms, and is a consonant that greatly doth adorn and beautify the Italian language, and very necessary to it.  
The first form of it is this, s. the which is more sweetly and cleanly pronounced, then the others, as cosa, a thing, riposo, rest, or else, tosto, quickly, nostro, ours. etc.  
The second form of it, is s, and that is somewhat more sharp pronounced then the other, as Rosa, a Rose, Fuso, a Spindle, Viso, the face, etc.  
The third form of it is this, or at lest should be, s, the which may be called fat and full, and that is pronounced as it were our English shilling, as for example, fascia, a swadleband, Vscio, a door, breseia, a city in Lombardie. Noon of these may be doubled, but the second. The Latin words that commonly usex, in the Italian are changed to doubless, as ●asso, a stone, dissi, I said, lussur●a, lust, Alessandro, Alexander, and such like.  
Again, it is doubled in Nouns, where the Latins use p and s, as they say ipse, we say esso, he, for scripsit, lui scrisse, he hath written. It is also doubled in many words that come from the Latin having b before s, as for absolutus, we say, assoluto, absens, assent, absent, and such like.  
Of the t somewhat we have spoken in d, and it is doubled in many words and often, and pronounced fully, as sotto, under, òtto, eight, dòtto, learned, còtto, sodden, matto, mad. But mark when t cometh single before an ●, pronounced as it were a single z, as Viti, vices. etc.  
Of the v, when it is a consonant, this is the form of it, v, as vivera, he shall live, vivande, meats, vedeva, a widow, virtu, virtue, verita, truth, and such like.  
Of the x we have no need in the Italian tongue, the cousin that the Latins use, we change sometimes into the double cc, as eccelente, excellent, eccetto, except: and sometimes in sc, as escelente, escetto, and sometime in double ss, as we have showed above in the consonants, as Alessandro, Alexander, disse, he said, condusse, he led: and some be changed into singles, as esaudire, to give ear, esaminare, to examine, or else esperientia, experience, escludere, to exclude. And also in many words that they begin with cousin, we begin also with single s, as Serse, for Xerxes, Santippo Xantippo, Senofonte, Xenophon, and that must you draw as it were a little long.  
The z sometimes is used single, sometime double: the single doth sometime agreed with t, and the form of that should be z, as Venetia, Venice, diferentia, difference, gratia, grace, giustitia, justice: such words may you very well writ with single z, as Venezia, diferenzia, grazia, giustizia, and such others. It is never doubled, but when it cometh between two vowels, and then it should have this form, zz, and that is pronounced as it were t and z together, the which is a letter used in the high Almain tongue, and that is written and printed tz, and is often used. Now it resteth in the reader or writer, to think of it, as batezzo, I do baptism, pozzo, a well, etc.  
The y is never used in the Italian, and yet many times do we use double ij, and yet we may be without it, for in speaking it is scant perceived, as vitij, vices, and such others. And this I think sufficient for the letters, with the help of Scipio Lentulo.  
By my faith sir, you have done me a great pleasure, but now I would have you tell me something concerning the Syllables in the Italian tongue.  
as thus, onésta for honest, onestá for honesty, amóre love, odio hate, ingiúria injury, filosofia Philosophy, pópólo people, glória glory, offésa offence, privilégio, a privilege, cogliére to gather, or else córre, and many such like. But when they come thus, à, then must they be pronounced very broad, high, and somewhat long withal: and especially that letter that the accent is over, whither it come in the beginning of a word, or no, as thus, sù up, giù down, Virtù virtue, ingiùria injury, beef mocks, affànno care, eccètto except, caddéro they fell, fiócchi locks of hare, allùi to him, dall'ùi from him, fiàmma a flame, hànno they have, and many such innumerable.  
Moreover, take this for a general rule, look almost in all words, whither they be of one, two, three, four, five, or more syllables: of one, always pronounce that vowel long: of two, the first: of three, or four, or more, the last saving one, and so shall you never miss, whither the word have any accent, or no: for many times the Italian is written without accents, but it were far better, if it were used, as for example, Il quále alzáti gli ócchi vide brigáta assái, the which lifting up hies eyes, saw many people: and the accent cometh always upon the open vowel, as géme he sobbeth, portó he brought, pòrto I bring.  
Let this be as a general rule unto you, for if you observe them, you shall never miss, but pronounce right.  
I had almost forgot to tell you one thing, and that is this, There are many words in the Italian, that are cut of, and shortened. And look well, for upon some of them, the accent cometh upon the open vowel, and that must be drawn in length, as bontá, for bontàde goodness, cittá, for cittàde a city, virtú, for virtùde virtue, andáre, for andàre to go, vedér, for vedère to see, ragión, for ragiòne reason, valór, for valòre valour, and many such more.  
Certainly sir, this is the best rule that you have given me yet: I see that the Apostraphes are much used in the Italian, I pray you tell me something concerning them, how a man should place them, and how one should use them.  
I will sir, as well as I can.  
You are to note this, that when two vowels meet together, of two sundry voices, one in the end of a word, the other in the beginning of a word, to pronounce them both, it doth not very well, and is as it were hard and cumbersome for to speak, and nothing pleasant to the hearer. Wherefore, in writing, the Apostrophes are used, whereby the Reader may know, where the vowel wanteth, by the Apostrophe, for sometimes we take the last vowel from the first word, and sometimes the first of the following word. It is good for you to know how the Apostrophe must be set, for it hath two forms, and they be these, ' ' the first soundeth the want of the last vowel of the first word, and the other soundeth the want of the first vowel of the following word, as for example, in this wanteth the last vowel of the first word, L' Imperatore the Emperor, l' invidia, the envy. And in this manner may you take away the first vowel of the following word, as thus, Lo 'mperatorethe Emperor, lafoy 'nuidia the envy. In this last manner of Apostrophing, there are two things to be noted: the one is, that many times the o, be he Article, or Pronoun, doth most ask the Apostrophe, as thus, a'l tempo, at what time, che 'l cjèlo, that the heaven, co'l pensiere, with thought, tu'l sai, thou knowest it, no'l veditu? dost not thou see it? and such others.  
The other is, that no other sayings, or words, need the Apostrophe, but those that begin with im, or else in, as Lo'mperatore, the Emperor, La'mportùnita, the importunity, lo'ngànno, the deceit, la'nvidia, the envy: and yet this kind of Apostrophe, is not so needful as the first.  
Many other words there are, where the Apostraphe is used, as the Article gli is never used, but before i, whereof we will speak more hereafter, in the Articles.  
It is also many times used before such like words, as me ', puo ', qve ', see ', suo ', tuo ', and such like, the which do mean, mègljo, poi, qvelli, sei, suoli, or suoi and tuoi.  
Sometimes one word needeth an Apostraphe both in the beginning and ending, but that is most times in verse, as thus, Vmil' in se, ma'ncontr' amor' superba, that is to say, humble in herself, but 'gainst love proud.  
And many times words that may be Apostraphed both in the beginning and ending, are not, as thus, Voi non potete ancóra essere amaestràta à bastāza, which may be written thus, Voi non potet 'ancòr ' essere 'maestràt ' à bastanza, and many such more.  
Also many times vowels meet, that need no Apostraphe, and also consonantes meet with consonantes: marry they come in such words, as are clipped of the last syllable or vowel, as I have told you before, as for example, Nessu'n dolour maggior sentir potrés, that is, No greater sorrow could I feel, which goeth very well. But mark this, the words thtt are clipped, do commonly end in d, l, m, n, r, and t, as un mal pensier lo moss, An evil thought moved him, and un buon caval mi piace, A good horse pleaseth me, or else, Il gran dolour mi preme, etc.  
Surely sir, this is a very good rule: but yet I pray you will you tell us something concerning the points or distinctions which you use in the Italian writing?  
Concerning points, I think I need not greatly to speak of them, for they are but seldom observed.  
Yea, but yet I pray you tell me something of them, first, how many there are, how they are framed, and how they are called, for I know they are very necessary, not only for the speaker, but also chief for the writer of it.  
Since you are so importune, I will do my best: I say first, that the speech of man is as it were a certain instrument, wherewith he expresseth and showeth forth his thoughts, and conceits of his mind: even so is Writing an instrument, with the which he expresseth and showeth forth the lively meaning of his speech: and as you know, and can not deny, that that speech is most perfect, that most perfectly can show forth, and express his thoughts, and conceits of his mind, so can it not be denied, but that that kind of writing is most perfect, that most perfectly can show forth and express the lively meaning of the speech, with what kind of gallantness, delectation, pleasure, felicity, and perfection this language may be both spoken, and written, and the thoughts, minds, conceits, and lively meanings of it be uttered, both to the pleasure and delectation of the hearer, speaker, reader, and writer. So many and so many worthy authors that have written so many noble books of arts, sciences, faculties, doctrines, and professions, both Divine, and Profane, I am sure, that no language can better express or show forth the lively and true meaning of a thing, then the Italian.  
But verily one thing grieveth me sore and that is this, that of late it is neither written, printed, nor read, as it should be, and now to use it as it should be used, and to add unto it not only a perfection, but also a rich ornament, it is needful that we use this way: We see that the lively speech of man doth sometimes as it were hasten on, sometimes stay, now more, and then less: sometimes as it were ask, and sometimes answer: sometimes as it were affirm, sometimes change voice, and purpose.  
Now that the like may be done in writing, many learded and wise men of old time did devise these points,,;:.? () the first is called in Italian Coma, the second, Ponto & Coma, the third, due ponti, the fourth, ponto fermo, the fifth, ponto Interogativo, and those two last (in this manner) Parentesi: the lest of strength, is Coma, and so they go increasing, till they come to ponto fermo, and that hath more force and strength, then any of the rest.  
Now, even as any well shaped body, hath his principal and necessary members, which are divided into lesser parts, even so any well framed speech hath his periods, in stead of necessary and principal members, which are then divided into other lesser parts.  
Moreover, even as the wood feller cutteth his wood in pieces, and putting divers of those pieces together, maketh a faggot, and with a wreath of wood doth bind it about, which wreath is also of wood, and then of more or less faggots, maketh a load: even so the speaker or writer, doth put many parts of the speech together, and of them maketh a construction, and then with the Verb bindeth it together, which Verb is also a part of the speech, and then with more or less constructions, maketh a Petiodus. Also, even as those lesser parts of the periodus, that are not bound together with the Verb, can neither have sense nor construction. These are divided with the Coma, as for example, Ne carezze, ne minaccie, ne premi●, ne pene, that is to say, neither cherishing nor threaten, neither rewards nor pains. Which saying hath neither sense, meaning, nor construction in it, till it be bound with a Verb: then hath it the construction, but not the sense. Then is it divided with the point and Coma, as thus, Ne carezze, ne minaccie, ne premij, ne pene sa vanno mai bastanti; ne har anno mai forza; that is to say, neither cherishing nor threatenings, neither rewards ror pains shall ever be sufficient; or have the force: But when it is accompanied with other parts, then it hath a full sense and construction in it: then must that have a ponto fermo, as for example, Ne carezze, ne minacie, ne premij, ne pene saranno mai bastanti; ne har anno mai forza, di separarci dall' amere di Dio. that is in English, neither cherishing nor threaten, neither rewards nor pains, shall ever be sufficient; nor never have the force, to separate us from the love of God. And this is called a Periodus. But when the periodus is longer, and hath need of more sayings in it, then are the two points used. The periodus should sometime begin with a capital letter, sometimes not, and sometimes have a new head, and sometimes not, thereafter as the variety, length, shortness, scantness, or variety of the matter requireth. The periodus hath no limited measure appointed for it, but they may be either short, or of a middle size, or long. And thereafter as they are, may you use the points, after the manner that I have told you.  
Yea sir, but I have heard you say nothing of that point which you call ponto Interrogat●uo, nor of those which you call parenthesis.  
Truly sir, I had almost forgotten them, but of them I will give you one good example, and that shall serve you for a general rule, without any longer discourse: and this shall be it: Io vorrei pure, (se possibil fusse) venirti a trovare; ma come poss 'io farlo? mentre durano qvesti fredds? e troth tanto ch' io vengo, ricordati; di non ti fidar piú; di qvel' tuo amico: that is to say in English, I would yet (if it were possible) come and find thee; but how can I do it? whilst this cold lasteth? and whilst I come, remember; that thou trust no more: that thy friend. Or else this other, Non ti diss' io (e tu non me ' l' credevi) ché gli eraun mancator di fede? that is, Did not I tell thee (and thou wouldst not believe me) that he was a breaker of his faith? And so let this suffice of the Elements.  

¶ Of the speech.  
Now let us say somewhat of the speech. The speech is first divided into four parts the one is mutable, and the other immutable: the mutable doth sometimes altar, either through Cases, or else through Time. Through Cases, the Noun, the Pronoun, and the Participle: through Time, the Verb.  
But before we speak particularly of these matters, you are to note all those things that may happen to any of them: which are, the Number, and the person. The Numbers are two, as much to say, either of one, or more, either Singular or plurale, either the most, or else the lest: take which you please, for I care not so I be understood. The Singular containeth in it but one only, and the Pural all the other from one upward.  
But you are to note here, that even as the Latins were wont to give the Plural number to one only in the first person, even so in the Italian we use to give the Plural number to one only man in the second person, saying thus: Che fate voi qui signor Conte tutto solo? that is, What do you here sir County all alone? And this is called, to give the title of you, and the other of thou. Now will we speak of the People, shall we?  
I pray you do so.   

¶ Of the People.  
THe persons are three, the first consisteth in this only Pronoun, Io, that is, I: the second only in tú, thou: but the third in all the rest, so that in the Noun and the participle, is the third person contained: also may the second be in the Vocatives: also the first is in the pronoun, in one only. But in all the other pronouns is the third used alone, and in the Verb they are used all in both numbers, except it be in the Respective and the Infinitive.  
Also you are to note, that sometimes we speak unto the second person, even as it were the third, attributing unto it, as it were an honourable or woorshipful title, saying, Lasignoria vostra, laeccelentia vostra, or else, la maesta vostra. that is to say, your Lordship, your excellency, or else your majesty, and such like, I leave to speak of many such odd little parcels, which are more tedious then necessary, especially unto the beginners. As for those things that are pertinent unto the mutable part are the Genders, the Cases, the signs of Cases, and the Articles.   

¶ Of the Genders.  
THe Genders used in this language, are two, that is to say, the Masculine, and the Feminine: the Masculines are such as this, Il Cjelo, the Heaven, Il Sole, the Sun, costui, this man, ciascuno, each man, amánte, a lover, impazzito, foolish, or mad.  
The Feminines are these, or else such like, Latérra, the earth, la Lùna, the Moon, costéi, this woman, ciasc●na, each woman, amánte, a she lover, impazzita, a woman become foolish, or else mad.   

¶ Of the Cases.  
THe Cases are six, heretofore called Nominativo, Genitivo, Dativo, Accusativo, Vocativo, and Ablativo, of some they are called, the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth, the first is called right, and the other as it were crooked.   

¶ Of the signs of Cases.  
THe Cases can not be known in this language, through the variety of the definitions, as they are in the Latin, and in the Greek: for it hath two definitions, (even as the Hebrew) the one in the Singulares, and the other in the plurales, called Signs of Cases, the which are, di, de, a, ad, da the two first show the Genitive. But this difference there is, that di is put where no Article is, as Diego Ferro, di Oro, di Argento, di Legno, that is, of Iron, of Gold, of Silver, of Wood: but yet it is far better, to put an Apostrophe before the last vowel of the first word, and so clip away the vowel, and say thus, d' argento, of silver, d' oro, of gold, but the is always set before an Article, as thus, del'cièlo, of the heavens, del' aria, of the air, de la terra, of the earth, de i casi, of the cases, de le genti, of the people.  
The second is a, or else ad, with a vowel, and that followeth the Dative, as a Tito, unto Titus, al' vento, to the wind, al' ora, at that hour, or else, even then, ad Arno, unto Arno, ad altrui, unto others.  
The third is of the Abbative, as da casa, from the house, da la piazza, from the market place, da té, from thee, da c●loro, from them.  
But yet there rest three Cases more, of the which, the fifth is known for the calling, O, as O Giulio, O Inlius, O Alessandro, O Alexander. The other two, that is, the first, and the fourth, they keep the Article with them: and although that the sign de, seems sometime to be before the saying, without an Article, as de mjei mali, of my evils, de danni vostri, of your damages, de tempi passati, of the times passed: yet for all that they want not it, but he is as it were hidden in the words, and therefore the foresaid examples must be written with Apostrophes.  
The like happeneth also unto the other Signs, as a'tempi passati, at times passed, da piú intèndementi, of many, or from many understandings, and that is also used in these small parcels, as bo ', ne ', pe 'sú ', which mean, coi, nei, pei, súi. And likewise you may say, or writ, co'l, ne'l, pe'l, no'l, sú'l, which mean, con il, ne il, per il, non il, súil. It is also to be noted, that each one of these small parcels set before the Article Il, the vowel is always taken away, as you may see in the examples given before.  
Now let us come to the Articles.  
I pray you do so sir, if you be not weighed.  
To tell you the truth, I am almost weighed, but nevertheless we will follow. The Article is a word of a syllable only, and many times it is of one only letter, and is set before the Mutables more commonly, and universally, although sometime it be set before some particularly, as it hath been shown of many, and also before the Infinitive Mood of the Verbs which are made Nouns, as l' udire, the hearing, il vedere, the seeing, il parlare, the speaking, lo stare, the being. The Articles in all, are seven, five are of the Masculine, and two of the Feminine. Of the five that are Masculines, two are of the singular number, and three of the Plural. Those of the Singular are, Il, and lo: and those of the plural, are i, li, and gli. Of the two Feminine, the one is of the singular number, the other of the plural. The singular is, lafoy, the plural, le. The manner how to use them is this, Il is always set before a Consonant, as il Cjèlo, the Heaven, il Conte, the Earl, il monte, the hill. But when s doth proceed another Consonant, you must set before it, lo, as lo sdegno, the disdain, lo sforzo, the force, lo scoglio, the shelf, or rock, or cleft. And sometimes lo is set before vowels, as lo amore, the love, lo effetto, the effect, lo inimico, the enemy, lo ùfficio, the office. But yet the Article before such words, is better Apostrophed, and doth sound more pleasanter, as l' amore, l' effetto, l'inimico, l' úfficio.  
But when the vowel o doth follow, of force it must have an Apostrophe afore, as l' onore, the honour, l' Odio, the hate, l' orgoglio, the pride.  
Moreover, this Article, if some vowel do follow it, it is both spoken and written whole, and the word that followeth it, is Apostrophed in stead of it, as lo'mperatore, but of that we have spoken enough before.  
Also this Article is sometimes set before, mio, svoi, evor, qval, and qvale, and after, per, messer, mon signor, and such other woorshipful names.  
Of the use of the other articles, plural, and Masculine, the like we have to say, as we have said of the Singular, that is to say, that i is used in the same manner that il is used, before a Consonant, as i Cjèli, i Conti, i monti, i pensjeri, the Heavens, the Earls, the mountains, the thoughts. And also gli is used even as lo, as gli sdegni, gli scogli, gli sforzi, and also gli amori, gli effetti, gli onori, gli ufficij. But when a vowel i doth follow, it is best to use the Apostrophes, and so to entermingle the one with the other, as gl' inimici, the enemies, gl' infideli, the Infidels, gl' ipocriti, the hypocrites: and contrariwise, if any other vowel do follow, you need not use the Apostrophe at all, but as it were somewhat to mollify the i, and intermingled with the following voice or word, and pronounce them both, as gli èsempij, the examples, gli odori, the smells, gli úmori, the humours.  
But when s doth follow another consonant, then must you always writ it, and pronounce it fully, and distinctly, as gli scogli, gli stenti, gli scritti: but li may be used in stead of the one and the other, of the two foresaid Articles, and say, li Cjeli, li sdegni, li onori, and always without an Apostrophe, and set it before a word that beginneth with i, for there you must use gli, to do well, but yet with an Apostrophe, as gl' istorici, the Historiographers, gl' indovini, the Diviners, gl' inamorati, those that are in love.  
Now will we come to the Articles of the Feminine, the Singular of it, is set before a vowel and a consonant, accompanied with s, and there may you use an Apostrophe, or else not, even as you list, as la erba, the herb, la ira, the wrath, la strada, the street, la angoscia, the agony. You may say and writ, l'erba, l'ira, l'angoscia. And yet for a general rule, most times it is best to use the Apostrophe, and especially if the vowel a follow the Article, as l'acqua, the water, l'armento, the cattle.  
The self same may you say of the Article plural of the Feminine, only that always before the e you must use the Apostrophe, and also before the other vowels, but not so often, the examples for all, shallbe these following, le arti, the arts, le ingiùrie, the injuries, le ore, the hours, le usure, the usuries, le case, the houses, le strade, the streets. And so may you say, l'arti, l'ingiùrie, l'ore, l'usure, l'erbe, l'esequie: but in some words it is better, and more necessary to accompany it with such words as run upon one vowel, as la iniqvitá, le iniqvitá, the iniquity, and the iniquities, la ereditá, le ereditá, the inheritance, and the inheritances, la cittá, le cittá, the city, and the cities, and such others, where, if the Article were not whole, and full, you should not know the one number from the other.  
You are also to note this among your Articles, that even as Articles, these two words are used, that is, uno, and una, that is, one, Masculine, and one, Feminine, for you may say, Vn' huomo, a man, Vn' cane, a dog, una donna, a woman, una spada, a sword, una Lepre, a Hare: so you may say, and it is good Italian, ègli é amorevole, come il cane: or else, ègli é amorevole, come un cane; He is as loving as a dog: or else, cosi dè fare, l'huomo da bene; or else, cosi dè fare un huomo da bene: so aught an honest man to do: or else, égli é timido come la Lepre: or else, égli é timido com' una Lepre; He is as fearful as a Hare: and ègli sà ben maneggiar, la spada; or else, égli sà ben maneggiar, una spada: He can well handle a sword: that distinction of Articles, prepositives, and subjunctives, brought up by the Grecians, is followed and observed by some Italians, but not of me: for so much as the facility and ease of the speech is greater without it, and also for other occasions.  
And thus let this suffice you, concerning the Articles that go before the Noun, and so (God willing) we will speak of the Nouns.  
I pray you do so: for certainly I think you are weary.  
Verily I am almost weighed in deed: but yet I will follow on. The Noun is a kind of voice that showeth either the substance, or quality of the thing, and therefore of the Nouns some are Substantives, and some adjectives. The Substantives are, Cjèlo, Heaven, témpo, time, pràto, afielde. adjectives are, sereno, clear, fugace, fleeing, verde, green, saying, Cjèlo sereno, tempo sugace, pràto verde, that is, the clear Heavens, the fleeing time, the green field.  
There are also certain Nouns, that show a kind of substance more particularly, and those are called proper, as these, Cesare, Cesar, Mongibello, Mongibel, Roma, Rome, Nilo, the river Nilus.  
There are othersome, that show it more universally, and more common, and these are called Appellatives, as terra, earth, sasso, a stone, huomo, a man.  
Some other Nouns are called Comparatives, some Superlatives, some are Numerales, some Following order, some other Equivochts, and Vnivochts, and some Diminishers, and some Augmentours, and Heteroclites, and other some partitives, Distributives and Negatives. Every name hath his definition among the vowels: the proper names especially have in them all the vowels, as for example, a Pitàgora, Andrèa, Emilià, Olimpia, Fiorenza, Arabia, Aetna. In e, as Socrate, Cèsare, Cèrere, Isifile, Lione, Tevere. In j, as Luigi, Giovanni, Fiordiligi, Napoli, Parigi, and many names of Families, as Quirini, Savelli, Corsini. In o, as Alessandro, Pjètro, Calisto, Milano, Bergamo, Pò, Tebro, Apenino. In ú, as Giesú, Artú, Corfú, Perú. And all these names are either Plurals, without Singulars, (although you might sometimes say, Il Tolomei, il Piccolomini, or else, La Quirini, la Salviati. And these are names of Families,) or else Singulars without Plurals, and say, Fabii, Camilli, Scipionj.  
But the names Appellatives of the Masculine, have three only definitions, in the Singular, so that their Declensions are also three: the first endeth in a, the second in e, the third in o, but all three in the Plural, end in i  

¶ The first Declension. Without Articles. With Articles.  NV. SIN.  NV. PLU. NV. SIN.  NV. PLU. Poèta. 1 poèti. Il poèta. 1 i poèti. di poèta. 2 di poèti. de'l poèta. 2 de i poèti. a poèta 3 a poèti. a'l poèta. 3 a i poèti. poèta. 4 poèti. Il poèta. 4 i poèti. o poèta. 5 e poèti. o poèta. 5 oh poèti. da poèta. 6 da poèti. da'l poèta. 6 day poèti.  
Truly sir, I think I need not decline these Nouns in English, for there are so many, and so many of this Grammars, that every one can decline them, so that you mark, and learn well the declining of them in Italian, I think that sufficient, for you know they go in order: and also, he that can decline one, can decline them alalmost.  
You know, that Il poèta meaneth the Poet, de'l poèta, of the poet, a'l poèta, to the poet, il poèta, the poet, o poèta, O poet, da'l poèta, from the poet, etc. The Plural number goeth even so, it is but even adding an s, at the end of poet, and say, poets.  
Well sir, I will take this for a general rule.  
There are a great many of these Nouns declined in Scipio Lentuloes Grammar, and William Thomas his Grammar, but the English of them doth but little good, marry the Italian is necessary: and so will I follow on, and decline those Italian Nouns, that seem hardest for you to learn.  
I pray you sir, do so, so shall you do me a great pleasure.  
What there wanteth in me, you shall have in the Grammars above rehearsed, for they will do you much good, if you mark them very well.  

¶ The second Declension. Of Strale, a Shaft, and Amore, love.  NV. SIN.  NV. PLU. NV. SIN.  NV. PLU. lo strale. 1 gli strali. l' Amore. 1 gli amori. de lo strale. 2 de gli strali del'amore. 2 de gli amori a lo strale. 3 a gli strali. al' amore 3 a gli amori. lo strale. 4 gli strali. l' amore. 4 gli amori. o strale. 5 oh strali. o amore. 5 oh amori. da lo strale. 6 da gli strali dal' amore. 6 da gli amori 
¶ The third Declension. Of Cjèlo, the Heaven, and Oro, Gold.  NV SIN.  NV. PLU. NV. SIN.  NV. PLU. Il Cjèlo. 1 i cjèli. L' Oro. 1 gli Ori. de'l cjélo 2 de i cjèli. del'Oro 2 de gli Ori a'l cjèlo. 3 a i cjéli. al' Oro. 3 a gli Ori. il cjèlo. 4 i cjèli. l' Oro. 4 gli Ori. o cjèlo. 5 oh cjèli. o Oro. 5 oh Ori. da'l cjèlo 6 da i cjèli. dal' Oro. 6 da gli Ori.  
The Appellatives of the Feminine, in the singular, do end for the most part in a, and a good number in e, and one only in o, and very few in V. The first have the plural in e, as singul. l' erba, Plural, l' erbe, the herb, and the herbs.  
The second in i, as singul. la Nave, plur. le Navi, the ship, and the ships: yet Dante hath used le mano, for the hands.  
The fourth hath the Plural, like unto the Singular, and that is, because they are clipped words, as singular. la virtú, Plur. le virtú, the virtue, and the virtues: singul. la grú, Plur. le grú, the Crane, and the Cranes: singul. la Servitú, plur. le Servitú, the service, and the services. The Declensions are very many, and so many are the terminations, as for example:  

¶ The first Declension. Of Stella, a Star, and Erba, an Herb.  NV. SIN.  NV. PLU. NV. SIN.  NV. PLU. La Stella 1 Le Stelle l' èrba 1 l' èrbe de la stella. 2 de le stelle de l' èrba 2 de l' èrbe a la stella 3 a le stelle a l' èrba 3 a l' èrbe la stella 4 le stelle l' èrba 4 l' erbe o stella 5 o stelle o èrba 5 o èrbe da la stella. 6 da le stelle. da l' èrba. 6 da l' èrbe 
¶ The second Declension. Of Nave, a Ship, and Art, Art.  NV. SIN.  NV. PLU. NV. SIN.  NV. PLU. La Nave 1 le navi L' Arte 1 l' arti de la nave. 2 de le navi de l' arte 2 de l' arti a la nave 3 a le navi a l' arte 3 a l' arti la nave 4 le navi l' arte 4 l' arti o nave 5 o navi o arte 5 o arti da la nave. 6 da le navi da l' arte 6 da l' arti. 
Third Declension. Fourth Declension Mano, a hand. hands. Virtú, virtue. Virtues.  NV. SIN.  NV. PLU. NV. SIN.  NV. PLU. La mano 1 le many La virtú 1 le virtú de la mano 2 de le mani de la virtú. 2 de le virtú a la mano 3 a le mani a la virtú 3 a le virtú la mano 4 le many la virtú 4 le virtú O mano 5 O many O virtú 5 O virtú da la mano 6 da le mani. da la virtú. 6 da le virtú.  
And so follow on, all the Cases and Numbers of this Declension, so that I think it in vain, to speak any more of them, for the adjective names, are all, either of one voice alone, or of two. Those of one voice alone, have the e, in the singular number, and i in the plural, and serve as well for the Masculine, as the Feminine, as hvomo vile, femina vile, a vile man, a vile woman: hvomo nobile, femina nobile, a noble man, a noble woman. And so may you say, hvomini vili, femine vili, vile men, vile women: and hvomini nobili, & femine nobili, noble men, and noble women.  
But when they are of two voices, one is for the Masculine, and the other for the Feminine. The Masculine endeth in o, in the singular number, and in i, in the plural, as sasso duro, a hard stone, ghiaccio freddo, cold Ice, fvoco caldo, hot fire. And so may you say, sassi duri, hard stones, ghiacci freddi, cold Yses, fvochi caldi, hot fires.  
But the Feminine endeth in the singular number in a, and in the plural in e, as pjètra dura, a hard stone, neve fredda, cold snow, fiamma calda, a hot flame. And so may you say in the plural number, pjètre dure, nevi freddi, fiamme called, hard stones, cold snows, hot flames.  
The manners of the varying of the adjectives, are like unto those that are past: but afore I leave to talk of them, I will tell you four things, the one is, that noon do ever end in i in the singular number: an other is, that they do agreed with the Substantives, even as in the Latin. The third is, that sometimes they may be made Substantives, as thus, Tornami à ment, s'alcun dolce mai hebbe 'lcortristo: The last is, that sometimes the adjective Masculme, doth agreed with the Substantive Feminine, as ogni cosa pièno di spavento: every thing full of fear.   

¶ Of the Comparatives.  
THe Comparatives are not many in this language, but a few taken from the Latin, the which are, Maggiore greater, minore lesser, migliore better, peggiore worse, superiore superior, inferiore inferior.  
The other are made with this word piú. which signifieth, More, as piú forte, more strong, piú dotto, more learned, piú bella, more fair, piú saggio, more wise. And to make it have more force, we add unto it, and put before it, molto, or assai, that is, much, or else vie, saying, molto piú dotto, much more learned, assai piú bella, much more fairer, vie piú gentle, far more gentle.  
And in using them, we give them the second Case, as thus, Egli é piu forte, di te: he is more strong then thou. tu sei molto piú dotto di lui: Thou art much more learned then he: Noi siamo vie piú potènti di voi: We are far more mighty then you. Now will we come to the Superlatives.   

¶ Of the Superlatives.  
THe Superlatives may fully be formed of all the adjectives, but they are not so Comparatively used, as the Latins do use them, who will say, Ettore fú fortissimo, Hector was very strong: Questa donna é bellissima, This woman is very fair: Il mèle é dolcissimo, The honey is very sweet, without any other Comparison.  
Also we can not give to the Superlatives any addition, as to the Comparatives, as thus, qvale é qvella, che have stampato? the which is abominable, and naught, not tolerable.  
Of the Numeral Nouns, the first is of the Masculine, and of the Feminine: for because we say, uno, and una, the Masculine Gender loseth the vowel, the consonant following him, as un cane a dog, un legno a wood, un sasso a stone. And a vowel following, then it loseth it by an Apestrophe, as vn' asino an Ass, vn' Elefante an Elephant, vn' Orso a Bear.  
The Feminine Gender keepeth the vowel, a Consonant following, as una casa a house, una pianta a plant, una bestia a beast.  
But if a vowel follow, it loseth it most times, and especially a, as Vn' anima a soul, Vn' èrba an héarbe, Vn' imagine an image, Vn' ora an hour, Vn' urtica a Nettle.  
And the Masculine, as well as the Feminine, is apostrophed before this word altro, when we say, Vn' altro an other he, and Vn' altra an other she.  
And if it be in the Copulative, then do we add the article to it, and o, as l' uno e l' altro, and l' una & l' altra, the one and the other. Also may that kind of voice be apostrophed.  
The second number may be also of the Masculine, and the Feminine Gender, distinctly: for you may say, Duo agnelli, two Lambs, and due pécore, two sheep. For many good Authors have given the voice due, as well to the Masculine as to the Feminine, and so will we, as thus, Due agnelli, two lambs, due done, two women. Also dui is found in some authors: but Dua is a common word among the Florentines, which is not so tolerable, unless it be upon necessity, in Verse.  
In this self same number are ambe, and ambo, used for both. The first belongeth to the Feminine, the second, as well to the Masculine, as the Feminine, as ambe le mani: you may say, ambo le mani, both the hands, and ambo li piédi, both the feet. You may also say, and it hath that signification, as ambedue le mani, ambedue i pièdi: and ambeduo le mani, & i pièdi. And Dante for the self same word, useth ambodue, and amendue, amenduni, and amendune. The Commons will say, Tutte due, tutte dui, and tutti duo. And some ancient poets have written, Entrambi, and intrambi.  
The numeral numbers are immutable: but to the end they may be known to every one, I will begin at the first, and by them which I shall note, shall you know all the rest, uno 1. due 2. tre 3. qvatro 4. cinqve 5. sèi 6. sètte 7. otto 8, nove 9 dièci 10, undici 11. dodeci 12. tredei 13. qvatordici 14. qvindici 15. sedici 16. dicisette 17. diciotto 18. dicinove 19 venti 20. etc. and so by adding the tenths to the ones, thou mayst number as much as thou wilt: but mark when any vowel followeth, to use the Apostrophe, as thus, vent' uno, 21. vent' otto 28. trent' uno 31. trent' otto 38. etc.  
Where no vowel followeth, use no Apostrophe, as thus, venti due 22. venti tre 23. venti qvatro 24. venti cinqve 25. venti sès 26. venti sètte 27. venti nove 29. and so trènta dve 32. trènta tre 33. trènta qvatro 34. and so following.  
These are the tenths that follow, as Dièci 10. venti 20. trènta 30. qvaranta 40. cinqvanta 50. sessanta 60. settanta 70. ●ttanta 80 novanta 90. cènto 100 due cènto 200. tre cènto 300. qvatro cènto 400. cinqve cènto 500 set cènto 700. otto cènto 800. novecènto 900. mill 1000 etc.: And so may you number, tylyou come to Millions.  
We also say, una decina, a tenth, una dozzena a dozen, una ventina, a score, Vnatrentina, a thirty, una qvarantina, a forty.  
And so may you number, till you come to a hundred, still adding tina, to each ten. Sometimes we also say, un cèntinaio, an hundred, un migliaio, a thousand. And in the plural number we say, le centinaja, le migliaja, for the hundreds, and the thousands, etc.  
Now, concerning the ordinary Noun, it is reason we speak something of it, but not much. The ordinary number is this, primo, and primjèro, first, secondo, second, terzo, third, qvarto, fourth, qvinto, fifth, sèsto, sixth, sètimo, seventh, ottavo, eighth, nono, nienth, dècimo, tenth, Vndècimo, eleventh, duodècimo, twelfth, tredècimo, thirteenth, or else, dècimo tèrzo, qvarto dècimo, and dècimo qvarto, fourteenth, qvinto dècimo, and dècimo qvinto, fifteenth, sèsto dècimo, and dècimo sèsto, sixteenth, diceséttimo, and dècimo sèttimo, seventeenth, dicjotte simo, and dècimo ottavo, eighteenth, dicenovesimo, and décimo nono, nienteenth, ventésimo, and vigèsimo, twentieth, ventèsimo primo, one and twentieth, trentesimo, and trigèsimo, thirtieth, and so follow on, qvarantesimo, and qvadragesimo, fortieth, cinqvantésimo, and qvinqvagesimo, fiftieth, sessantésimo, & sessagèsimo, sixtith, settantèsimo, and settuagèsimo, seventy, ottagèsimo, and ottuagésimo, eighttith, novantèsimo, and nonagèsimo, nientith, and centèsimo, an hundredth, and so forth, till you come to milèsimo, a thousand.  
all the Nouns may be adverbs, adding to each one this voice, volta, saying, una volta, one time, due volte, two times, tre volte, three times, and so forth, as djèci volte, ten times, venti volte, twenty times. And so may you follow, till you come to Millions, but I think that needeth not.  
Now let us come to the Nouns Heteroclites: there are certain Nouns, that somewhat do differ from the others, and those I put among the Heteroclites.  
Now, of these, some have in the singular number, the Gender of the Masculine, and in the plural number, the Gender of the Feminine, which doth somewhat agreed with the Latin Neuter, and these are they, as:  
NV. SIN. NV. PLU. These words, paio, & paia, somtyms signify two things set together, as un paio di guanti, a pair of gloves, due paia di buoi, two couple of oxen, tre paia di Caponi, three couple of Capons. Il riso le risa Il qvadrèllo le qvadrella Il paro le para Il paio le paia lo Staro le Stara lo Staio le Staia  
And sometimes these words are taken from the Verb parere, to seem. The like is said of paro; and para: but pari signifieth either of quantity, or else quality, and serveth all Numbers, and Genders. For we may say, Il pari, la pari, i pari, le pari: which signify the like, the peer, the paragon, etc.  
Some others there are, that have the Plural, and the Sngular number alike, as la spèzie, le spèziè, the Spise, la cittá, le cittá, the city, la virtú, le virtú, the virtue, and many other yclept words, of the which we have spoken afore, and yet we use most the singular number, and they are all of the Feminine Gender.  
Other there are, almost like to them above, but not altogether, as, Feed, fe, faith, piède, pe, foot, Regge, Re, King.  
Other some have the Singular, and not the Plural, as ●gnjuno, cjascuno, each one: and other set among the Pronouns, as we have said already.  
Other some have the Plural number, and not the singular, as, le labbja, the lips: and names of families, as we have said tofore.  
Other some in the Singular of one gender, and of one end: and in the plural, of two Genders, and of two ends, as these that follow.  
NV. SIN. SINGUL. NUM. NV. PLU. NV. PLU. PLUR. NUMB. Il corpo The body corpi le corp●a the bodies il mimbro the member i membri le membra the members il cervello the brain i cervelli le cervella the brains il cigljo the eye lid i cigli le ciglia the eye lids il laboro the lip i labbri le labbra the lips il braccio the arm i bracci le braccia the arms il dito the finger i diti. le dita the fingers il ginocchjo the knee i ginocchi l'ginocchia the knees il calcagno the heel i calcagni le calcagna the heels il vestigio the sign i vestigij le vestigia the signs il budello the gut i budellis le budella the guts l' osso the bone gli ossi le ossa the bones il corno the horn i corni le corna the horns il legno the wood i legni le legna the woods il ramo the branch i rami le ramora the branches il frutto the fruit i frutti le frutta the fruits il muro the w● i muri le mura the walls il castello the castle i castelli le castella the castles il carro the cart i carri le carra the carts lo strido the shricke gli stridi le strida the shrieks il lvogo the place i lvoghi le lughora the places il lato the side i lati le latora the sides il pràto the field i prati le pratora the fields il campo the camp i campi le campora the camps l' Orto the garden gli orti le ortora the gardens il rastello the rake i rastelli le rastèlla the rakes il filo the thread i fili le fila the threads il vestimento the garment i vestimenti l'vestimēta the garments il grado the degree i gradi le grado●a the degrees il peceato the sin. i peccati le peccata. the sins.  
Other some there are, of one Gender, and of one end in the singular number, but in the plural of two Genders, and of three ends, as for example.  
NV. SIN. NV. PLU. NV. PLU. NV. PLU. ENGLISH Il fico I fichi le fiche le ficha the figs. Il pugno I pugni le pugne le pugnora the fists.  
And upon necessity, if it be in some Poetical invention, you may use some of them that have been rehearsed before, so, and it is tolerable to say, Fruit, castle, corn, vesliment, and such other like.  
Again, some are of one Gender, and of one end, in the singular number, and of two Genders, and four ends in the plural number, as Il pugno, i pugni, le pugne, le pugna, le pugnora, the fists, and some such others, although some will not allow the ending of them in e.  
Other some there are, that in the singular number, and in the plural number, have but one Gender, and in the singular, one end, and in the plural, three ends, as.  
NV. SIN. NV. PLU. NV. PLU. NV. PLU. ENGLISH. l' animale gli animali gli animai gli anima the creatures il cavallo i cavalli i cavai i cava ' the horses il laccjvolo i laccjvoli i laccjvoi i laccjvo ' the snares il figljvolo i figljvoli i figljvoi i figljvo ' the children Il qvercivolo i qvercivoli i qvercivoi i qvercivo ' the Oaks il piccivolo i piccivoli i piccjvoi i piccjvo ' the small bello belli bej be ' fair qvello qvelli qvei qve ' those tale tali tai ta ' such qvale qvali qvai qva ' which.  
And all these have the l in the singular number: and although they are not all single names, yet for their conformity, they are here set together, because they can not be better applied: and yet there are a great many more, which are forgotten, but I hope these will suffice you.  
There are others also, which have in the singular number, t●o ends, and in the plural number but one, and yet all are of one Gender, as for example:  
NV. SIN. NV. SIN. NV. SIN. NV. PLU. NV. PLU. Il cavalière Il cavaljèro the knight I cavaljèri the knights il destrière il destrièro the courser i destrjèri. the coursers il nocchjère il nocchjèro the mariner i nocchjèri the mariners il canceljère il canceljèro the chancellor i canceljèri the Chancellors il candeljère il candeljèro the candlestick i candeljèri the Candlesticks.  
And other such like, a great many.  
Those which we have spoken of above, are all of the Masculine Gender, and these that follow, are of the Feminine, and some have two ends in the singular, and two in the plural.  
NV. SIN NV. PLU. NV. SIN. NV. PLU. ENGLISH. la frode le frodi la froda le frode the fraud la fronde le frondi la fronda le fronde the boughs la load le lodi la loda le load the laud l' arm l' armi l' arma le arm the armours l' ale l' all l' ala le ale the wings la ghjande le ghjandi la ghjanda le ghjande the Acorns.  
Other some there are of the Masculine and Feminine Genders, but with one end in the singular, and one in the plural number, and these are they:  
NV SIN NV PLV NV SIN NV PLV ENGLISH. Il font I fonti la font le fonti the fountain il fronte i fronti le fronte le fronti the brow il fine i fini la fine le fini the end NV. SIN NV. PLV NV. SIN NV. PLV ENGLISH. Il Sèrpe I Sèrpi la Sèrpe le Sèrpi The Serpent il cènere i cèneri la cenere le cèneri the ashes il margine i margini la margin le margini the margin.  
But il fante, and la fante, and il noce, and la noce, have divers significations, wherefore they are not put in.  
There are other some, that are both of the Masculine, and of the Feminine, but of divers ends, as followeth:  
NV. SIN. NV. PLU. NV. SIN. NV. PLU. ENGLISH. l' orecchjo gli orecchj l' orecchja le orecchje The ears il Secchjo i Secchj la Secchja le Secchje the buckets il melo i meli la mela le meal the honey il pero i peri la pera le pere the pears.  
But you are to not here, that even as the Latin tongue was wont to give the Feminine Gender to gli arbori, the trees, and the Neuter Gender à i frutti, the fruits: the Italian contrary to that, giveth the Masculine Gender to the trees, and saith, l' arbore, the tree, in the singular number, and gli arbori, the trees, in the plural number: and the Feminine to the fruits, saying, le fruit, the fruits. And we say for the trees, il pero, il noce, l' olivo, il castagno, the Pear tree, the Walnut tree, the Olive tree, the Chestnut tree: and to the fruits, la pera, la noce, la Oliva, la Castagna, that is, the Pear, the Nut, the Olive, the Chestnut.  
Some she doth confounded, as the Latin doth, as these: il fico, il per●, il cotogno, the Fig, the Pear, the Quince, and others. Although we can give to certain fruits, the Gender of the trees, yet can we not give to the trees, the Gender of the fruits.  
Finally, there are others of the Feminine Gender, that have three ends in the singular number, and three in the plural, but the one is common to them both, as the Noun Virtue.  
NV. SIN. NV. SIN. NV. SIN. NV. PLU. NV. PLU. NV. PLU. la virtù la virtute la virtude le virtú le virtuti le virtudi la Servitú la Servitute la Servitude le Servitú le Servituti le Servitudi la Cittá la Cittate la Cittade le Cittá le Cittati le Cittadi la bontá la bontate la bontade le bontá le bontati le bontadi. and many such other: but yet the yclept words are most in use, and the others little.  
A great many other like parcels I leave behind, which are in this Italian tongue, marry not so much used. Wherefore I leave them, as more tedious, then pleasant, or profitable, either for the learner of it, or any other. And thus will I end concerning Nouns, and God willing we will come to the Pronouns.   

¶ Of the Pronouns.  
BY the Pronouns did divers ancient Authors understand certain determined voices, the which do as it were show forth, or demonstrate the name of a thing, and divided them into sundry and divers parts, calling some Primatives, some Derivatives, other some Demonstratives, some Relatives, some Possessives, some Interrogatives, and Indefinitives.  
There are also other divisions found among them, which be good for us: our Primitives are, Io, I, tú, thou, se, egli, e, ej, and lui, for he, colui, qvello, for that he, or that same, and qvegli, qvelli, qvei, and qve ', for those same, or them same, qvesto esto, this he, qvesta esta, this ●hee, costui, cotesto, cotestui, this same he, che, what, chi, and cui, for who, or whom, qvale, and il qvale, for which: esso, desso, and stesso, for himself, cjascuno, and cjascaduno, for each one, and every body, veruno, and niuno, for no one, and nessuno, for no body, alcuno, and qvalcuno, for some one, or some body, altri, altro, and altrui, for other or others, cjó, and cjoche, this, and sometimes yea, many times, cjoe, and cjoche, standeth for, so that, or what so ever, tale, such, or the like, medesimo, self, or else, self same.  
The Derived are these, as Mio, mine, tuo, thine, suo, his, nostro, ours, vostro, yours, loro, they, cui, and altrui, are sometimes used for the same: of which there are certain bastards derived, as More for now, ma but, to, thine, ta, thine, speaking to a woman, so, his, of the which, somewhat we will speak hereafter.  
But it is to be noted, that unto the Pronouns, there is no Article given, except it be to, il medesimo, the self same, and il qvale, the which, (who are Relatives,) but only the signs of Cases. And also some there are, that are without it, as you shall know hereafter.  
You are also to know, that some pronouns are of each gender, and these are they, Io, tú, se, loro, coloro, costoro, cotestoro, cui, and altrui: all the others, are some of the Masculine only, and some of the Feminine only.  
It is also to be remembered, that the first person is of the pronoun alone, Io, and the second of the alone, tú, and all the rest belongeth to the third, now let us come to the particulars.  
NV. SIN. ENGLI. NV, PLU. ENGLI. Io, and i, are never but of the first case, the other of the obliques, and noi, is of all cases. 1. Io. i I 1. noi. we. 2. di me of me. 2. di noi. of us. 3. ame, mi, m', to me. 3. a noi, ne, ce. ci, c'. to us. 4. me, mi, m'. me. 4. noi. us or we. 6. da me. from me. 6. da noi. from us.  
NV. SIN. ENGLI. NV. PLU. ENG. Tu, may be of the first, and fifth case and of no other but the other are of others, and voi, is of all cases, tú. 1 thou. voi 1 you di te. 2. of thee. di voi 2 of you ate, ti, t' 3. to thee, a voi, ve, vi, v', 3 to you te, ti, t' 4. thou voi, ve, vi, v', 4 you o tú. 5. o thou o voi, 5 o you da ie. 6. from thee da voi, 6 from you NV. SIN. English. NV. PLU. English. This se, never doth vary neither case nor number, in the third case it stands sometimes without the sign, as: Chi porta l'ume djétro e se non gjova, who carrieth the light behind and helpeth not himself. We see certain words in these three pronouns end in, t and in, e, which are, mi, ti, si. ci, vi, and so, me, te, se, ce, ve, when they end in i they are joined with a Verb, either before, or after it, if before, then are they sometimes apostrophed, sometimes not, if after it, then are they intermingled with it, under an accent, and if the accent be open, the latter letter then is doubled. di se 2 of him, di se, 2 of them a se, se, si, s' 3 to him, a se, 3 to them se, si, s' 4 him, se si, 4 them da se, 6 from him da se, 6 from them,  
Now because these voices are only of the third and fourth case, let us see first those of the third: as, mi pjace, or else pjacemi, and m'è caro, it pleaseth me, ti gjova, gioauti, and t'aggrada, it availeth thee or helpeth thee, si compjace, compjacesi, and s'appaga, he is pleased or well apaid, ci dilètta, dilèttaci, and c'è grato, it pleaseth, or delighteth us, vi gjova giovavi, and v'abbèlla, it helpeth, or availeth you, si compiaecjono, compiaccjonsi, and s'apagano, they are either pleased or else well apaied.  
Those of the fourth case are such, mi prème, prèmemi, and m'aggrava, it grieveth me, ti cvoce, cvoceti, and t'abbrugja, it boileth, or burneth thee, si mostra, mostrasi, and s'asconde, he showeth and hideth himself, ci prème, prèmeci, and c'agrava, it grieveth us, vi cvoce, cvocevi, and v'abbrugia, it boileth and burneth you, si mostrano, mostransi, and s'ascondono, they show and hide themselves. And if the accent be upon the last, we say dammi give me, and many such: As for the others as we have said before in the doublings.  
But you are to note, and mark, that you fall not into that error, to join these little parcels, with the Verbs, as some do very disorderly, for when they should say, se ti manchera cosa alcuna, if thou want any thing, or else, ti daró la promessa, se ti troveró, I will give thee, the promise, if I find thee: they will say, se manchera●ti cosa alcuna, darotti la promessa se troveuotti: which is very ill, he that knoweth no other rule, rather then to fall in this soul error, let him never join them, and if he will do it without blame, let him do it unto other Verbs, and not in those, as, lo lo trovai, e dissigli il fatto mio, I found him, & told him my business or else, Io mi parti di la, e ridussimi a casa, I parted from thence and brought me self home.  
It is also to be known, that many times, such parcels, are more used for an ornament, and fulfilling of the speech, then for necessity, as thus, Egli si crede, e tú ti pensi, che ogniuno che ci nasce, he believeth, and thou dost think, that each one that is borne, and many such more, if they be well set together they make the speech to show, and seem more pleasant, and gallant, as, Io mi ti racomando, I commend me to thee, tù miti mostrasti aronto, thou showedst thyself to me prompt, eglij mi si proferj da se, he did proffer himself to me io mj ci fermai, I did stay myself there, tù ti ci facesti incontro, thou of thyself camest against, or toward me, ej ci si offerce, he offered him us, and many other such which do commonly end in, i But if they end in e, either it is when they are not joined with the verb, as, se non me le darai, io te le pigliero, if thou givest them not me, I shall take them from thee, or else if they be joined they have the little parcel with it, as, Dammene, give me thereof, Andjancène, go we, pentitevene, repent you of it, accorsersene, they perceived themselves, or else there is as it were some comparison; as Io lodo te, e tú bjasimime; I praise thee, and thou blamest me: or else there followeth some infinitive, as, Io av●vo inteso, te ésser, risanato, e questa nuova fece me tardare il viaggio: I heard say that thou wast healed again, and this news made me to stay the voyage, moreover they may end in, i, and in, e, when they follow either, l, or else, r, as, calmi, calm, valmi, valme, parmi, parme, darmi, darme. It is also good to be noted, not to use in the common course of speech to set any of these little parcels before the Infinitives, nor Gerondes, nor Participles, nor Supines, & say, mi fare, tidire, si mostrando, vinarrante, m'insegnante, si pentito, for it is abominable.  
In this language, they are always put behind, saying, farmi, dirti, monstradosi, narrantevi, pentitosi, sometimes also these little parcels end in e & i, and happeneth when they are joined with subjunctive articles, or else Pronouns, as, raccomandos segli and raccomandoglisi, he recommended himself to him; portaitegli, or else portaigliti; I brought them to thee, and such others, which for want of time I pass over. Now let us come to the rest.  
NV. SIN.  ENGLISH. NV. PLU.  ENGLISH. Egli, e, ei, 1 He Eglino. 1 they, or them. di lui 2 of him, or his. di loro, loro. 2 of them, or theirs a lui, lui, gli li. 3 to him. a loro, loro, gli, li. 3 to them. lui, il, lo, 'l, l'. 4 he, or him loro, gli, li. 4 they, or them. da lui. 6 from him da loro. 6 from them. NV. SIN.  ENGL. NV. PLU.  ENGL. Ella, la. 1 She, or her. Elleno. 1 They, or them. di lèi. 2 of her, or hers. di loro, loro. 2 theirs, or of them. a léi, léi, le. 3 to she, or her. a loro, loro, gli. 3 to them. lèi, la. 4 she, or her. loro, le. 4 they, or them. da léi. 6 from her. da loro. 6 from them.  
Egli, eglino, ella, elleno, e, and ei, are of the first Case, but lui, léi, loro, are of the Obliques, and yet they are otherwise used of the common sort.  
In the third Case you may say, Io dissi a lui, io dissi lui, io gli dissi, and io li dissi, for I told him.  
And in the fourth, Io vidi lui, io il vidi, and io 'l vidi, for, I saw him, Io lo intesi, and Io l' intesi, I understood him.  
And as well in the singular, as in the plural may you say, E mi vide, and ei mi vide, he saw me: e mi videro, and ei mi videro, they saw me.  
Of the Feminine Gender, in the plural number you may say, Ella mi disse, she told me: s' ella m' avesse detto, if she had told me: Se la fosse viva, if she were alive.  
And in the third Case, Io dissi a léi, io dissi léi, and Io le dissi, I told her.  
And in the fourth, Io vidi léi, io la vidi: I saw her.  
In the greater number they are all Obliques, as well the Masculine, as the Feminine, and in this wise they often lose the last vowel, and often times they are found without the sign of the second and third Case, saying: le lor mogli, their wives, i lor mariti, their husbands, Io dièdi a loro, io dièdi loro, io gli dièdi: I gave them.  
But in the fourth case we say, Vidi loro, gli vidi, li vidi: I saw them. And yet in the Feminine Gender we only say: le vidi. Egli and e are often used, for to make up the word, in the end: lui and lei are used as fourth Cases, after the Verb Essere, to be, as S' io fossi lui, if I were he, S' io fosse lèi, if I were she. And also after this word Come, as, or such like, saying, Io son ricco come lui: I am as rich as he: Io son grosso come lèi: I am as gross as she: We also say, S' io fossi come te, If I were as thou.  
And after the absolute Geroundes, as Andando lui, he going. But if a Verb did follow, we should say, Andando egli, s' incontró in un suo amico: he going, met with a friend of his. Also, lui, lei, and loro, are often used of good Authors, in stead of Colui, colei, coloro, and that happeneth, when Che doth follow, as, Invoco lèi, che ben sempre rispose. We have a great many more, as, qvello, qvell', qvel, qvegli, qvelli, qvei, for that, and qvelli, qvegli, qvei, and qve ' for those: The which to decline, I think it but labour lost. Wherefore, if you would know how to decline them I pray you take Scipio Lentuloes Grammar, where he writeth very well and learnedly of the Pronouns, far better then I can do: wherefore I pass them over, but yet not altogether.  
Qvegli and qvelli are not used in the singular case, but only in the relation: and it were better, if they were not used at all in the singular, because they make the plural doubtful.  
Note also, that those words that end in lli, often times change the first l into g, as qvelli those, belli fair, fratèlli brethren: you may say, qvegli, or begli, or frategli. And when qvello is without company, it signifieth Qvella cosa, that thing: as qvel che si dice, that which is said, or else, qvel che si fá, that which is done, which doth as it were accord with the Latin Neuter.  
Many other little odd words, that in other places are Articles, here they are Pronouns, as Io il presi e lo stracejai, or else, presilo, e straccjailo, I took him, and tore him: and so, gli presi et straccjai, or else, presili, et straccjaili, I took them and tore them, and so, jo la vidi, and vidila, I saw her, and Io le vidi, and vidile, I saw them, and as for, qvesto, and esto, this, and qvesti, these, of the Masculine, and qvesta, esta, and sta, this, and qveste, these, of the Feminine, and of cetesto, cotestui, and costui, for this same, cotesti, cotestoro, and costoro, for these, and cotesta, and costès, for this, she, and coteste, for these she's, I pray you look in Scipio Lentulo, as for Che, it never changeth voice, but always is a like in every Gender, in all numbers, and cases. as, Il Dio che io adoro, The God that I worship, La bontá che è in lui, the goodness that is in him, I cjéli che risplendeno, the stars that shine, La térra che scalda il sole, the earth that the sun warms, Qvello che non fece mai persona, that which never person did. And here it is as it were a member, and hath that nature, sometimes we find it to bear an article, or else a sign of the case, and then doth it signify, cosa, a thing, as, Ej dice, di voler volare, il che dà maraviglia ad ognjuno. He saith he will fly, which thing causeth each one to wonder, Di che cjascuno si fà beef: Which thing every one jesteth at. Al che niuno acconsente. To which thing noon consenteth. Il che niuno non crede: The which thing noon believeth, Da che ognjuno si gvarda: Of which thing every one takes heed. Or else, Elle dicono coz, che fanno maravigljare ogniuno: They tell things, that makes each one wonder. Di che cjaseun si maraviglia: Of which thing each man doth marvel. A che niuno da fede. To which noon giveth credit. Che niuno crede. That no body believeth. Da che si part ognjuno: From which each one departeth.  
In the third case, being without sign, or article; it is interogative, as, Che te ne pare? what thinkest thou of it?  
Many other things mi●●t be said of this word che, and of the divers significations of it, which I pass over for want of time, and also I have told you above, the sundry and divers meanings of it.  
I pray you tell me something about this word, che, and especially how it is pronounced.  
Che, is pronounced in Italian, even as we pronounce our ke in English, and chi, even as kee, if e and i alone follow c, then pronounce it shi, or she, but if a and oh follow it, then pronounce it ka, or ko, and so forth.  
Surely this is a good rule, but now follow on your pronouns.  
Here are also to be remembered chi, and cui, who, are also Relatives, and interogatives, as chi hai tu visto: who hast thou seen. Also of chiunqve, whosoever, but that hath the nature of the latin neuter also, il qvale, and li qvale, of the Feminine, which with the articles are relatives, and without interogative, and Demonstrative, and often they lose the last vowel as, Túil qvale ti di lletti de la musica; thou the which delightest in music, voi i qvali vi di lettate del canto; you the which delight in the song, di qval di voi è l'onor; of the which of you is the honour. Here is also, esso, which sometimes meaneth he, or himself, and essi, they or themselves, essa, herself or she, and esse, they or themselves, and they serve for all cases, and numbers, but it often joins with other pronouns, and nouns substantives, as, con esso me: with myself, con esso voi: with yourself, con esso loro: with themselves, then is there, ste sso, stesse, ste ssa, and stesse, and desso, dessi, dessa, desk, which do accord much with esso, essi, essa, esse, then have we among the pronouns, qvalche, which signifieth sometimes, some, and with the homo, and volta donna: or some such thing it signifieth, some man, some thing, some woman, as qvalche homo, qvalche donna, qvalche cosa: it serveth all Genders, it hath no plural number, and it must have a substantive, them have we cjascuno, cjascuna, cjascheduno, and cjascheduna, which is, each one, or else, each, all the which are without plural each of them may be clipped of the last vowel in writing, as, cjascun fedel: each faithful, or else, cjascadun tiranno, each: tyrant, some will use catanno, or ess, cadauno, but it is filthy, and not to be used, then have we ogniuno, ogniuna, that is, each one, or else every one which doth altogether agreed with cjascuno, or cjascuna, then have we veruno, and veruna, for no one, it hath no Plural, in the Masculine it may be clipped of the last vowel, then have we also niuna, and niuna, of the self same meaning that veryno is but only that niuno goeth always in the beginning of any saying, as, N'iun u 'era present, There was no one present, niuna persona, no one person, it may be either clipped, or apostrophed, which you please, and thereafter as occasion serveth, then have we nessuno, and nessuna, for no body, or not one, you may writ it nessuno, and nissuno, and nessun, for it hath no plural, then have we nullo, and nulla, which sometimes is set among the nouns, sometimes among the pronouns, Nullo, and Nulla, may upon occasion be set with the substantive, but most times, it is of the neuter, and sometimes it signifieth nothing, and sometime, something, as, Tunon fainulla, thou dost nothing, or else, volete voi nulla: will you something, or any thing, Poss'io nulla pervoi, can I any thing or something for you, then have we qvalcwo, and qvalcuna, alcuno, and alcuna for some, or, some one, or some body, it may also lose the last vowel, it may either be alone, or with company, as, Alcuni animali, sono terreni, alcuni aqvatici: alcuni aèrei, some creatures are earthy, some watery, and some of the air. Then have we qvalunqve, or chiunqve, for who so ever, or what so ever, they serve for both Genders, but that qvalunqve, can not be without a Substantive, and may be applied either to a person, or a thing, as, qvalunqve pjanta: what plant so ever, qvalunqve huomo, what man so ever, and chiunqve can not be put to things, but to a person, as, chiunqve chjède ricev● who so ever asketh receiveth, chiunqve cercatrova, whosoever seeketh findeth.  
Then have we altro other, altri others, the Masculine, and altra and altre the Feminine. If l be put before it, as l' altro, then it signifieth the other: and gli altri the others. Then have we alirui, signifying sometimes others, and sometimes other men: as per colpa altrui, for other men's fault, or else, Io lascio tal carico ad alirui: I leave such a charge to others.  
Then have we cjó, signifying this, as cjó mi piace: this pleaseth me. etc. Then have we cjóche, sometimes it meaneth any thing, sometimes every thing, sometimes what so ever. Many ways it may be applied, for they are two Pronouns joined together. This cjó is accompanied many times, with sundry voices, and hath sundry meanings, as accjó to the end, accjóche to the end, percjó therefore, and sometimes because, olirea cjó moreover, or besides this, sopra cjó over, or upon this, senza cjó without this, contutto cjó for all this, percjóche for because, and many such other like.  
Then have we for the singular tale, and tali, tai, and ta 'for the plural, for such, or the like. This Pronoun sometimes is with an Article, sometimes without it, when with it, it is Demonstrative, and without it, Relative. Sometimes it is used whole, and sometimes clipped, as I have partly told you before. When it is with an Article, then do we say, Il tale m' anoia: such a one annoyeth me: la tale mi p●ace: such a one pleaseth me. Here it is Demonstrative: but Rolative it is thus, Qvale me la djedi, tale la recevei: Such as he gave, such I received.  
When it is Indefinitive, sometimes it answereth che, as Tal vi sú che non vi rorebbe esser stato: Such a one was there, as would not have been there. And sometimes it is joined with che, as Talche due bestie van sotto una pelle: In such wise, or, so that two beasts go under one skin.  
Then have we also among the Pronouns, Il medesimo the self same, of the Masculine Gender, and the singular number, and i medesimi, the self same, of the Plural number: la medesima, the self same, of the Feminine Gender, and singular humber: le medesime, of the Feminine Gender, and Plural number. Sometimes it is joined with other Pronouns, and Substantive Nouns, and sometime without an Article, as Io medesimo, I me self, Voi medesimi you yourselves: Essi or loro medesimi, they themselves. So may you say, Essa medesima, she herself, esse medesime they themselves.  
Then have we other Nouns, called Possessives, or else derived, and these are they: Mio, mjei, mia, mie, mine, Tuo, tvoi, tua, tue, thine, Suo, svoi, sua, sue: his: nostro, nostra: our: nostri, nostre, ours: of the Plural: Vostro, vostra: your: Vostri, vostre: yours: the which are of each Gender, and of each number, as Il mio libro: my book: i mjei parenti: my parents: mia madre: my mother: mie sorelle: my sisters: il tuo ventre: thy belly: i tvoi libri: thy books: tua ment: thy mind, or memory: tue scarpe: thy shoes. etc.  
Then have we Cui, altrui, loro, these three Pronouns are always of the second Case, as well in the one Gender, as in the other, and they are of a possessing nature, Il cui merito: whose merit: la cui virtu: whose virtue: i cui cos●umi: whose customs: and il lor pensjere: their thought: la loro ment: their mind. etc. and l' altrui valore: others valour: l' altrui modestia: others modesty: gli altrui tefori: others treasures. etc.  
Then are there these other little parcels, but they are but seldom used, if they be, they are used of country men, and among the commons, and are joined to other names, as More, ma, to, ta, so, derived from Mio, mia, tuo, tua, suo: they may be called bastard Pronouns: them I pass over, because I would not wish any to use them. etc.  
Now will we (God willing) speak somewhat of the Participles.  
I beseech you do so, if you be not weighed.   

¶ Of the Participles.  
THe last part of Speech, that through Cases doth vary, is the Participle, of the which I mind not to speak much, because Scipio Lentulo hath done it very well. For the more I go about to make it agreed with the Latin, the further I enter into confusion, and into a thing more vain, then necessary: For the Italian may almost altogether be without them: and in many places it doth abhor them, as a man would say, Beato il tement Iddio, e credente a la sua parola, e sperante ne le sue promise: Blessed is the fearer of God, and believer of his words, and hoper in his promises.  
Such manner of speech is abominable in our speech, for in stead of it, we use to say, Beato chi teme Iddio, e crede a la sua parola, e spèra ne le sue promise: that is, Blessed is he that feareth God, and believeth his word, and hopeth in his promises. And thus much is for the present tyme.  
But for the time passed, the number is very great, and for the Future time, it is but once used, and that is taken from the Latin, and yet may the Italian language (as) well express her meanings, conceits, and thoughts, by Gerunds, as the Latin with her Participles: the which sometimes are Gerunds, and sometimes Participles, as if I will speak of time present, I shall say: Io corrèndo mi stanco: I running, weighed me self: for ment corro: whilst I run. If of passed rhyme, I shall say, A vend' io corso, son tutto sudato: I having run, am all sweaty: for Poi che hò corso: or else, perch hò corso. If of the Future time, I shall say, Dovend'io a correre: or else, Io che son per correre: or else, Io che debbo correre: or else, Io che voglio correre: or else, Io che ho a correre ●● voglio spogliare: that is, I being to run: or else, having to run, or I that am to run, Or, I that must run, or, I that have to run, will put of my clotheses. See how many we have for one, yea many more, and this we have in the Italian Gerondes that the Latin have not, we know the time and they do not, because there is certain voices that seem participles and are not, and many that are not and yet seem to be, for to be sure of that, you must note the time, for when they signify time they are participles, and when they do not, they are not, and so I think this sufficient concerning them. Until now have we talked of the elements, of the parts of speech, mutable through cases, now will we come to those which are mutable through time, the which are verbs.   

¶ Of the Verbs in general.  
THe verb is that part of speech which only doth vary through time, for because the Verb is he which signifieth the time, as it is manifestly known: now amongst all these verbs, some be as it were subject to a kind of order, and some not: those which be of many ancient Grammarians have been divided into four companies, and of them called Conjunctions. The first of the which, are those that end in áre, with the accent on the last syllable save one, as, amàre, cantàre, danzàre; to love, to sing, to dance.  
The second sort are those that end in, ère, and also with the accent on the last save one, as, temère, to fear, vedère, to see, possedère, to possess.  
The third sort are those that end also in, ere, but the accent on the last vowel saving two, as, lèggere, to read, scrivere, to writ, ridere, to laugh.  
The fourth & last doth end in ire, with the accent on the last saving one, as, Vdire, to hear, sentire, to feel, & sometimes to hear, partire, to part, or departed, the verbs that are subject to such orders & rules are infinite, but those that disagree from them are but a few. Of the first conjugation this are they. Do, I give, Foe, I make Sto, I stand, Vo, I go.  
Of the second, Cado, I fall, Debbo, shall I, Paio, I seem, Posso, I may, or can, Soglio, I am wont, Tengo, I hold, Voglio, I wil  
Those of the third are composed of Duco, as Produco, I produce, Riduco, I reduce, Conduco, I conduct, Pongo, I set, Scjolgo, I lose, Tolgo, or Togli, I take.  
Those of the fourth, are Apro, I open, Dico, I say, Mvoio, I die, Vèngo, I come, Ire, or Ire, To go.  
With these are also joined those that end in Sco, as Nodrisco, I nourish, Langvisco, I languish. And these are subject to no order, or rule.  
Now if a man do stand in doubt of some Time, or Person, of which Verbs he be, let him overrun these few that are without order, and if he found it, he shallbe certified of the doubt, if not, he shallbe sure that he is of the number of those, that are subject to order. But because many times of our Verbs do show themselves to agreed with the Participle, and with the Verb Avere, to have, or else with the Verb Essere, to be, it is to be known, that the Verbs that are Transitives, that is to say, that are named, or be incident in, or to the thing that they treat of, then do they occupy the Verb Avere, as Io hó lètto molti libri: I have read many books. Io me l' avevo gvadagnato con l' arm in mano: I had won it with weapons in hand, but those that touch the party that speaketh, they end with these small parcels, Mi, ti, ci, vi, si, which do answer to Io, tú, noi, voi. And others do occupy and use the Verb Essere, as Io mi son ralegrato del'tuo bene, ben che tú ti fossi doluto del mio: I have rejoiced of thy welfare, although thou hast sorrowed of mine. And Noici siamo accostati à lui; e voi vi sete vergognate di sarlo: Who have approached ourselves to him; and you have been ashamed to do it. Qvando essi si saran pentiti de●l mal sare; noi ci consolere●o: When as they will be repent of evil doing; then will we comfort ourselves. But Posso, and Voglio, do serve to both those Verbs above mentioned.  
Now because there are certain things, that appertain unto all the Verbs, or most part of them all these may be conjoined with the Verb Avere, because he is the first, but those that particularly appertain either to one Verb or an other, or else more to one conjunction then to an other shall be set in their special places.  
Now the Verb being (as we have said already) he that signifieth, showeth, and noteth the time, I know not for what occasion he should more be divided in Moods, then in his natural times, I will first that my Verb be divided in his times, which are, the time passed, the time present and the time to come: and unto this I add the divers or variable time, as more plainly I will show you hereafter, and although that the time passed do exceed, it is necessary for us to begin in time present, because he is the root and chief cause of our Verbs and talk, and not in the passed as the Hebrews do, and then the diversities that are in each of this times are divided into certain Chapters, the which but of mean scholars will be comprehended. Let the others know, that even as those in the first age did but break, and stamp the grain, and thereof did make a kind of past, and sod it, which we call, Sugol●, or Polenta, and did eat it and thereon fed, and when the true making of bread was found, they would not lightly be persuaded, but that their old fashion was best, and not the new. Even so will those do that are accustomed to this, Dio volesse che, or, Dio voglia che, Dio haresse voluto che, and conejosia che, concjosia cosa che, concjofusse stato che; and other such I will not force all men to learn my rules, but those that william. This know I by experience, that those that thoroughly observe them; although they never have been in Italy, shall both speak, read, and writ better then those that observe them. But now let us come to the Declensions, or will you have it conjugations? and let us begin with the Verb, Avere, as,  

¶ The present Definitive.  
NV. SIN.  English. NV. PLU.  English. ho or aggio 1 I have. abbjamo aujamo or 1 we have. hai 2 thou hast. have mo. avete 2 you have, have, ave, or ae. 3 he hath hanno or han 3 they have  
Aggio, ave, and aè, are most commonly used of Poets.  
The second person doth commonly end in, i, in all the Verbs, but sometimes the letters do vary, as, Dolgo, I plain, Dvoli, thou plainest, Dico, I say, di, thou sayest, Paio, I seem, pari, thou seemest, Pongo, I set, poni, thou settest, Seggo, I sit, sjedi, thou sittest, Téngo, I hold, tjeni, thou holdest, uèngo, I come, ujèni, thou comest, Voglio, I will, woi, thou wilt, colgo, I gather, coi, or cogli, thou gatherest, Scjolgo, I lose, or unbind, scjogli, or scjoi, thou losest, or unbyndest, Soglio, I am wont, svoi, and svoli, thou art wont.  
Then are there some that have, n, before, g, and in some thee, g, goeth before thee, n, as cingo, cigni, to gird, attingo, attigui, to attain, or to draw unto, Dipingo, dipigni, to depaint, gjungo, gjugni, to overtake, mungo, mungni, to melch, Spéngo, spègni, to quench, upon necessity may we say, piango, piangi, or piangni, to weep, pungo, pungi, and pugni, to prick, stringo, stringi, and strigni, to gripe fast, unge, ungi, or ugni, to anoint: but fingo, hath only fingi, to feign, of glorio, we say glorio, to glory, and soffio, suffij, to blow, for the others have thee, i, pure, and these, liqvido, that is moist.  
The third person in the first Conjugation doth end in a, as canta, àma, salta, he singeth, loveth, ●eapeth, and such others. All the others do end in, e, as vede, ride, ode, he seethe, laugheth, and heareth, in Posso, we may say, pvo, pvote, and pvoe, he can, but the two last are Poetical. We also say often svol, val, and wol; and also, 'pon, tién, vièn, riman, and such others may be of the second and third, both the one and the other. The two first plurals of this present time, and likewise the first of the varying time, are a like, but to make them seem somewhat unlike, some writers have changed thee, m, into, n. and to make them also to disagree from the third that have the accent on the last saving two, we put the accent on the last save one, and say, Noi abbiáno, facciáno, diciáno, we have, do, and say, this voice may also upon occasion in all Verbs leave the last vowel, the Verbs that end in, sco, have not this first person, we say, pogniámo, t●gm●mo, and traggiámo.  
The second plural because it doth not vary a little, may be known from the infinitive, changing thee, r, into ●, as amáre, amáte, douère, douéte, leggére, leggète, sentire, sentite, facete, and dicete, are not to be used, seat, you be, or are, is of the Verb èssere, to be, of the which we will speak hereafter.  
The third in all Verbs may lose, and leave the last vowel, saying, aman, veggon, leggon, di●on, they love, see, read and say, but in this Verb and all others of (monosilaba) we double thee, nn, and say, hanno, danno, fanno, sanno, they have give do, or make, and know, as partly I have told you in the letter, n, yea sometimes we cast away not only the vowel but the whole syllable, and say, han, dan, fan, san, we also say, possono, ponno, and 'pon, débbono, dénno, and dèn.  
The time that followeth is that, which until now we have given to the imperative, the which certainly hath a certain regard, or respect more then the others, (as they say) means how to speak, for it doth not always command, but it exhorteth, forewarns, granteth, forbiddeth, praiseth, and gesteth, and divers other such effects, having always à certain regard to whom he speaketh, wherefore I call them Respectives, rather then Imperatives, and set him as a Sise, and not as a Gender, and here I speak only of his Present, for his Future is set in his own place.   

Respective.  
NV. SIN  ENGL.  NV. PLV ENGL.  1  1 abbjamo have we Abbi 2 have thou 2 abbjate have ye abbja 3 have he 3 abbiano have they  
This second person of the singular number, in the first Conjugation, doth end in a, and in the third, in i: nevertheless sometimes to this i, do we add an a, and say, abbja, sappja, dèbbja, in stead of abbi, sappi, dèbbi, and such others. But these words are most used of Poets. In certain other Verbs, we cast away the vowel, and say, Vjèn, tjèn, for ujèni, tjèni, and divers others. And this is done as well when a vowel followeth, as a consonant: yea sometime we cast away the whole syllable, and say, co, ve, to, for cogli, vedi, and togli.  
In stead of this time we may use the Infinitive, with the Negative, and say, Non ti scordar di mè: Forget not thee self of me. Non far cosi: Do not so. Non l aver' per male: Have it not in ill part.  
The first plural may leave the last vowel, and so we may say, Debbjamo, debbjate, debbjano: We own, you own, they owe. And so, Sappjamo, we know, vogljamo, we will, and such others.  
The third plural likewise may lose the last vowel, and the last vowel save one, may be i, and a. But yet in all Verbs, the first Conjugation hath not always the i, as, amino, love they, cantino, sing they.  
In the Verb Dare, and Stare, we say, Diano, and dieno give they: Stiano, and stieno, stand they. We are also better to say, Odino, and legghino, then Odano, and lèggano And so let this suffice you for the present tyme.  
Now let us come to the passed, whose use will seem naughty, to the scrupulous, but yet will yield a contentation and profit to the wise.   

¶ Of time passed, and uncertain.  
NV. SIN  ENGL. NV. PLV  ENGL. Avevo 1 I had. Avevamo 1 We had. aveva aveamo avea avevi 2 thou hadst. avevate 2 you had avevi aveva 3 he had avevano 3 they had. avea aveano.  
From the first, and third, when they do end in a, you may take away thev, and say, Vedea, I saw, or he saw, leggea, I read, or he read, and such others.  
So may you do in the first and third in the plural, but not in the first Conjugation, although that Petrarca hath said, facea, and sea: which may be granted to other Poets also. Avia, Solia, and such like, can not be granted: Vedavamo, correvano, diocèavamo, and leggèavamo, and such like, are altogether to be abhorred. Well may we say, Fallav imo, we failed, or did fail, so it be in the Verb Fallare● and not fallire.  
Also may you say, Aggradàre, and aggradire, apparere, and apparire, colorare, and colorire, empjere, and empire, impazzare, and impazzire, inanimare, and inanimire, pentere, and pentire.  
The two voices of the second plural person, now adays are much used. The first and third Plurals, may leave the last vowel. Potjemo, venjemo, and such others, are to be fled.   

¶ Of time Indefinitive.  
NV. SIN  ENGL. NV. PLV  ENGL. Ebbi, or avei. 1 I had. avemmo 1 we had. avesti 2 thou hadst aveste 2 you had. ebb 3 he had ebbero, or ebbono 3 they had.  
Some ancient Writers have used E●, but it is not to be observed: this Person doth vary more then any other, and is very necessary to be known. The first Conjugation of it doth end in ai, as Amai, I loved, Cantai, I sung. The second hath divers terminations, as Potèi, I could, or might: Ebbi, I had: Ta'cgvi, I held my peace: Godettis, I did enjoy: and divers such others.  
The third likewise hath as many, as Battei, I struck: credettis, I did believe: conobbi, I knew: chièfi, I requested: ruppi, I broke.  
The fourth doth also vary, as Vdi, I heard: apèrsi, I opened: venni, I come, etc. When this voice endeth in i, saying in stead of Vsaimi, and deliberaimi: usami, and deliberami. And so, Dirèlo, farèlo, for Dirèilo, and farèilo.  
The second singular person doth end in sti, in all Verbs, as Avesti, fosti, amasti, vedesti: thou hadst, thou wast, thou lovedst, thou sawest, etc.  
The third person doth end diversly, whereof we will speak more hereafter.  
The first plural person endeth in mmo, as Amammo, leggemmo, We loved, we read. etc.  
The second endeth always in ste, as Godeste, patiste: You enjoyed, and suffered. etc.  
The third also hath many differences, whereof we will speak in other places. But yet one thing we will note, that they all may leave the last vowel, as Ebber amaron, sentiron: They had, loved, and felt, and such others.  
Sometime it may leave the last save one, as Fèrno, they did. Sometimes it loseth the whole syllable, as legaro, they bound. etc.  
VICINO.  near at hand. VICINO. near at hand. NV. SIN.  NV. SIN. NV. PLU. NV. PLU. ho avuto 1 I have had abbiamo avuto. we have had. hai avuto 2 thou hast had. avete avuto ye have had. have avuto 3 he hath had. hanno avuto. they have had. DICOSTO.  distant. DISCOSTO distant. NV. SIN.  NV. SIN. NV. PLU. NV. PLU. ebbi avuto. 1 I have had avemmo avuto. we have had. avesti avuto. 2 thou haste had aveste avuto. ye have had. ebb avuto. 3 he hath had. ebbono avuto. they have had. LONTANO NV. SIN.  far of. SIN. NV LONTANO NV. PLV  far of. PLU. NV Avevo, avuto. 1 I had had. avevamo, avuto. 1 We had had. avevi, avuto. 2 thou hadst had. avevi, avuto. 2 ye had had. aveva, avuto. 3 he had had. avevano, avuto. 3 they had had.  
These two first Preterperfect Tenses, together with that that goeth before, do signify from the Latin only in voice, but yet they have a contrary signification.  
Of that which goeth before, we have already spoken: but of these three here set together, it is to be known, that the first is nearest to the Present tense, the which doth show a thing done presently. The second is somewhat distant from it. The third showeth a thing far of, and done long ago. And this is the cause why I have set them under these Genders, Near hand, Distant, far of. By the which Genders or Chapters, a man may know their difference: For Ho avuto, doth agreed with time present, as, Qvando ho mangiato, voglio hear: When I have eaten, I will drink. Ebbi avuto, doth answer the Indefinitive, as Qvand' io l' ebbi veduto, disubito ' l conobbi: When as I had seen him, straightways I knew him. And avevo veduto, doth somewhat touch the thing passed, as Io l' avevo bèn veduto, mano 'l conoscevo: I had well seen him, but I knew him not.  
We may also apply it otherwise, but it will be too tedious for me to rehearse it, and for you to hear it. But yet one thing mark by the way, that the Participles that do agreed with the Verb Avere, may be joined, and may serve both Genders and Numbers, as well in things going before, as in things following, as Io ho desiderato lo tue comoditá: I have desired thy commodities. Io ho desiderato la tua comoditá: I have desired thy commodity. So may you say, Io ho desiderati i tvoi comodi: and Io ho desiderat e le ●ve comoditá. But all the Participles joined with the Verb èssere, do accord always with the Nominative Ca●e, as we will speak more of that, in the same Verb.   

¶ Condizionato. Conditioned, or agreed upon.  
NV. SIN  English. NV. PLV  English. Abbja avuto. 1 when I have had abbjamo avuto. 1 when we have had. abbi avuto. 2 when thou hast had. abbjate avuto. 2 when you have had. abbja avuto. 3 when he hath had abbino avuto. 3 when they have had.   


¶ Patovito. upon bargain.  NV. SIN.  SIN. NV NV. PLV  NV. PLV avessi avuto. 1 Had I had. avessimo avuto. 1 Had we had. avestu avuto. 2 hadst thou had aveste avuto. 2 had you had. avesse avuto. 3 had he had. avessero avuto. 3 had they had.   


¶ Sogiunto. At hand.  NV. SIN  SIN. NV NV. PLV  PLU. NV aurèt avuto. 1 I should have had. auremmo avuto. 1 we should have had. auresti avuto. 2 thousholdst have had. aureste avuto. 2 you should have had. aurebbe avuto. 3 he should have had. aurebbone avuto. 3 they should have had.   

¶ Infinitivo. Infinitive.  
Avere avuto, to have had.  
Essere stato per avere, to have been to have.  
Under the Gender called Vario, are things pertinent to these three Preteritives.  

¶ Awenire. To come. Definito.  NV. SIN  SIN. NV NV. PLV  PLU. NV Averó, auró, or else, aró. 1 I shall have Averemo, auremo, or, aremo 1 we shall have. averai, aurai, or, aura '. 2 Thou shalt have. averete, aurete, or, arete. 2 you shall have. averá, aurá, or, ará. 3 he shall have. averanno, auranno, or, aramno. 3 they shall have.  
Upon the last syllable of the first and third person of this Future, the accent is always needful in all Verbs: and in the last save one we always use the e, as Canteró, I shall sing: prenderó, I shall take. But the Verbs of the first Conjugation use the i, as Vdiró, sentiró, I shall hear, and feel. And those of Monosillaba have the a, as Daró, faró, I shall give, and make.  
There are many Future's, that are more used yclept, then whole, as Auró, sapró, for averó, sáperó, I shall have, or know. Diraggio, and faraggio, are not to be used, unless it be upon great necessity, in Rhyme, but Diró, and faró, etc.   

¶ Rispettivo, Respective.  
NV. SIN.  NV. SIN. NV. PLU.  NV. PLU.  1  auremo or aremo 1 we shall have. aurai or arai. 2 thou shalt have. aurete or arete. 2 you shall have. aurá or ará. 3 he shall have. auranno or aranno. 3 they shall have.  
The third singular also of this Future, must have the accent upon the last syllable, sometimes and often in the third plural it leaveth the last syllable, and we say, in steed of faranno, aranno, faran, diran, So is it in many Verbs.   

¶ Condizionato, Conditioned.  
NV. SIN.  NV. SIN. NV. PLU.  NV. PLU. aro avuto 1 I shall have had. aremo avuto, 1 we shall have had arai avuto, 2 thou shalt have had arete avuto. 2 you shall have had ará avuto 3 he shall have had. aranno avuto, 3 they shall have had  
This Future is different from the first, for the doth show us a certain time conditioned, and indefinitive, as. Qvando io l'aró veduto lo crederó: When I shall have seen it, I shall believe it. Or else, S'egli l'ará trovate le dará: If he shall have found it, he will give it thee.   

¶ Infinitive.  
Dover avere, Esser to be or have to have. per avere, Aver, ad avere.  
As for the voices of our forepassed Grammarians set under the Optative, and subjunctive moods, do not we see? And they also confess it, that they show naught else but a conditioned speech. And that by some of them, one can not know rightly what time one speaketh of. Wherefore they seek to help them with such like voices, as. Dio volesse che: Would to God that. Or else, Concjosia cosa che: For as much And many such others, and this is worst of all, that many times some thinking to speak of present, or passed time, speak of the Future, as. Se tú vemissi a trovarmi io ti parlerèi: that is, If thou shouldest, didst, or wouldst come and find me, I would speak to thee, is not this a manifest Future, as they say, Wherefore and in consideration of that, those voices that do not show a manifest time, are by me set under a Gender called in Italian Vario, that is divers, varible, or uncertain, the which is added to the three times.   

¶ Variable, and conditioned.  
NV. SIN.  NV. SIN. NV. PLU.  NV. PLV abbja, or aggia, 1 have I or let me have. abbjamo, or aggjamo. 1 have we or let us have abbi, or abbja, 2 have thou abbjate. 2 have ye abbja, or aggia. 3 have he or let him have abbjano, abbino, or aggjano. 3 have, they or let them have  
All these three singular persons commonly end in, i in the first conjugations, as. Io ami, tú ami, colui, ami. And in the fourth all three in, a, as: Io senta, tu senta, colui senta. But in the second and third, they have the first, and third person end in a, and the second in, i, as. Io vegga, tu vegghi, colui vegga, to scriva, tu scrivi, colui scriva. Also some in the first person do end in, i, and, a, as, Vogli, and voglia, mvoi, and mvoia, dichi, and dica, also some do end in, a, all three persons though they be not of the fourth, also some end in the Verb, So, I know, as, Io Sappja, tu sappja, and sappi colui sappja. And some all three persons have both ends, as. Io faccja, and facci, tú faccja & facci colui faccja & facci, of the first Plural, we have spoke of it afore in the definitive of the present. We may say, Vegnjamo, or venghjamo, let us come, also, Vdiamo, udiate, and odiamo, odiate: Hear we, or let us hear, and hate we, or let us hate, the one is of the Verb Odo, I hear, the other of the Verb, Odio, I hate, in the third we find, Veggjano, and Vegglino, diano, and Dieno, siano, and Sieno, this person may leave the last vowel.   

¶ Pattovito, That is upon condition, or Bargain.  
NV. SIN.  NV. SIN. NV. PLU.  NV. PLV avessi, or avesse, 1 had I, avessimo, 1 had we, avessi, 2 hadst thou, aveste, or avessi, 2 had you, avesse, or avessi, 3 had he, avessero, avessino, or avesseno. 3 had they,  
The first and third singular persons have their end in e, or else, i, but thee, i, is fittest for the first, and e, for the third, the other declensions are Poetical, also, Venesse, fusse, perconsse, for Venisse, fosse, percosse, facessi, and fessi, are as well of the second, as of the first.  
In this second person may you add tú, and take away the last syllable, and say, Avestu, fostu, and vedestu. In the third plural, we may easily leave the last vowel, and say, Avesser, avessin, and such others.   

¶ Soggiunto. subjunctive.  
NV. SIN  SIN. NV NV. PLV  PLU. NV Arèi, aaurèi, or, averia. 1 I should have. aremmo, or, auremmo. 1 we should have. aresti, or auresti. 2 thou shouldest have areste, or, aureste. 2 you should have. arebbe, aurebe, or, averia. 3 he should have. arrebbono, aurebbero, averiano. 3 they should have.  
The Latin hath not this Time. Sometime we say, Potrè, sarè, for Potrèi, sarèi, and also for Potrebbe, sarebbe.  
To the second person in this Time, we may add, and join unto it, tu, and faith, Avestu, potrestu. Averiéno, with the accent on the last syllable save one, is not to be used.   

¶ Infinitivo. Infinitive Mood.  
Avere. 1 To have.  
This Time often leaveth the vowel, and often becometh a Noun, and hath the Masculine Article, and is in all Cases, and agreeth both with Nouns and Verbs, and immutables, as Il fuggir de'l tempo: The fleeing of the tyme. un batter d'occhjo: an ineling of na eye. And many such others, the which to rehearse, were but labour lost. For all books are full of such. We say sometimes, Scjorre, and scjogliere, torre, and togliere. We say, Bear, porre, but not Bevere, and ponere. And thus let this suffice you for this Verb.   

¶ Of the Verb Essere, To be.  
THis Verb is very necessary to the Italian tongue: in so much as we have no Verb Passive, nor can express the Passive voice, without the help of this Verb: wherefore I think it good to decline it, and then to give over, hoping that by these two Verbs, and by the Rules afore given, they will suffice you. For to make a long discourse, and to show the declining of them, it would require a great volume, and (as I suppose) would trouble and weighed the Reader. For I know this of a certainty, that if twenty men do study the Italian tongue, perhaps not one of them doth learn the Grammar: and that is the cause why they never attain unto the perfection of it. And again, there are so many Verbs declined by Scipio Lentulo, and William Thomas, that I refer you to them, still remembering my Rules, (as very necessary) and also (by the help of God) I mean hereafter, and that shortly perhaps, to set out another book very necessary for the learner of it, the which I mean to translate, as the best, perfectest, and surest way that ever hitherto hath been devised.  
Wherefore I pray you to accept this by the way, in good part, and remember it is given for good william. And if it please God that I do the other, I will show things there more at large, and especially the Verbs: and other things to, the which I hope will do you much good.  
Surely sir, these rules which you have already given me, are very good, and by them I hope to attain unto the perfection of it, with a little labour, yet notwithstanding if you will give me any other rules, I shall think myself much bounden unto you, not only I, but a great many more of my country men, which do take great delight in the Italian tongue. Wherefore I pray you forget not your promise but proceed even when most you please, and remember where you left.  
I remember it very well, I promised you to decline the Verb. Essere. To be, the which is this.  

Essere, To be, of the present time and definitive.  NV. SIN  ENGL. NV. PLV  ENGL. Sono, son, or so. 1 I am. Siamo, or, semo, poetical. 1 We are, or, we be. Sèi, or, se. 2 Thou art. Sete, or, siete. 2 Ye are, or be. é. 3 He is. Sono, or, son. 3 They are, or be. 
¶ Rispettivo. Regarding, or to have respect.  NV. SIN  ENGL. NV. PLV  ENGL.  1  Siamo. 1 Be we. Sij, or sia. 2 Be thou. Siate. 2 Be ye. Sia. 3 Be he. Siano. 3 Be they. 
¶ Passato, that is time passed.  NV. SIN.  English. NV. PLU.  English. èro, èra. 1 I was eravamo, or, eramo. 1 we were èri 2 thou wast eravate, or èrate. 2 you were èra. 3 he was èrano. 3 they were 
Indefinitivo, Indefinitive.  NV. SIN  English. NV. PLV  English. fui, fú. 1 I was or have been. fummo. 1 we were or have been fusti, fosti, and fui 2 thou wast or hast been fuste, foste. 2 you were or have been. fú, or fue, 3 he was or hath been. furono, sure no furo, & fur. 3 they were or have been. 
Vicino, near hand, not far of.  NV. SIN  English. NV. PLU.  English. Sono or son stato, 1 I have been Siamo stati. 1 we have been. Sei stato, 2 thou hast been, Siete, or sete stati, 2 you have been▪ è stato, 3 he hath been, Sono, or son stati. 3 they have been. 
¶ Discosto, Somewhat distant, not far of.  NV. SIN.  English. NV. PLV  English. fui stato, 1 I have or had been. Fummo stati. 1 We were or had been. fosti stato, 2 thou hast, or hadst been foste stati, 2 you were or had been. fú stato, 3 he hath, or had been. furno stati, 3 they were or had been  
Fostu is almost always Interogative. The Participles unto this Verb conjoined are not variable, as in the Verb avere, but agreed with the right, as, il vècchio é, statogioviae, the old man hath been young. La donna è stata ingannata; the woman hath been deceived. Gli inganni sono stati scoperti; The deceipts have been discovered L' Amazon sono state donne belli coz, The Amasones have been warlike woman.  

Lontano, That is far of.  NV. SIN.  English. NV. PLV  English. éro stato. 1 I had been, eramo stati, 1 we had been. éri stati. 2 thou hadst been eravate stati or eri stati, 2 you had been, éra stato, 3 he had been, erano stati 3 they had been. 
Condizionato, Conditioned.  NV. SIN.  English. PLU. NV.  English. Sia stato, 1 When I have been Siamo stati, 1 When we have been, Sij stato, 2 when thou hast been. Siate stati, 2 when ye have been Sia stato, 3 when he hath been Siate stati, 3 when they have been 
¶ Pattovito, Upon bargain, or condition.  NV. SIN.  English. NV. PLV  English. Fossi stato, 1 Had I been, Fos●imo stati, 1 Had we been, Fostu stato 2 Hadst thou been Foste stati, 2 Had ye been, Fosse stato 3 Had he been. Fossero stati. 3 Had they been. 
¶ Soggiunto. subjunctive.  NV. SIN  ENGL. NV. PLU.  ENGL. Sarèi stato. 1 I should have been Saremmo stati. 1 we should have been saresti stato, 2 thousholdst have been. sareste stati. 2 ye should have been sarebbe stato. 3 he should have been sarebbero stati. 3 they should have been 
¶ Infinito. Infinite.  Essere stato. Essere stato per èssere. to have been. to have been to be. 
¶ Awenire. DEFINITO. Time to come. Definitive.  NV. SIN.  ENGL. NV. PLU.  ENGL. Saró. 1 I shall be. Saremo, 1 we shall be. sarai. 2 thou shalt be. sarete. 2 ye shall be. sara fia, and fie. 3 he shall be. saranno fiano. 3 they shall be. 
¶ Rispettivo. To have some respect, or consideration.  NV. SIN.  ENGL. NV. PLU.  ENGL. Saró. 1 Shall I be. Saremo. 1 shall we be sarai. 2 shalt thou be. sarete. 2 shall ye be. sara. 3 shall he be. saranno. 3 shall they be. 
❧ Condizionato. Conditioned, or upon Condition.  NV. SIN  SIN. NV NV. PLV  PLU. NV Saro stato. 1 I shall have been. Saremo stati. 1 we shall have been sarai stato. 2 thou shalt have ben sarete stati. 2 ye shall have ben sara stato. 3 he shall have ben saranno stati. 3 they shall have been 
¶ Infinitivo. Infinitive.  Essere per èssere, To be, or have to be. Dover èssere, Avere ad èssere.  
¶ Vario. Time not certain, but varying. 
¶ Condizionato. Upon some condition, or conditioned.  NV. SIN.  SIN. NV NV. PLU.  NV. PLV Sia. 1 let me be, Siamo. 1 let us be. Sij, sia, sie. 2 be thou. siate. 2 be you. sia. 3 let him be fiano, sieno. 3 let them be. 
¶ Pattovito. upon bargain.  NV. SIN  English. NV. PLV  English. Fossi, fussi. 1 Were I Fossimo, fussimo. 1 Were we. fossi, fussi. 2 were thou foste, fuste, fussi. 2 were ye. fosse, fusse. 3 were he. fossero, fussero. 3 were they. 
¶ Soggiunto. subjunctive.  NV. SIN  English. NV. PLV  English. Sarèi, saria. 1 I should be. Saremmo. 1 we should be. saresti. 2 thou shouldest be. sareste. 2 ye should be. sarebbe, fora, & saria. 3 he should be. sarebbero, sarebbono, sarièno, sariano. 3 they should be.  

¶ Infinito. Infinite.  Essere. To be.  
This Verb is also used among the principles, as Sidto, staca and Suto, suta, to have been in the singular number, & Stàti, ta●●, and Suti, suit, to have been, in the plural number.  
To this Verb will we apply thee, Gerondes and these are they.  
Of present time, Essendo, being. Of time past, Esséndo státo, stata, stati, state, Having been. Of time to come, Dovendo èsserre, avendo ad èssere, and èssendo per essere, being or having to be,  
As for the Verbs, that are subject to a rule, and are of the four conjugations, these are they that follow, but I will use brevity and refer them to the courteous reader's judgement.   

¶ Of the first Conjugation.  
Amo, I love, ami, thou lovest, ama, he loveth, amiamo, we love, amate, ye love, amano, they love, amai, I loved, amasti, thou lovedst, amò, he loved, amammo, we loved, amaste, you loved, amarono, amorono, amaron, amar, they loved, amáre, to love, ésserper amáre, dover amáre, aver ad amáre, to be or have to love. The Future's of the first Conjugation, that are more used clipped, then whole, are these and such like, Andró, dimor●ó merró, perró portrò; that is I shall go, stay, led, pain, carry, you may also say, Andaro, dimorero, menero, penero, portero, as partly we have talked of afore.   

Of the second Conjugation.  
Veggo, or Veggio, I see, vedi, thou seest, vede, he seethe, vegglamo, vedemo, we see, vedete, you see, vedono, or veggono, they see, vidi, I saw, vedesti, thou sawest, vide, he saw, vedemmo, we saw, vedeste, you saw, videro, vider, they saw, vedere, to see, aver á vedere, esser per vedere, dover vedere, to be, or have to see, the Future's that in this Conjugation are used most times short, and yclept then whole, and long, as we have said above in the general rule, are these, as, auró, beró, cadró, douró, parró, rimarró, sapró, sosterró, terró, varró, vedró, that is I shall, Have, Drink, fall, own, seem, remain, know, sustain, hold, be worth, see, and certain others which are not so much in use.   

Of the third Conjugation.  
Lèggo, I read, lèggi, thou readest, lègge, he readeth, lèggiamo, we read, lèggete, you read, leggono, they read, Léssi, I red, legesti, thou reddest, less, he red, leggemmo, we read, legeste, you red, léssero, léssono, they red, léggere, to read, aver, á lèggere, dover, lèggere, èsser per léggere, to be or have to read, even as this word léssi, goeth, so go these that follow, Afflissi, condussi, cossi, fessi, and fendei, fissi, That is I afflicted, conducted, sod, cleft, fixed, and their compounds, Mossi, rèssi, scossi, scrissi, strussi, vissi that is, I moved, ruled, received, writ, destroyed, lived, and all do double: wherefore? We have told you above in the Consonant, s, there are also other of this declension, but they do not double, for they have consonantes going before thee, s, as these, Arsi, colsi, corsi, dipinsi, giunsi, finsi, estinsi, munsi, punsi, piansi, porsi, scorsi, scjolsi, sparsi, spensi, strinsi, sursi, svelsi, tinsi, torsi, vinsi, volsi, morsi, I burned, gathered, ran, painted, overcame, feigned, extinguished, milchd, pricked, wept, reachd, overran, let lose, despersed, quenched, gripped, risoppe, unrooted, died, made cooked, overcame, or vanquished, turned, bit. Other there are of this declension, which do not double, and yet have not a Consonant to go before, the which do as it were imitate the latin tongue and these are they. Accesi, ascosi, chjési, chjusi, confusi, corquisi, difesi, divisi, misi, or posi, that is, I kindled, hid, requested, locked, confuted, conquered, defended, divided, set, and the compounded of these are, Presi, rasi, resi, risi, rosi, risposi, spesi, tesi, uccisi. I took, shaved, rendered, laughed, fretted, answered, spent, tended, killed, or slew. They have also other de●lensions, which are, Conobbi, cr●bbi, nacqvi, nocqvi, ruppi, roppis, and rompet. And so Battei, concepei, credei, empjei, perdet, procedet, and processi, rend●i, ricevei, vendei: I knew, did grow, was borne, annoyed broke, struck, conceived, believed, filled, lost proceeded, rendered, received, sold.  
This may also end in tti, and say, Ricevetti, resistetti, and such others.  
In the third person we say, Perdé, pierce, or, perdette, and so forth he lost.   

¶ Of the fourth Conjugation.  
ODo, I hear, odi, thou hearest, ode, he heareth, Vdjamo, we hear, Vdite, ye hear, odono, they hear. Vdi, I heard, Vdisti, thou heardest, Vdi he heard, Vdimmo, we heard, Vdiste, ye heard, Vdirono, udiron, udiro, udirno, udir, they heard. Vdire, to hear, avere udito, to have heard, dover udire, avera udire, esser per udire: To be, or have to hear.  
Odiamo, odiate, are of the Verb Odiare, to hate, and not Vdire.  
The Verbs that are clipped in this Conjugation, are Verró, morro, I will, or shall come, die. A few others there are, which are used most commonly of some Poets, but they go very hard.   

¶ The Conjugation of the Verbs passives.  
Son 'amato, sèi amato, é amato, I am, thou art, he is loved, Siamo amati, sete amati, sono amati, we are, you are, they are loved, èssere amato, to be loved, éssere stato amato, to have been loved.  
Of the impersonals I will speak nothing, because they are not so much in use of the common sort, but of the learned Poets, and I think but few Poets will learn of me.   

❧ Of the Verbs which be not subject to rules.  
Already we have told you that there are some Verbs that are content to be subject to certain rules. Of those that are subject to such rules, somewhat we have spoken of afore. Now let us come to the others, that are not, and somewhat do disagree from the other, and to the end they may be better known, I have here set them to the four conjugations: those of the first Conjugation, are four, agreeing with the Monosilaba, and these are they Dó, I give, só, I make, or do, stó, I stand, uó, I go.  

Of the first Conjugation.  
DO, I give, Dai, thou givest, dá, he giveth, diamo, we give, date, you give, danno, dan ', they give, Detti, djedi, djei, djé, I gave, désti, thou gavest, debt, djéde, he gave, dêmmo, we gave, dèste, you gave, djedero, dettono, dettero, d●eder, djero, djer, they gave, Dare, to give.  
Fò, and faccio, I make, or do, fai, thou makest, or dost, fá, face, fae, he maketh, or doth, faccjamo, fate fanno, and san, we, you, they, make, or do. Feci, fei, I made, or did, fa● esti, or festi, thou mad'st, or didst, fece, fe, he made, or did, facemmo, femmo, we made, or did, faceste, feste, you made, or did, fecero, fer●no, ferono, fero, far, they made, or did, far, to make, or do.  
Vo, and vado, I go, vai, thou goest, va, vae, he goeth, andjamo, we go and ate, you go, vanno, van, they go, andai, I went, andasti, thou wentest, andò he went, andammo, we went, andaste, you went, andarono, andorono, andaro, andar, they went, andare, to go, dover andare, ésser per andare, aver, ad andare, to be, or have, to go.  
S●ó, I stand, stai, thou standest, sta, he standeth, stiamo, state, stanno, stan, we, you, they stand, stetti, I stood, stesti, thou stoodst, stette, he stood, stemmo, steste, stettero, sterono, steron, stero, we, you, they stood, stare, to stand, dover stare, ésser per stare, aver astare, to be, or have, to stand.   

Of the second Conjugation▪  
THose that are subject to no rule of the second Conjugation, are these, or such like, Cado, debbo, dolgo, paio, posso, so, soglio, tèngo, voglio, I fall, shall, or own, complain, seem, can, know, am wont, hold, william.  
Cado, or caggio, I fall, cadi, thou fallest, cade, he falleth, cadjamo, or caggjaemo, cadete, cadono, or caggiono, me, you, they fall, cadere, to fall. etc. The Verb cascare, to fall is subject to a rule, all the rest not specified go after the ordinary manner.   

¶ Of the third Conjugation.  
THe Verbs in this third Conjugation, do differ somewhat from the other, for they are so yclept and whosoever looketh not well to them, may lightly err, If I should declare them all, it would be to tedious. Wherefore I will but show the variety of one only, for example and that shallbe, Toglio, I take, toglio, tolgo, I take, togli, toi, thou takest, toglje, tolle, toe, to, he taketh, togljamo, we take, togljete, ye take, togljmo, tolgono, they take, togli, tò, te, take thou, togljete, take ye, togljevo, I did take, toglj●vamo, we did take, ●olsi, I took, togljesti, thou tookest, tolse, he took, togljemmo, togljeste, toljero, we, ye, they took, ho tolto, I have taken, ●bbi tolto, I had taken, avessi tolto, had I taken aurei tolto, I should have taken, aver tolto, to have taken, torró, I shall take, torrai, thou shalt take, t●rrá, he shall take, torremo, torrete, torranno, we, ye, they shall take, torre, tor, togliere, to take, ésser per torre, aver a torre, dover torre, to be, or have, to take, in my next book you shall have this Verb set out at large.   

Of the fourth Conjugation.  
IN the fourth Conjugation, without the Rules, are Ire, and ●ire, to go. There are also certain others, which somewhat do vary, but in the Indefinitives only, as Apri●e, dire, morire, salire, venire, To open, say, die, ascend, come▪ and certain others, in which I will use brevity. And here is the end of one of the two principal divisions of the speech (as I told you before) that is to say, of the two mutable parts. Now let us come to the immutable.     

❧ Of the immutable part.  
THe immutable, or indeclinable, (take which you like best) have been heretofore of many learned men, divided into four chiefest parts, and parcels, which be very necessary, and so behoveful, that the Italian tongue may not in any wise be without them, because they are such an ornament and beautifying of it: and these are they, the adverbs, the Conjunctions, the Prepositions, and the Interjections: whose significations I will briefly show unto you, and first we will begin with the adverbs.  

Of the adverbs.  Di lvogo. Of place. Qvi Here, or hither. qva Ci chilo, the Bergamasco. za, the Venetian. Per qvi Hereaway, or hereabout. per qva intorno qvi circa qvi qvi ad intorno per de za, Venetian. Di qvi Hence, or avoid. di qva qvinci di qvinci Qvagiú. down here, or hither. Qvasú. up here, or hither. Di qva, edi lá. here, there, hence, thence Vi There, or thither, or thereabouts. li ivi qu●vi costá cola la. Di costa Thence. di la di li. Per lá Thereaway, or thereabout. per li per de lá la d' intorno per costa la intorno per cola intorno lá cir ca lá li circa li. Lá sú up here, or thither, or there above. li sú lá altó costi sú la sopra costa su. lá disopra costi. Lá giú Down hither, or thither, or there below li giú lá basso costi giú lá sotto costa giú. Lá e qvi There, or here, or there. qvi e lá. Appo, or apresso, Hard by, and sometimes, after. Ove  dove Where, or wither. O, or V, poetical. onde.  Nosco, With us. Meco, with me. Teco. with thee. D'onde Whence, or from whence. de onde onde. In publico Openly. In palese. Altrove. Elsewhere, or otherwhere. Altronde From some other place. D' altronde. I á eve There, whereas, whereupon. lá dove. lá d' onde lá onde. Indi From thence. qvindi. di qvindi. di qvivi. D'attòrno About. D'intòno Circa and cerca Intorno In giro Per tutti i lati Wheresoever. Ouunqve Dove si sia Dovunqve Ove che Dove che In qvalunqve lvogho Qvantunqve Although, or as oftentimes. Bench Qvantunqve volte Dentro Within. Entro Fvori Without, or out Di fvori Fvora Fvore Fori commonly Sú up, or upon. Suso Sopra Soura Adosso Al'insuso Upward. Al, ascesa Super Up by. Giú Downe. Giuso Al'ingiu Downward. Alladiscesa In occulto Secretly, or privily Occultament Secretamente Alto high, or there ahigh la alto la d'alto. Basso Low, beneath, or below. la basso. Apje, or apjèdi. A foot, or on feet. Da lungi, or lung far of. di lungi, or luntano. Sópra, or disopra Above. sotto, or disotto Vnder. a traverso. Overthwart. Di tempo. Of tyme. Oggi. To day. Aqvesti giorni Now adays. oggidi aqvesti tempi. hoggimai modernament. Hora mai Already, or more then tyme. hor mai ho mai. Ora, or hora Now. teste adesso. Di present Presently, or now. adesso ●desso. Ièri, or hièri. Yesterday. Di merigio At noontide, or else, midday. a mezzo di. Ièrmatina. Yester day morning Ièrsera. Yester night. Stamane This morning. stamatina. Sto giorno This day. Di matina. In the morning. Posdomani. next day, tomorrow Sta sera. This evening. Sta not. This night. Di not. By night. Su'ltardi. When it is late. Di giorno. By day. Domani. Tomorrow. Al'alba del di. At the break of day Do matina. tomorrow morning A bon ora. Early. Inanzi di. Before day. Or', ora By and by, even now. ad' hora, ad' hora adesso adesso. Pur' ora. A while sithence, of late. póco fa. pur adesso. Tutta via Always. ogni ora sèmpre mai sèmpre di continuo continuament Inanzi Before, or forward avanti Adjètro Behind. djétro di djètro. Vicino. Nigh, a neighbour. Per lo addjétro Heretofore, in times past. anticament Per lo passato. Por lo inanzi. Hereafter. da qvi inanzi per lo awenire per l' awenire. Per tèmpo In time. in tèmpo a tèmpo Con il tempo With tyme. il seqvente giorno. The day following. Fin qva EHitherto, until this day. fin ora in fino a qvi da indi in qva in fino al present fin qvi in fino al di d' oggi in fino a qvesto giorno in fino adèsso. Da indi inanzi From thence forward. da indi. Longo tempo. Long tyme. Gran pèzza A good while since. gia molto tempo di gran tempo un pezzo fá gran tempo fá. Presto Quickly. tosto tèste. Ràtto Swiftly. Velocement. Di fatto. out of hand. Subito on a sudden, forthwith, incontinent. di subito incontinente imantinente. Spesso Often. sovente. Spesse volte Oftentimes. sovente volte. Rado Seldom. dirado. Rade volte Seldom times. rare volte. Mai Ever, or never. non mai giamai. When. Qvando qvando mai. Vnqve Sometimes. unqva alcuna uòlta qvalche uòlta alcuna fiáta tal uòlta talòra, talhora. Tardo, tardi. Late. Non mai, or mai. Never. Al' hora. Then. Mentre. Whilst. Qvalora. At what time. Qvando che sia. When so ever it be. Alle uòlte. At times. Il piu delle uòlte. For most times. Già, or digià. Already. Sèmpre Always. tutta via. Sèmpre mai Continually, evermore. di continuo. Giornalment Daily, every day. ogni giorno. Diqvalite Of quality. Been Well. Benissimo Very well. Otti mament Most well. Male Evil. Pessimo Very evil. Pèssimament Most evil. Fedele Faithful. Fedelment Faithfully. Ornato Adorned, or decked Ornatamente Trimly, or deckedly. Volentjèri Willingly. Voluntjèrmente Di buona voglia Di cuòre Heartily. Con tutto'l cvore Di bvon cvore Cordialment Saviament Wisely. Dottamente Learnedly. Veramente Truly. Falsamente Falsely. Di qvantità. Of quantity. Molto Much. Abastanza Enough. Assai Enough Piú More. Via piú Much more. Molto piu Assai piú Poco Little. Pochissimo Very little. Tanto So much. Cotanto Tanto piú So much more. Assai più Contanto più Qvanto? How much, or else, as much. Negando Of denying. Non, nò Not, No. Nó, not, Not, No. Non già Not now. Non mica Not a crumb. Ne anche Neither. Signior nó Sir no. Messer nò Master no Signora nó Lady, or madam no Madonna nó Mistress no. Njènte che sia Nothing that is. Apunto Fully. Njénte Nothing. Nulla Affermando, Of affirming. Si Yea, or, I Cèrto For certain, assuredly. Si cérto Per cèrto Al fermo Cèrtament Al sicure Di certo Veramente Truly, verily, or certes, or even so. In vero Cosi cèrto Di vero Da vero In verita Crescendo. Of increasing. Troppo To much. Di souèrchio Superfluous. Maggiormente More rather. Massimament Chiefly, specially. Dottissimament Most learnedly. Benissimament Very or most well. Del tutto Wholly, altogether, Afatto utterly. Diminuire Of Diminishing. Meno Less. Póco mèno A little less. Apóco, a apóco By little, and little. Piàno Softly. Pián piáno Very softly. Alqvanto Somewhat. Niuna cosa No one thing Poco A little. Poc●etto Very little. Pje inanzipje foot before foot. Di discretione. Of discretion. Altrimente Otherwise. Senza Without. Separatamente Severally. Puntamente Pointmeale. Secretamente Secretly. Apertamente Openly. Di giuramento Of swearring. A fede, or afe In faith. Sopra la miafede Upon my faith. Alla fede In faith, Si in verita Yea in verity. Per mia fede By my faith. In verita di Dio By the verity of god Da gllant'huomo By an honest man. A fedi Gentil'huomo By the faith of a gentleman. Per l'anima mia By my soul. Per Dio By God. A fede Dio By the faith of god. Di desiderare. Of wishing or desiring. O se, o si O if, O Dio voglia God grant. O se Dio Volesse O if God would. O Dio volesse I would to God. O pjaccja a Dio May it please God. O che O that. Di desedere. Of forbidding. Gvarda Behold. Non arisehiare Venture not. Gvardati Take heed. Deh non Fie no. Not far Do not. Vedi See. Gvarda ben look well. De inanimare. Of encouraging. Or via Now go to Gr su Fá Do. Sú Vp. Ala gagliarda Mightily. Coraggto Courage. Spediscila Dispatch it. Finiscila. Finish it. Ala forte Strongly. Or oltre On further. Davaloroso Like a valiant. Ardita ment Worthily. Valoro sament Valiantly. Da bravo Bravely. Ala brava Bravament Di ragunare Of assembling. Insjeme Together. Insjememente Parimente In like sort. Similment Di pari By couples. Appari Al pari Ashjera By troops, or companies. Di parangonarre. Of companing. Piú. More. Meno Less. Via piú Much more. Molto piú Assai piú Via meno Much less. Assai meno Molto meno Poco piú A little more Poco meno A little less. Megliore Better. Meglio Péggiore Worse. Péggio Tanto As much Cotanto Altre tanto As much more. Due cotanti Il doppio Tre cotanti Il pjú del mondo The most in the world. Arispètto In respect, or comparison. Arimpetto Alláto Accànto A comparatione Di èccettare, Of excepting. Salvo che Saving, except, only. If not, or, but that. Salvo Solo Eccètto Eccètto che Fvor che Da qvesto in fvori In fvori Fvori Se non Di similitudine. Of similitude. Come As. Si come So as. Cosi So, or thus. Agvisa In such wise. Qvasi Almost. In modo In such manner, or wise. Intal modo In manjèra Nel medesimo modo In gvisa A gvisatale Cosi fatta ment Di dubbjo. Of doubting. Forse Perhaps. Peraventura Peradventure Se per caso If case. Per caso In case, perchance, it may happen. Accaso A sort In sort. Per sort Di dimosteare. Of showing. Ve, or vello Behold. Echo Eccolo Behold him, or it. Eccola Behold her, or it. And so forth. And so forth. Mi, Ti, Vi, Li, Le, Ci. Di scegljère. Of choice. Mègljo Better. Più●osto Rather. Anzi Butler, rather. Of gesture. Tentone Gropingly. Ginochione On the knees. Di ordine. Of order. Inanzi Before. Avanti Davanti Djètro. behind. Di djètro Poi After. Poscia Dapoi Dopoi Dipoi Doppo Fratanto In the mean while. Tratanto In tanto Olere à cjò Besides that. Oltre à qvesto Besides this. Subito By and by, straight way. Subito subito Di subito Hor 'ora Adesso adesso Alla fine In the end, at last. Percjò Therefore. Peruò Pertanto Onde Whereupon. Láonde Prima First, or first of all. Primament Primjèrament Secondo Second or secondarily or thereafter. Secondariament Didomandare Of ask. Onde awiene? How doth it hap? Onde é? From whence is it? perch? Wherefore? Per qval cagione? By what occasion? Ache modo? In what manner. Ache gvisa? In what wise? Ove? Where? Qvando? When. Di dichjarare. Of declaratione Cjo é That is. Verbigratia As for example. Ergo Then. S'intende So 'tis understood.   

¶ Of the Conjunction.  
Now even as we have declared the adverbs, and the meaning of them, now will we come to the Conjunctions, and will do the like of them, hoping that by them you shall do much good, for they are very necessary, if they be well noted.  
Di congiungere, Of joining, or coupling Et (a vowel following) And. E (a consonant following) Anco Also. Anche Ancora Etiandio Altresi Poetical Di contimar il senso, in par lare, et congiungerle parole, Of continuing the sense in speech & joining the words. In modo che In such sort as. In guisa che In such wise as. Di manjèra che In such manner as. per si fatta manjera che In such manner of Si fatta ment che sort as. Piu tosto Rather. La onde Whereupon. Piu tosto che Rather that or then See If. Se non If not. Di modo che So that. Poi che Since that. Senon che If not that. Perche Wherefore, because, Pertanto for what. Che For, that, as, the which, or who, What? or what, when, than, Wherefore, because, but only whereof or within. Che che At the lest. Che chi Pero che For because, because that, therefore. perch percio che impero che impercio che. Come As, or even. come How? O Or, either. Overo Or else. O pure Or yet. Ma But. Ne Neither. Of abhorring. Oibo Fie, what the devil is this? fie thy chiè puch che diavol è qvesto? Of stilling. Uh Still, whist. zi vh vh zito sta cheto sta cheto. Of calling. O O, or hay. Who is there? Who goeth there? ola chi é lá ohu chi va lá? Of vanity, or vain. In vano In vain, or to no end. in darno a voto Senza, pro inutilment. Ofscarsitie. A pena Scarcely, with labour, uneasy. a fatica a gran pena a gran fatica disicilment. Of nothing Nulla Nothing, no one thing, or naught at al. njènte punto punto punto nessuna cosa njuna cosa. Of praying. Eh I pray you, I pray, of courtesy, for God's sake. dèh dèh si dèh no eh si per l'amor di dio dèh per vostra fe dèh per vostra cortesia per corsia di gratia. of sorrowing O Alas, helas, aies me, weary me, weary weary, o God. o ah ahi ohi hey me hoime hei lassome ahi lasso o Dio. Del contrario. of contrariety. Nendi meno Nevertheless. njènte di meno njénte di manco nondi manco. Tutta via Notwithstanding. tutta volta. Impero che. For because. Ben che How beit, although se ben che come che anchor che ancora che avenga che qvantunqve che etiandio che con tutto che. Del scèmamare. Of withdrawing. Al meno At the lest. al manco. Purche So that. tanto So much. solo. Only. Di conceder caso. of yielding case. Percio che Because that. accio To the end. accioche. to the end that Concjo sia. For as much. Concio sia cosa For as much as. concio sia cosa che. Di concludere. of concluding. Dunqve Then. adunqve In summa In sum, in th'end in fine a la fine. O lire ogni credenza. Beyond all credit. Pero Therefore. percio impero. La onde. Whereupon. Ilperche. The cause why. Altrimenti, Otherwise, aliriment.  Of doubt, used to adorn the speech. Osi, ono. Eeither yea, or no. Ora. Now. Púre. Yet. Ben. Wel.   

Of the Prepositions, and Interjections.  
THe Prepositions and Interjections, heretofore of some have been divided into two parcels, and of other some they have not, but have go together in one. Now I considering of them, have thought it good, to let them both go together, for so much as many words are both Prepositions, and Interjections. And being separated, would as it were (to the unlearned) breed a kind of confusion. Wherefore I pray you to accept them in good part, and weigh my good wil  

Of the Prepositions, and Interjections.  Prepositioni. Prepositions. In, as in cjèlo, & in terra. In. etc. Ne, as nel cjélo, & ne la terra. A. To. ad. Di. Of. de. Da. From, or of. Per. For, by, or through. Dopp. After. Sopra. Upon. Di sopra. Above. Olire. Beyond, or beside. Djétro. Behind. Apresso. At, with, by, or after Apetto. In comparison. Con. With, as withhym, or her. Con esso, or essa. Senza. Without, as without him. Ver Towards. verso in verso. Intra Between, amongst or within. infra troth fra. Sotto Vnder. di sotto. Contra Against. contro incontro. Accanto Near, by the side. allato prèsso. Rimpètto Overagainst. per mèzzo dirimpètto. Fin until, or unto. fino sino infino insino. Avan●i Before, or in presence Dinanzi Inanzi Intorno About. Atorao Circa Fuori Without. Dentro Within. Su Vp. Giù Downe. Di lá On tother side. Diqva On this side. Lungi Earre of. Lung  
Now God willing will we draw to an end, and make a conclusion of this little work, for I am sure, you are weary to hear so long a process.  
Not so sir but I pray you proceed.  
You are to note that in this language we have certain little parcels as it were prepositions, which never go alone, but are always joined to other words, and specially to Verbs. And these be they and other such like, as.  
Dis in Dissare To undo Di in Dissido I mistrust. Es in Esalto I exalt. Mis in Miscredere To misbeleeve. Pos in Pospongo I set against. Ra in Raccoglio I do gather. Re in Respiro I sigh again. Ri in Ripiglio I do take again. Tra in Trametto I do put between. Fra in Frastaglio I do hack or chop. Tras in Trasporto I do transport Inter in Interompo I do interrupt.  
Then are there other such little parcels which are used often, marieas, it were, for an ornament of the speech then for necessity, and they be these,  
Egli, as, Egli non é anchor gran tempo passato,  
It is not yet long time passed.  
Ei, as, Ei no'l sapr a mai persona,  
No person shall ever know it.  
Ne, as, Io me ne parti e me n'andai,  
I parted and went away.  
E, as, E mi pare una gran cosa, che,  
methinks it is a great thing, that.  
Ben, as, Ben mi pareva di strano, che,  
It seemed strange unto me, that.  
Pur, as, Sta pur avedere,  
Say, stay, and see, or behold.  
There resteth but one thing to show, and that is to show the strange, divers, and sundry meanings of the word, che, and the conjoining of it, with other words, of the which I have ben requested divers times of sundry my friends, and also I think it a good thing, and necessary to all men. Although somewhat we have spoken of it above yet we come nothing near it. There is no voice so much, and so often used in the Italian tongue, as is, che, and that is because it hath so many significations, for sometimes it is Relative, and other whilst not, and accordeth with all, Cases Numbers, and Genders, and when it hath an Article it hath the nature of the Latin Neuter as we have said above in the Pronouns. Sometimes, it serveth as a beginning of a naration, after the preface as thus, Dico adunqve: che, Wherefore I say that, che, sometimes serveth as it were for a forewarning, as, T●iprégo, che'l tuo nemieo del mto mal non rida. I pray thee, that they enemy laugh not at my evil, sometimes it doth as it were answer unto that, that is spoken afore and hath the meaning of perch, as.  
L'anima, ch'e sol da Dio è satta gentle,  
Che giá d' altrui non puo venir tal gratia.  
My soul that only of God is made gentle,  
For that such grace can come from no other.  
Sometimes it showeth as it were what may happen, as thus,  
Non fare; che non te ne avenga qvalche male.  
Do not; to th'end there hap not some mischance to thee.  
Sometimes it doth as it were, show the matter and substance, of that, that we talk of, as thus,  
Qvesta nouèlla djede tanto che ridere,  
This news gave cause of such laughter,  
Sometimes it showeth the meaning of, il medesimo, but after another manner, as thus,  
Io voglio, che tu sappi, che io ti porto grandissimo amore,  
I will, that thou know, that I bear thee very great love.  
Sometimes it is dobbled and signifieth, cjas cuna cosa che, any thing that, and we say, che, che.  
Sometimes it is set as a beginning of every chapter or else divers parcels, as thus,  
Che'l diamante è pju duro di tutte l'ltre pjètre,  
That the Diamond, is harder then all other stones, or else thus,  
Che'l cjélo è pju duro che 'l diament,  
That the heaven is harder then a Diamond.  
Sometimes it maketh as it were a comparison, as thus,  
Pju duro che'l Diamante.  
Moore harder then Diamond, or else,  
Alessandro fu pju fortunato, che alcun' altro signore del mondo,  
Alexander was more fortunate, then any other Lord in the world.  
Again it is dobbled and joined to many other words and sayings, as partly we have showed afore and partly will show here, and then make an end.  
Accjoche To the end. Per ben che although that An corche Although that. Solche Only that or except that. Avenga che Salvo che Come che Even as. Eccetto che Cō tutto che For all that. Fuor che Concjosia che For as much as Subito che As soon as. Séndo che Being that. Tantosto che Esséndo che Tosto che Perche Wherefore. Prima che Afore that. Oltra che Besides that. Avanti che Ilperche The cause why Fin che Until that force che Perhaps that. Tanto So that. Peril che Wherefore that Si che ogni voltache Any time that. Tal che Pressoche After that Talment che Impero che for so much Posto che Non che Not that. Pur che Percjoche For because Peró che Mentre che While that. Dunche che Da che Since that. Di modo che Poi che  Dopo Da poi che Poscja che Gia che  
And thus I end beseeching all courteous gentlemen to accept my good will, and still remember it is not my profession, that which I have done, I have done for good will, and did it only to pleasure a private friend of mine, not thinking it should have come to light, for if I had I would have taken greater heed, if it be well accepted I ask no more, if it be not; blame not me, but blame my friend that was the cause thou seest it. If I can see or perceive by any means thou dost pleasure in it, I promise' thee a better, if not, here I end for ever. If perchance thou find among the adverbs, Conjunctions, Prepositions, and Interjections any word twisen, consider the sundryens meanings of them, for as they have divers natures so diversly they are placed. And thus I; commit thee to the Almighty, who prospero & keep theè, and me to his will, and pleasure, and sand us grace to serve him. From his lodging in Woster place, thine to his power. I F.  
Patisco il male, sperando il bene:  
Sperando vivo, vivendo mvoro.   
FINIS.   

¶ Regole necessary per indurre gli' taliani à proserir la Lingva Inglese.  
Car mi Gentilhvomini, se io volessi pigliar sopra di me, a dimostrar la natura di qvesta varjali●gva Inglese, io pigljerèi troppo gran carico supra di me; & m' anderia invilupando in un similé Laberinto, chè senza grand●ss ma fatica, longo tempo, e con●invo study non me ne potria leggjérme●●●e ●vduppare; e cosi farèiun gran volume. Per tanto jol scjo tal carico a ●●uio pju dotta di me●njènie di manco il mègljo che io só, & pjubre vemeùte cho io posso, vi daró qvi certe Regole altutto danon esser gittate v●a●▪ Sperando che tutta via accettèrète la ●●a bona volonia sempre aricordando vi che non é la mia professione essèndo io povero Artefice, e del tutto ignorant de similcose.  
Qvesta Lingva Ingle se à dirla scjètta, credo che sia la pju confusa Langva de tutte le altre, percjó che ella é derivata da molte altre ungve, e ogni di va togljèndo delle parole in presto: Molte ne piglia da la Italiana, pju da la Todesca, assai pju da la Franzese, & infinite da la Làtina, & anche taluna da la Grèca. Ma si amò come si voglia, il tutto rimetto al cortese Lettore, ma qvesto tèngo per fermo, che la-vera, & antica Lingva Inglese, é tutta dermata de la Monosilaba; perch tutte qvelle paro●e che ha●no pjudi una silaba, sono qvasi tutte derivate da altre Lingve: perch l'antica Lingva Inglese inanzi ch ella fosse cosi confusa, e mescolata come é, poche parole haveres●i tri vate di duo, ò tre S●abe, ma tutte di una, qvanto al proferirla, ella é contrarja à la nostra, perch se una parola é di molte lettere non si proferiscono, tutte la qval cosa è causa che ella é difieile à imi parare. Nel scriverla, & proferirla, ella s' acorda alqvanto con la Franzese. Ma per farla breve, venjamo all lettere, e vediamo qvante lettere si usano ne la Lingva Inglese.  
Le lettere che comunement in qvesta Lingva si usano, sono venti Otto; & qveste sono d'esse.  
A. a. b. c. d. e. ee. f. g. h. i k. l. m. n. o. oo. p. q. r. s, t. v. u. w.. x. y. z. &.  
Gli Inglesi proferiscono le loro lettere contrario à le nostre, e qvesto é il lor' modo:  
Ac. by. ci. di. i et il doppio ee. come il nostro doppio two. e longo: of. gi'. ach. ei. che. el. 'em. en. il semplice o. come noi altri, ma il doppio oo. come il nostro u. e longo pi. chiu. er. es. ti. iu. doppio iu. ex. vei. iserd. and. overo, &.  
I Vocali che comnnement s usano in qvesta Lingva, sono tette, cjoé, a. e. ee. i. o. oo. u.  
Comunemente l' a si proferisce di una manjèra, non cosi largo come faccjamo il nostro: ma come sarebbe adire ea, posto insjème. L' e semplice, giusto come il nostro i, & breve: Il doppio anche a qvel modo, ma un poco piu longo: il semplice e, qvando viène solo nel sine di una parola, overo si gli vien djètro qvalcho Consonante bisogna proferirlo breve: et fuori de la bocca, come: This beast I sle, Qvesta béstia io amazzo. Overo, I go to bed, Io vado in lètto, Overo, I hurt my leg, Io mi hó fatto male á la mia gamba. Tutte qveste parole, slay, i'll, hcd, bed, leg, sono proferite alte, pure, e sopra il tutto l' e. Breve, come, a l' Italiana, e cosibisogneria proferirlo nel' a. b. c. ma non si fá, perch ci sono cosi usati. Il doppio ee, sempre sia in che parola si ugolia, é proferito come hó detto di sopra, come l' Italiano ij. ma lungo, come sarebbe adire.  
I see, Io vedo: my knee, il mio ginocchio: I ween, Io penso. Tutte qveste parole, See, knee, ween, bleed, feed, be, o altre simile, bisognache siano proferite longhe, & alqvanto dentro la bocca, & percjó sempre tirerai il doppio ee, pju a la longa del semplice. Il simile habbiamo a fare dell ' o semplice, e del oo doppio. L' o semplice have da esser proferito largo, e alto, con la bocea apèrta, & alqvanto breve, come: A barren Do is as swift as a Ro, una Cèrva sterile é si veloce come un Cervo. Overo, I love God, Io amo Dio. Overo, He hath a Rod, Lui have waverga. Ma pur anche qvando V seg ve l' o, non va proferito cosi alto, ma un poco pju basso, come, I love, Io amo: & cosi de gli altri. L' oo doppio va proferito giusto come il nostro V puro, & alqvanto longo, come, This woman I woe, Io faccjo l' amor á qvesta donna. Overo, This work I do, Qvesta opera io faccjo.  
L' i, gli'nglesi lo profer: scono a qvesto modo, come se fosse ei, & alqvanto largo, & longo, ma non troppo come i, che vuol dir, Io, e cosi vaproferito il y, senon che l' y vien qvasi sèmpre nel fine di unaparola. Qvel le parole che comincjano con i vocale, scambjano l' i in y, accjo non ci sia confusione, perch se i vien nel principio di molte parole, è pro ferito come il g.  
L' V qvalche volta é vocale, qvalche volta consonante, e doveria haver due form: ma non è cosi. La vocale vaproferita bassa, e alqvanto liqvida, come, Thus, cosi, Thou, tu, You, voi. La consonante va proferito come l' Italiana, come, Vain, vano, very much, assaissimo, Velvet, Veluto, & simile altre.  
L' V doppio have qvesta forma, w, e va proferito molto liqvido, come, With, con: overo insjème, Water, acqua, & simili altri.  
De gli consonanti non faremo troppo longo discorso, ma il piu breve che posso gli passeremo via. Il b va sèmpre proferito pjèno, e puro. Il c sèmpre puro, pjèno, & non mai liqvido, e qvasi come, che, in Italiano: et se h li segve, va proferito come sh. Il d & l'f non accade parlarne. L' h è di grand 'ornamento á la lingva Inglese, & si é la pju dificile lettera per gli Italiani da profer●re, perch é di gran forza, massime in simile parole come qve ste: Thou, tú, that, qvello, this, qvesto. Per proferir simile parole come vanno proferite, bisogna come sarèbbe adire tenir i denti qvasi insjème con apoggiarvi la punta della lingua tramèzzo, e parlando subitament ritirarla indjètro, e appoggiar la al palato della bocca: á proferire what, che cosa, which, qvale, who, chi, where, dove, bisogna fare come se vole ssi suppjare, & tenir la lingva ferma nel mezzo della bocca, senza toccar njènte, e comin●jar á proferir lent at ament. Ma ne le parole che comincjano con h, come, Hay, fjeno, hat, capello, how come, hen, una gallina, & simile altre inumerabile, bisogna usare una certa gran sorza nel proferile: massimament ne l' h é proferirlo pjèno, e grasso.  
L' i spesse volley, se ujèn nel principio di una parola si confa con il g, & é consonante, come, jasper, Gasparo, job, Giobe, john, Giovanni, e simile altre: e dove va proferito come vocale, & liqvido, spesso gli inglesi inav: duiament errano circa qvesta lettera, e per fuggire simile errore, comin●jano le loro parole con, y, & qvello proferiscono come i vocal, & liqvido.  
Il k é 〈◊〉 pjèno, e con gran forza, come ca, overo che. Il l. m. n. p. si pro●eriscono purt: Il q pjèno, & have qvasi natura del k, overo cu. Del' r non accade parlarne. L' s, se vjén in principio di una parola, va proferito puro, & se vjéne in mezzo di qvalch▪ parola, essendo semplice, et segvendoli i et e have la natura di z ●●●plice, come, To muse much, mazeth my musing mind, etc.  
Il, t, &, z, non accade parlarne, perch hanno Sempre unà forma & una natura, come nel' Italiána.  
I dit● onghis che si us●no ne lalingva, Inglese sono, nuove, alcuni dicono unde ci ma ió ne hó messo due fra gli vocali, i, qvali sono, ee, & oo, lanatura de qvali hahbjamo giá des● itto, gli altri nuove sono qvesti, au, ey, eu. ya. ye, yo, oy, ou, l' ay, dove si sia che ujéne va proferito longo & come, aei, e cosi va proferito, au, longo, qualche volta longis simo, ma pur sempre in tutti gli dittongli la vocale che va prima, é proferita longa, & la seg vent breve, & perde assai de la sua forza, e cosi (senza far longo discorso) vanno proferiti tutti gli altri senon che, ou, va scritto sempre cosi, owe, come town, una villa, tower, una torre, loud, mows, sows & insiniti altri.  
Cisono poi, anche qvesti dua che possono andar nel numeno de gli dittonghis, oa, & oa, e vamno proferiti molto longhis & pjeni, massime la precedente. Ci sono molte parole ne la ling va ing le se che pajono di dua silabe, & si sono senon di una, ale qvali bisogna haver grand 'avertimento nel proferirle bene, & veramente darówi qvi unaregola la qvale tener eat per gener a●e, Molte parole siano di tre, di qvatro, e di cinqve, di set, lettere, sono di una ●ilaba, & alcune siniscono, in vocale, alone in consonante, se siniscono in consonante, l'ultima vocale va proferita molto I reverse in 〈◊〉 la precedente vocale va proferita molto longa, & pjona, ma evertite che se parola finisce in vocale qvasi semper e, c, come per ●s●pto, I wade, Io uó Per l'acqva, I walk in the shade, Io 〈◊〉 ne l'ombra, my bow is weak. il m●o arco e debile, I will it break, Lo voglio rompere, This pear is type, Qvesto pero è maturo. I hope to drink, Io spero di bevere, tutte qvest▪ parole, wade, shade, bow, weak, break, pear, ripe, hope, drink, la precedente vocale va proferita lunga, con la bocca apèrta, & se la vocale è levata via vanno proferite by eve, ●●n la bocca alqvanto pju chiusa, come, wad, shad, bow, weak, break, pear, rip, hop, drink, etc. e sono di altra natura & aliro senso, ma● v●rtite che l'ultima vocale non va proferita njènte, serve senon per tirar, la precedente ala lunghezza, & tale parole non sono senon di una si●aba se ben force gli Italiani le leggerramno in d●e, per ò non sono senon di una indivise, Nota, anc●ra che le parole, che sono derivate da altre ling ve & sono di pju silabe, che siniscono, in, ble, come, Incredible, incredibile, honourable, honorevole, syllable, silaba, simile parole non vanno proferite, e létte, cosi come sono scritte cjó l'ultima silaba, ble, ma vamno let, e proferite, incredibel, honorabel, sillabel, & simile altre. Nota ancora se per sort troverai parole che l'e, sia l'ultima lettera eccetto una, & che, s, ségva, l'e, siperde del tutto & non va proferito mjènte come, Sorts, Forts, Cartes, & simile altre, non vanno proferite come sono scritte, ma à qvesto, modo, Sortz, Fortz, Cartz, & pigliate qvesta per regola generale.  
Certain necessary, aspiratione, particelle & terminatione, per qvegli che imparano la lingva Inglese da esser da loro imparate, con il modo di proferirle, perch chjá sá ben proferir qveste sa proferire tutta la lingva, alcune de esse sono parole, alcune no, ma pure esorto ogniu no ad imparare a proferirle bene & qveste son a'esse.  
Aye, Aid, maid, raid, frayed, rain, brain, swayn's, aye, hail, wail, rail: ayt, wait, straight, hayt, bait, hayd, rained, wayr, ayke.  
Au And, bawd, fraud, gaun, gaunt, grant: awn, lewd, hawk, wa, win, gawn, lawn, sawt, haunt, saunt, fraunt.  
ee, Flee, gee, see, heed, need: greek, week, creep, sweep, weep.  
ey. Eyl, eylo, heyl, reyk, weyk, teyk: seyn: heyn, treyn, heir, feyr  
Eu. Eud, lewd, shrewd, lews, lewt, rewin, fewl, new.  
ya. Yate, yard.  
ye. Yel, yield, yeast, yield.  
yo. You, youth, you'll.  
oo. Do, woe: brood, good, rood, stood: wood, hoof, loof, book, shook, took, fool, pool, sool, tool, room: boon, moon, soon.  
oy. Roy, soy, loy, soil, oil, foil: coy●, soys, noys.  
ow. Lowd, cowd: town, sounded, four, tower, shower, owl, kowl bowl, sows, mows, rout, doubt, shout, tous, frous.  
Ache each ich och such Agh egh igh ogh vgh  
O'th' i'th' ith oath uth Aght eght ight ought ught.  
Ash esh ish osh ush  
Bath crath bath lath math nath path tath rath snath  
Bache lache drache attach  
Bech fech rech tech  
Beche feche reach leech teach peach  
Beech feech keech seech  
Bych pych lych much rich tych stych who which  
Bache piche tiche rich diche wiche much  
Boche loche poche moche roche  
Buch dutch gruch luch much  
Bagh lagh begh legh sigh nigh bogh dogh  
Kogh bugh hagh mugh  
Aght kaght faght beght feght sleght weight bite  
Sight night wight bought fought nought bught lught  
Basih dassh lassh massh nassh rassh wassh thrassh  
Flassh rassh bessh fressh flesh nessh bissh dissh  
Syssh wissh rissh bossh dossh throssh frossh nossh  
Bussh dussh frussh lussh russh thrussh  
Buthe loath mathe bathe blath grath lath rath  
Buth loch math bath blathe grathe lathe rathe  
Beth neth heth leth wretch beth queth sheath neth  
Wreeth beeth seethe teeth  
Both loathe wroth loath sooth tooth  
Buth ruth vuth ruth truth  
Bab babe bak bake bal bale ban bane bar bore  
Bas base bar bate  
Bread breed breed med meed meed read rede reed  
Bib bibe hide hide rid ride dik dike fill fiile  
Bob bob bood god good good rod road rood  
Bub bube rud rude lud lude mul mule.  
Et cosi io finisco, racomandando mi del tutto a la cortesia vostra, sperando che accettarete la mia bona volonta: State con Dio.  
Di Londra á do. 10. Agosto. 1578. Vostro del tutto. G. F. Tutto d' altrui.   

¶ Imprinted at London, at the three Cranes in the vintry, by Thomas Dawson, for Thomas Woodcock.